Public Act 0707 95TH GENERAL ASSEMBLY

SB0783 Re-Enrolled LRB095 05523 BDD 25613 b

Public Act 095-0707

AN ACT concerning State government.

Be it enacted by the People of the State of Illinois, represented in the General Assembly:

ARTICLE 1. SHORT TITLE; PURPOSE

Section 1-1. Short title. This Act may be cited as the FY2008 Budget Implementation Act.

Section 1-5. Purpose. It is the purpose of this Act to make changes in State programs that are necessary to implement the FY2008 budget.

ARTICLE 3. STATE SERVICES ASSURANCE ACT FOR 2008

Section 3-1. Short title. This Article may be cited as the State Services Assurance Act for FY2008, and references in this Article to "this Act" mean this Article.

Section 3-5. Definitions. For the purposes of this Act:

"Frontline staff" means State employees in the RC 6, RC 9, RC 10, RC 14, RC 28, RC 42, RC 62, RC 63, and CU 500 bargaining units in titles represented by AFSCME as of June 1, 2007.

"On-board frontline staff" means frontline staff in paid status.

Section 3-10. Legislative intent and policy. The General Assembly finds that State government delivers a myriad of services that are necessary for the health, welfare, safety, and quality of life of all Illinois residents. Because State services are used by many Illinois citizens who cannot speak the English language fluently, there is a need for bilingual State employees. The number of workers in State government who speak a language other than English is inadequate, leaving those workers who do speak another language overworked and incapable of meeting the rising demand for their services.

In response to this crisis, it is the intent of the General Assembly in FY 2008 to ensure the hiring and retention of additional bilingual frontline staff in State agencies where public services are most used. These additions take into account our State's current revenue crisis, and are a first step. Raising bilingual staffing to meet higher national standards to fully ensure the effective delivery of essential services is the long-term goal of the General Assembly.

Section 3-15. Staffing standards. On or before July 1, 2008 each named agency shall increase and maintain the number of bilingual on-board frontline staff over the levels that it maintained on June 30, 2007 as follows:

(1) The Department of Corrections shall have at least 40 additional bilingual on-board frontline staff.

(2) Mental health and developmental centers operated by the Department of Human Services shall have at least 20 additional bilingual on-board frontline staff.

(3) Family and Community Resource Centers operated by the Department of Human Services shall have at least 100 additional bilingual on-board frontline staff.

(4) The Department of Children and Family Services shall have at least 40 additional bilingual on-board frontline staff.

(5) The Department of Veterans Affairs shall have at least 5 additional bilingual on-board frontline staff.

(6) The Environmental Protection Agency shall have at least 5 additional bilingual on-board frontline staff.

(7) The Department of Employment Security shall have at least 10 additional bilingual on-board frontline staff.

(8) The Department of Natural Resources shall have at least 5 additional bilingual on-board frontline staff.

(9) The Department of Public Health shall have at least 5 additional bilingual on-board frontline staff.

(10) The Department of State Police shall have at least 5 additional bilingual on-board frontline staff.

(11) The Department of Juvenile Justice shall have at least 25 additional bilingual on-board frontline staff.

Section 3-20. Accountability. On or before April 1, 2008 and each year thereafter, each executive branch agency, board, and commission shall prepare and submit a report to the General Assembly on the staffing level of bilingual employees. The report shall provide data from the previous month, including but not limited to each employees name, job title, job description, and languages spoken.

ARTICLE 5. AMENDATORY PROVISIONS

Section 5-1. The State Employees Group Insurance Act of 1971 is amended by changing Section 10 as follows:

(5 ILCS 375/10) (from Ch. 127, par. 530)

Sec. 10. Payments by State; premiums.

(a) The State shall pay the cost of basic non-contributory group life insurance and, subject to member paid contributions set by the Department or required by this Section, the basic program of group health benefits on each eligible member, except a member, not otherwise covered by this Act, who has retired as a participating member under Article 2 of the Illinois Pension Code but is ineligible for the retirement annuity under Section 2-119 of the Illinois Pension Code, and part of each eligible member's and retired member's premiums for health insurance coverage for enrolled dependents as provided by Section 9. The State shall pay the cost of the basic program of group health benefits only after benefits are reduced by the amount of benefits covered by Medicare for all members and dependents who are eligible for benefits under Social Security or the Railroad Retirement system or who had sufficient Medicare-covered government employment, except that such reduction in benefits shall apply only to those members and dependents who (1) first become eligible for such Medicare coverage on or after July 1, 1992; or (2) are Medicare-eligible members or dependents of a local government unit which began participation in the program on or after July 1, 1992; or (3) remain eligible for, but no longer receive Medicare coverage which they had been receiving on or after July 1, 1992. The Department may determine the aggregate level of the State's contribution on the basis of actual cost of medical services adjusted for age, sex or geographic or other demographic characteristics which affect the costs of such programs.

The cost of participation in the basic program of group health benefits for the dependent or survivor of a living or deceased retired employee who was formerly employed by the University of Illinois in the Cooperative Extension Service and would be an annuitant but for the fact that he or she was made ineligible to participate in the State Universities Retirement System by clause (4) of subsection (a) of Section 15-107 of the Illinois Pension Code shall not be greater than the cost of participation that would otherwise apply to that dependent or survivor if he or she were the dependent or survivor of an annuitant under the State Universities Retirement System.

(a-1) Beginning January 1, 1998, for each person who becomes a new SERS annuitant and participates in the basic program of group health benefits, the State shall contribute toward the cost of the annuitant's coverage under the basic program of group health benefits an amount equal to 5% of that cost for each full year of creditable service upon which the annuitant's retirement annuity is based, up to a maximum of 100% for an annuitant with 20 or more years of creditable service. The remainder of the cost of a new SERS annuitant's coverage under the basic program of group health benefits shall be the responsibility of the annuitant. In the case of a new SERS annuitant who has elected to receive an alternative retirement cancellation payment under Section 14-108.5 of the Illinois Pension Code in lieu of an annuity, for the purposes of this subsection the annuitant shall be deemed to be receiving a retirement annuity based on the number of years of creditable service that the annuitant had established at the time of his or her termination of service under SERS.

(a-2) Beginning January 1, 1998, for each person who becomes a new SERS survivor and participates in the basic program of group health benefits, the State shall contribute toward the cost of the survivor's coverage under the basic program of group health benefits an amount equal to 5% of that cost for each full year of the deceased employee's or deceased annuitant's creditable service in the State Employees' Retirement System of Illinois on the date of death, up to a maximum of 100% for a survivor of an employee or annuitant with 20 or more years of creditable service. The remainder of the cost of the new SERS survivor's coverage under the basic program of group health benefits shall be the responsibility of the survivor. In the case of a new SERS survivor who was the dependent of an annuitant who elected to receive an alternative retirement cancellation payment under Section 14-108.5 of the Illinois Pension Code in lieu of an annuity, for the purposes of this subsection the deceased annuitant's creditable service shall be determined as of the date of termination of service rather than the date of death.

(a-3) Beginning January 1, 1998, for each person who becomes a new SURS annuitant and participates in the basic program of group health benefits, the State shall contribute toward the cost of the annuitant's coverage under the basic program of group health benefits an amount equal to 5% of that cost for each full year of creditable service upon which the annuitant's retirement annuity is based, up to a maximum of 100% for an annuitant with 20 or more years of creditable service. The remainder of the cost of a new SURS annuitant's coverage under the basic program of group health benefits shall be the responsibility of the annuitant.

(a-4) (Blank).

(a-5) Beginning January 1, 1998, for each person who becomes a new SURS survivor and participates in the basic program of group health benefits, the State shall contribute toward the cost of the survivor's coverage under the basic program of group health benefits an amount equal to 5% of that cost for each full year of the deceased employee's or deceased annuitant's creditable service in the State Universities Retirement System on the date of death, up to a maximum of 100% for a survivor of an employee or annuitant with 20 or more years of creditable service. The remainder of the cost of the new SURS survivor's coverage under the basic program of group health benefits shall be the responsibility of the survivor.

(a-6) Beginning July 1, 1998, for each person who becomes a new TRS State annuitant and participates in the basic program of group health benefits, the State shall contribute toward the cost of the annuitant's coverage under the basic program of group health benefits an amount equal to 5% of that cost for each full year of creditable service as a teacher as defined in paragraph (2), (3), or (5) of Section 16-106 of the Illinois Pension Code upon which the annuitant's retirement annuity is based, up to a maximum of 100%; except that the State contribution shall be 12.5% per year (rather than 5%) for each full year of creditable service as a regional superintendent or assistant regional superintendent of schools. The remainder of the cost of a new TRS State annuitant's coverage under the basic program of group health benefits shall be the responsibility of the annuitant.

(a-7) Beginning July 1, 1998, for each person who becomes a new TRS State survivor and participates in the basic program of group health benefits, the State shall contribute toward the cost of the survivor's coverage under the basic program of group health benefits an amount equal to 5% of that cost for each full year of the deceased employee's or deceased annuitant's creditable service as a teacher as defined in paragraph (2), (3), or (5) of Section 16-106 of the Illinois Pension Code on the date of death, up to a maximum of 100%; except that the State contribution shall be 12.5% per year (rather than 5%) for each full year of the deceased employee's or deceased annuitant's creditable service as a regional superintendent or assistant regional superintendent of schools. The remainder of the cost of the new TRS State survivor's coverage under the basic program of group health benefits shall be the responsibility of the survivor.

(a-8) A new SERS annuitant, new SERS survivor, new SURS annuitant, new SURS survivor, new TRS State annuitant, or new TRS State survivor may waive or terminate coverage in the program of group health benefits. Any such annuitant or survivor who has waived or terminated coverage may enroll or re-enroll in the program of group health benefits only during the annual benefit choice period, as determined by the Director; except that in the event of termination of coverage due to nonpayment of premiums, the annuitant or survivor may not re-enroll in the program.

(a-9) No later than May 1 of each calendar year, the Director of Central Management Services shall certify in writing to the Executive Secretary of the State Employees' Retirement System of Illinois the amounts of the Medicare supplement health care premiums and the amounts of the health care premiums for all other retirees who are not Medicare eligible.

A separate calculation of the premiums based upon the actual cost of each health care plan shall be so certified.

The Director of Central Management Services shall provide to the Executive Secretary of the State Employees' Retirement System of Illinois such information, statistics, and other data as he or she may require to review the premium amounts certified by the Director of Central Management Services.

The Department of Healthcare and Family Services, or any successor agency designated to procure healthcare contracts pursuant to this Act, is authorized to establish funds, separate accounts provided by any bank or banks as defined by the Illinois Banking Act, or separate accounts provided by any savings and loan association or associations as defined by the Illinois Savings and Loan Act of 1985 to be held by the Director, outside the State treasury, for the purpose of receiving the transfer of moneys from the Local Government Health Insurance Reserve Fund. The Department may promulgate rules further defining the methodology for the transfers. Any interest earned by moneys in the funds or accounts shall inure to the Local Government Health Insurance Reserve Fund. The transferred moneys, and interest accrued thereon, shall be used exclusively for transfers to administrative service organizations or their financial institutions for payments of claims to claimants and providers under the self-insurance health plan. The transferred moneys, and interest accrued thereon, shall not be used for any other purpose including, but not limited to, reimbursement of administration fees due the administrative service organization pursuant to its contract or contracts with the Department.

(b) State employees who become eligible for this program on or after January 1, 1980 in positions normally requiring actual performance of duty not less than 1/2 of a normal work period but not equal to that of a normal work period, shall be given the option of participating in the available program. If the employee elects coverage, the State shall contribute on behalf of such employee to the cost of the employee's benefit and any applicable dependent supplement, that sum which bears the same percentage as that percentage of time the employee regularly works when compared to normal work period.

(c) The basic non-contributory coverage from the basic program of group health benefits shall be continued for each employee not in pay status or on active service by reason of (1) leave of absence due to illness or injury, (2) authorized educational leave of absence or sabbatical leave, or (3) military leave with pay and benefits. This coverage shall continue until expiration of authorized leave and return to active service, but not to exceed 24 months for leaves under item (1) or (2). This 24-month limitation and the requirement of returning to active service shall not apply to persons receiving ordinary or accidental disability benefits or retirement benefits through the appropriate State retirement system or benefits under the Workers' Compensation or Occupational Disease Act.

(d) The basic group life insurance coverage shall continue, with full State contribution, where such person is (1) absent from active service by reason of disability arising from any cause other than self-inflicted, (2) on authorized educational leave of absence or sabbatical leave, or (3) on military leave with pay and benefits.

(e) Where the person is in non-pay status for a period in excess of 30 days or on leave of absence, other than by reason of disability, educational or sabbatical leave, or military leave with pay and benefits, such person may continue coverage only by making personal payment equal to the amount normally contributed by the State on such person's behalf. Such payments and coverage may be continued: (1) until such time as the person returns to a status eligible for coverage at State expense, but not to exceed 24 months, (2) until such person's employment or annuitant status with the State is terminated, or (3) for a maximum period of 4 years for members on military leave with pay and benefits and military leave without pay and benefits (exclusive of any additional service imposed pursuant to law).

(f) The Department shall establish by rule the extent to which other employee benefits will continue for persons in non-pay status or who are not in active service.

(g) The State shall not pay the cost of the basic non-contributory group life insurance, program of health benefits and other employee benefits for members who are survivors as defined by paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (q) of Section 3 of this Act. The costs of benefits for these survivors shall be paid by the survivors or by the University of Illinois Cooperative Extension Service, or any combination thereof. However, the State shall pay the amount of the reduction in the cost of participation, if any, resulting from the amendment to subsection (a) made by this amendatory Act of the 91st General Assembly.

(h) Those persons occupying positions with any department as a result of emergency appointments pursuant to Section 8b.8 of the Personnel Code who are not considered employees under this Act shall be given the option of participating in the programs of group life insurance, health benefits and other employee benefits. Such persons electing coverage may participate only by making payment equal to the amount normally contributed by the State for similarly situated employees. Such amounts shall be determined by the Director. Such payments and coverage may be continued until such time as the person becomes an employee pursuant to this Act or such person's appointment is terminated.

(i) Any unit of local government within the State of Illinois may apply to the Director to have its employees, annuitants, and their dependents provided group health coverage under this Act on a non-insured basis. To participate, a unit of local government must agree to enroll all of its employees, who may select coverage under either the State group health benefits plan or a health maintenance organization that has contracted with the State to be available as a health care provider for employees as defined in this Act. A unit of local government must remit the entire cost of providing coverage under the State group health benefits plan or, for coverage under a health maintenance organization, an amount determined by the Director based on an analysis of the sex, age, geographic location, or other relevant demographic variables for its employees, except that the unit of local government shall not be required to enroll those of its employees who are covered spouses or dependents under this plan or another group policy or plan providing health benefits as long as (1) an appropriate official from the unit of local government attests that each employee not enrolled is a covered spouse or dependent under this plan or another group policy or plan, and (2) at least 85% of the employees are enrolled and the unit of local government remits the entire cost of providing coverage to those employees, except that a participating school district must have enrolled at least 85% of its full-time employees who have not waived coverage under the district's group health plan by participating in a component of the district's cafeteria plan. A participating school district is not required to enroll a full-time employee who has waived coverage under the district's health plan, provided that an appropriate official from the participating school district attests that the full-time employee has waived coverage by participating in a component of the district's cafeteria plan. For the purposes of this subsection, "participating school district" includes a unit of local government whose primary purpose is education as defined by the Department's rules.

Employees of a participating unit of local government who are not enrolled due to coverage under another group health policy or plan may enroll in the event of a qualifying change in status, special enrollment, special circumstance as defined by the Director, or during the annual Benefit Choice Period. A participating unit of local government may also elect to cover its annuitants. Dependent coverage shall be offered on an optional basis, with the costs paid by the unit of local government, its employees, or some combination of the two as determined by the unit of local government. The unit of local government shall be responsible for timely collection and transmission of dependent premiums.

The Director shall annually determine monthly rates of payment, subject to the following constraints:

(1) In the first year of coverage, the rates shall be equal to the amount normally charged to State employees for elected optional coverages or for enrolled dependents coverages or other contributory coverages, or contributed by the State for basic insurance coverages on behalf of its employees, adjusted for differences between State employees and employees of the local government in age, sex, geographic location or other relevant demographic variables, plus an amount sufficient to pay for the additional administrative costs of providing coverage to employees of the unit of local government and their dependents.

(2) In subsequent years, a further adjustment shall be made to reflect the actual prior years' claims experience of the employees of the unit of local government.

In the case of coverage of local government employees under a health maintenance organization, the Director shall annually determine for each participating unit of local government the maximum monthly amount the unit may contribute toward that coverage, based on an analysis of (i) the age, sex, geographic location, and other relevant demographic variables of the unit's employees and (ii) the cost to cover those employees under the State group health benefits plan. The Director may similarly determine the maximum monthly amount each unit of local government may contribute toward coverage of its employees' dependents under a health maintenance organization.

Monthly payments by the unit of local government or its employees for group health benefits plan or health maintenance organization coverage shall be deposited in the Local Government Health Insurance Reserve Fund.

The Local Government Health Insurance Reserve Fund is hereby created as a nonappropriated trust fund to be held outside the State Treasury, with the State Treasurer as custodian. The Local Government Health Insurance Reserve Fund shall be a continuing fund not subject to fiscal year limitations. All revenues arising from the administration of the health benefits program established under this Section shall be deposited into the Local Government Health Insurance Reserve Fund. Any interest earned on moneys in the Local Government Health Insurance Reserve Fund shall be deposited into the Fund. All expenditures from this Fund shall be used for payments for health care benefits for local government and rehabilitation facility employees, annuitants, and dependents, and to reimburse the Department or its administrative service organization for all expenses incurred in the administration of benefits. No other State funds may be used for these purposes.

A local government employer's participation or desire to participate in a program created under this subsection shall not limit that employer's duty to bargain with the representative of any collective bargaining unit of its employees.

(j) Any rehabilitation facility within the State of Illinois may apply to the Director to have its employees, annuitants, and their eligible dependents provided group health coverage under this Act on a non-insured basis. To participate, a rehabilitation facility must agree to enroll all of its employees and remit the entire cost of providing such coverage for its employees, except that the rehabilitation facility shall not be required to enroll those of its employees who are covered spouses or dependents under this plan or another group policy or plan providing health benefits as long as (1) an appropriate official from the rehabilitation facility attests that each employee not enrolled is a covered spouse or dependent under this plan or another group policy or plan, and (2) at least 85% of the employees are enrolled and the rehabilitation facility remits the entire cost of providing coverage to those employees. Employees of a participating rehabilitation facility who are not enrolled due to coverage under another group health policy or plan may enroll in the event of a qualifying change in status, special enrollment, special circumstance as defined by the Director, or during the annual Benefit Choice Period. A participating rehabilitation facility may also elect to cover its annuitants. Dependent coverage shall be offered on an optional basis, with the costs paid by the rehabilitation facility, its employees, or some combination of the 2 as determined by the rehabilitation facility. The rehabilitation facility shall be responsible for timely collection and transmission of dependent premiums.

The Director shall annually determine quarterly rates of payment, subject to the following constraints:

(1) In the first year of coverage, the rates shall be equal to the amount normally charged to State employees for elected optional coverages or for enrolled dependents coverages or other contributory coverages on behalf of its employees, adjusted for differences between State employees and employees of the rehabilitation facility in age, sex, geographic location or other relevant demographic variables, plus an amount sufficient to pay for the additional administrative costs of providing coverage to employees of the rehabilitation facility and their dependents.

(2) In subsequent years, a further adjustment shall be made to reflect the actual prior years' claims experience of the employees of the rehabilitation facility.

Monthly payments by the rehabilitation facility or its employees for group health benefits shall be deposited in the Local Government Health Insurance Reserve Fund.

(k) Any domestic violence shelter or service within the State of Illinois may apply to the Director to have its employees, annuitants, and their dependents provided group health coverage under this Act on a non-insured basis. To participate, a domestic violence shelter or service must agree to enroll all of its employees and pay the entire cost of providing such coverage for its employees. A participating domestic violence shelter may also elect to cover its annuitants. Dependent coverage shall be offered on an optional basis, with employees, or some combination of the 2 as determined by the domestic violence shelter or service. The domestic violence shelter or service shall be responsible for timely collection and transmission of dependent premiums.

The Director shall annually determine rates of payment, subject to the following constraints:

(1) In the first year of coverage, the rates shall be equal to the amount normally charged to State employees for elected optional coverages or for enrolled dependents coverages or other contributory coverages on behalf of its employees, adjusted for differences between State employees and employees of the domestic violence shelter or service in age, sex, geographic location or other relevant demographic variables, plus an amount sufficient to pay for the additional administrative costs of providing coverage to employees of the domestic violence shelter or service and their dependents.

(2) In subsequent years, a further adjustment shall be made to reflect the actual prior years' claims experience of the employees of the domestic violence shelter or service.

Monthly payments by the domestic violence shelter or service or its employees for group health insurance shall be deposited in the Local Government Health Insurance Reserve Fund.

(l) A public community college or entity organized pursuant to the Public Community College Act may apply to the Director initially to have only annuitants not covered prior to July 1, 1992 by the district's health plan provided health coverage under this Act on a non-insured basis. The community college must execute a 2-year contract to participate in the Local Government Health Plan. Any annuitant may enroll in the event of a qualifying change in status, special enrollment, special circumstance as defined by the Director, or during the annual Benefit Choice Period.

The Director shall annually determine monthly rates of payment subject to the following constraints: for those community colleges with annuitants only enrolled, first year rates shall be equal to the average cost to cover claims for a State member adjusted for demographics, Medicare participation, and other factors; and in the second year, a further adjustment of rates shall be made to reflect the actual first year's claims experience of the covered annuitants.

(l-5) The provisions of subsection (l) become inoperative on July 1, 1999.

(m) The Director shall adopt any rules deemed necessary for implementation of this amendatory Act of 1989 (Public Act 86-978).

(n) Any child advocacy center within the State of Illinois may apply to the Director to have its employees, annuitants, and their dependents provided group health coverage under this Act on a non-insured basis. To participate, a child advocacy center must agree to enroll all of its employees and pay the entire cost of providing coverage for its employees. A participating child advocacy center may also elect to cover its annuitants. Dependent coverage shall be offered on an optional basis, with the costs paid by the child advocacy center, its employees, or some combination of the 2 as determined by the child advocacy center. The child advocacy center shall be responsible for timely collection and transmission of dependent premiums.

The Director shall annually determine rates of payment, subject to the following constraints:

(1) In the first year of coverage, the rates shall be equal to the amount normally charged to State employees for elected optional coverages or for enrolled dependents coverages or other contributory coverages on behalf of its employees, adjusted for differences between State employees and employees of the child advocacy center in age, sex, geographic location, or other relevant demographic variables, plus an amount sufficient to pay for the additional administrative costs of providing coverage to employees of the child advocacy center and their dependents.

(2) In subsequent years, a further adjustment shall be made to reflect the actual prior years' claims experience of the employees of the child advocacy center.

Monthly payments by the child advocacy center or its employees for group health insurance shall be deposited into the Local Government Health Insurance Reserve Fund.

(Source: P.A. 94-839, eff. 6-6-06; 94-860, eff. 6-16-06; 95-331, eff. 8-21-07; 95-632, eff. 9-25-07.)

Section 5-5. The Mental Health and Developmental Disabilities Administrative Act is amended by changing Sections 18.4, 18.5, and 57.5 as follows:

(20 ILCS 1705/18.4)

Sec. 18.4. Community Mental Health Medicaid Trust Fund; reimbursement.

(a) The Community Mental Health Medicaid Trust Fund is hereby created in the State Treasury.

(b) Amounts Except as otherwise provided in this Section, following repayment of interfund transfers under subsection (b-1), amounts paid to the State during each State fiscal year by the federal government under Title XIX or Title XXI of the Social Security Act for services delivered by community mental health providers, and any interest earned thereon, shall be deposited as follows:

(1) The first $75,000,000 shall be deposited directly into the Community Mental Health Medicaid Trust Fund to be used for the purchase of community mental health services;

(2) The next $4,500,000 shall be deposited directly into the Community Mental Health Medicaid Trust Fund to be used by the Department of Human Services' Division of Mental Health for the oversight and administration of community mental health services and up to $1,000,000 of this amount may be used for support of community mental health service initiatives; and

(3) The next $3,500,000 shall be deposited directly into the General Revenue Fund;

(4) Any additional amounts shall be deposited 50% into the Community Mental Health Medicaid Trust Fund to be used for the purchase of community mental health services and 50% into the General Revenue Fund.

(b-1) For State fiscal year 2005, the first $73,000,000 in any funds paid to the State by the federal government under Title XIX or Title XXI of the Social Security Act for services delivered by community mental health services providers, and any interest earned thereon, shall be deposited directly into the Community Mental Health Medicaid Trust Fund before any deposits are made into the General Revenue Fund. The next $25,000,000, less any deposits made prior to the effective date of this amendatory Act of the 94th General Assembly, shall be deposited into the General Revenue Fund. Amounts received in excess of $98,000,000 shall be deposited 50% into the General Revenue Fund and 50% into the Community Mental Health Medicaid Trust Fund. At the direction of the Director of Healthcare and Family Services, on April 1, 2005, or as soon thereafter as practical, the Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer amounts not to exceed $14,000,000 into the Community Mental Health Medicaid Trust Fund from the Public Aid Recoveries Trust Fund.

(b-2) For State fiscal year 2006, and in subsequent fiscal years until any transfers under subsection (b-1) are repaid, the first $73,000,000 in any funds paid to the State by the federal government under Title XIX or Title XXI of the Social Security Act for services delivered by community mental health providers, and any interest earned thereon, shall be deposited directly into the Community Mental Health Medicaid Trust Fund. Then the next $14,000,000, or such amount as was transferred under subsection (b-1) at the direction of the Director of Healthcare and Family Services, shall be deposited into the Public Aid Recoveries Trust Fund. Any additional amounts received shall be deposited in accordance with subsection (b).

(c) The Department shall reimburse community mental health providers for services provided to eligible individuals. Moneys in the Community Mental Health Medicaid Trust Fund may be used for that purpose.

(d) As used in this Section:

"Community mental health provider" means a community agency that is funded by the Department to provide a service.

"Service" means a mental health service provided pursuant to the provisions of administrative rules adopted by the Department and funded by the Department of Human Services' Division of Mental Health.

(Source: P.A. 93-841, eff. 7-30-04; 94-58, eff. 6-17-05; 94-839, eff. 6-6-06.)

(20 ILCS 1705/18.5)

Sec. 18.5. Community Developmental Disability Services Medicaid Trust Fund; reimbursement.

(a) The Community Developmental Disability Services Medicaid Trust Fund is hereby created in the State treasury.

(b) Except as provided in subsection (b-5), any Any funds in excess of $16,700,000 in any fiscal year paid to the State by the federal government under Title XIX or Title XXI of the Social Security Act for services delivered by community developmental disability services providers for services relating to Developmental Training and Community Integrated Living Arrangements as a result of the conversion of such providers from a grant payment methodology to a fee-for-service payment methodology, or any other funds paid to the State for any subsequent revenue maximization initiatives performed by such providers, and any interest earned thereon, shall be deposited directly into the Community Developmental Disability Services Medicaid Trust Fund. One-third of this amount shall be used only to pay for Medicaid-reimbursed community developmental disability services provided to eligible individuals, and the remainder shall be transferred to the General Revenue Fund.

(b-5) Beginning in State fiscal year 2008, any funds paid to the State by the federal government under Title XIX or Title XXI of the Social Security Act for services delivered through the Children's Residential Waiver and the Children's In-Home Support Waiver shall be deposited directly into the Community Developmental Disability Services Medicaid Trust Fund and shall not be subject to the transfer provisions of subsection (b).

(c) For purposes of this Section:

"Medicaid-reimbursed developmental disability services" means services provided by a community developmental disability provider under an agreement with the Department that is eligible for reimbursement under the federal Title XIX program or Title XXI program.

"Provider" means a qualified entity as defined in the State's Home and Community-Based Services Waiver for Persons with Developmental Disabilities that is funded by the Department to provide a Medicaid-reimbursed service.

"Revenue maximization alternatives" do not include increases in funds paid to the State as a result of growth in spending through service expansion or rate increases.

(Source: P.A. 93-841, eff. 7-30-04.)

(20 ILCS 1705/57.5)

Sec. 57.5. Autism diagnosis education program.

(a) Subject to appropriations, the Department shall contract to establish an autism diagnosis education program for young children. The Department shall establish the program at 3 different sites in the State. The program shall have the following goals:

(1) Providing, to medical professionals and others statewide, a systems development initiative that promotes best practice standards for the diagnosis and treatment planning for young children who have autism spectrum disorders, for the purpose of helping existing systems of care to build solid circles of expertise within their ranks.

(2) Educating medical practitioners, school personnel, day care providers, parents, and community service providers (including, but not limited to, early intervention and developmental disabilities providers) throughout the State on appropriate diagnosis and treatment of autism.

(3) Supporting systems of care for young children with autism spectrum disorders.

(4) Working together with universities and developmental disabilities providers to identify unmet needs and resources.

(5) Encouraging and supporting research on optional services for young children with autism spectrum disorders.

In addition to the aforementioned items, on January 1, 2008, The Autism Program shall expand training and direct services by deploying additional regional centers, outreach centers, and community planning and network development initiatives. The expanded Autism Program Service Network shall consist of a comprehensive program of outreach and center development utilizing model programs developed by The Autism Program. This expansion shall span Illinois and support consensus building, outreach, and service provision for children with autism spectrums disorders and their families.

(b) Before January 1, 2006, the Department shall report to the Governor and the General Assembly concerning the progress of the autism diagnosis education program established under this Section.

(Source: P.A. 93-395, eff. 7-29-03.)

Section 5-7. The Hospital Basic Services Preservation Act is amended by changing Sections 5 and 20 as follows:

(20 ILCS 4050/5)

Sec. 5. Definitions. As used in this Act:

"Basic services" means emergency room and obstetrical services provided within a hospital. "Basic services" is limited to the emergency and obstetric units and services provided by those units.

"Eligible expenses" means expenses for expanding obstetrical or emergency units, updating equipment, repairing essential equipment, and purchasing new equipment that will increase the quality of basic services provided. "Eligible expenses" does not include expenses related to cosmetic upgrades, staff expansion or salary, or structural expansion of any unit or department of a hospital other than obstetrical or emergency units.

"Essential community hospital provider" means a facility meeting criteria established by rule by the State Treasurer.

(Source: P.A. 94-648, eff. 1-1-06.)

(20 ILCS 4050/20)

Sec. 20. Responsibility of hospitals. Each hospital that receives a loan collateralized under this Act shall take the necessary measures, as defined by the State Treasurer by rule, to account for all moneys and to ensure that they are spent on the basic services for which the loan was approved. Any hospital receiving a loan collateralized under this Act is not eligible for collateralization of another basic services loan under this Act within 10 years after the deposit of funds awarded under the first collateralized loan.

(Source: P.A. 94-648, eff. 1-1-06.)

Section 5-10. The State Finance Act is amended by changing Sections 6z-65.5, 6z-66, 6z-67, 8.3, 8.27, 8g, 13.2, and 14.1 and by adding Sections 5.675, 5.676, 5.677, 5.678, 6z-69, 6z-70, and 25.5 as follows:

(30 ILCS 105/5.675 new)

Sec. 5.675. The Human Services Priority Capital Program Fund.

(30 ILCS 105/5.676 new)

Sec. 5.676. The Predatory Lending Database Program Fund.

(30 ILCS 105/5.677 new)

Sec. 5.677. The Secretary of State Identification Security and Theft Prevention Fund.

(30 ILCS 105/5.678 new)

Sec. 5.678. The Franchise Tax and License Fee Amnesty Administration Fund.

(30 ILCS 105/6z-65.5)

Sec. 6z-65.5. SBE Federal Department of Education Fund. The SBE Federal Department of Education Fund is created as a federal trust fund in the State treasury. This fund is established to receive funds from the federal Department of Education, including non-indirect cost administrative funds recovered from federal programs, for the specific purposes established by the terms and conditions of federal awards. Moneys in the SBE Federal Department of Education Fund shall be used, subject to appropriation by the General Assembly, for grants and contracts to local education agencies, colleges and universities, and other State agencies and for administrative expenses of the State Board of Education. However, non-appropriated spending is allowed for the refund of unexpended grant moneys to the federal government. The SBE Federal Department of Education Fund shall serve as the successor fund to the National Center for Education Statistics Fund, and any balance remaining in the National Center for Education Statistics Fund on the effective date of this amendatory Act of the 94th General Assembly must be transferred to the SBE Federal Department of Education Fund by the State Treasurer. Any future deposits that would otherwise be made into the National Center for Education Statistics Fund must instead be made into the SBE Federal Department of Education Fund.

On or after July 1, 2007, the State Board of Education shall notify the State Comptroller of the amount of indirect federal funds in the SBE Federal Department of Education Fund to be transferred to the State Board of Education Special Purpose Trust Fund. The State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer this amount to the State Board of Education Special Purpose Trust Fund as soon as practical thereafter.

(Source: P.A. 93-838, eff. 7-30-04; 94-69, eff. 7-1-05.)

(30 ILCS 105/6z-66)

Sec. 6z-66. SBE Federal Agency Services Fund. The SBE Federal Agency Services Fund is created as a federal trust fund in the State treasury. This fund is established to receive funds from all federal departments and agencies except the Departments of Education and Agriculture (including among others the Departments of Health and Human Services, Defense, and Labor and the Corporation for National and Community Service), including non-indirect cost administrative funds recovered from federal programs, for the specific purposes established by the terms and conditions of federal awards. Moneys in the SBE Federal Agency Services Fund shall be used, subject to appropriation by the General Assembly, for grants and contracts to local education agencies, colleges and universities, and other State agencies and for administrative expenses of the State Board of Education. However, non-appropriated spending is allowed for the refund of unexpended grant moneys to the federal government. The SBE Federal Agency Services Fund shall serve as the successor fund to the SBE Department of Health and Human Services Fund, the SBE Federal Department of Labor Federal Trust Fund, and the SBE Federal National Community Service Fund; and any balance remaining in the SBE Department of Health and Human Services Fund, the SBE Federal Department of Labor Federal Trust Fund, or the SBE Federal National Community Service Fund on the effective date of this amendatory Act of the 94th General Assembly must be transferred to the SBE Federal Agency Services Fund by the State Treasurer. Any future deposits that would otherwise be made into the SBE Department of Health and Human Services Fund, the SBE Federal Department of Labor Federal Trust Fund, or the SBE Federal National Community Service Fund must instead be made into the SBE Federal Agency Services Fund.

On or after July 1, 2007, the State Board of Education shall notify the State Comptroller of the amount of indirect federal funds in the SBE Federal Agency Services Fund to be transferred to the State Board of Education Special Purpose Trust Fund. The State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer this amount to the State Board of Education Special Purpose Trust Fund as soon as practical thereafter.

(Source: P.A. 93-838, eff. 7-30-04; 94-69, eff. 7-1-05.)

(30 ILCS 105/6z-67)

Sec. 6z-67. SBE Federal Department of Agriculture Fund. The SBE Federal Department of Agriculture Fund is created as a federal trust fund in the State treasury. This fund is established to receive funds from the federal Department of Agriculture, including non-indirect cost administrative funds recovered from federal programs, for the specific purposes established by the terms and conditions of federal awards. Moneys in the SBE Federal Department of Agriculture Fund shall be used, subject to appropriation by the General Assembly, for grants and contracts to local education agencies, colleges and universities, and other State agencies and for administrative expenses of the State Board of Education. However, non-appropriated spending is allowed for the refund of unexpended grant moneys to the federal government.

On or after July 1, 2007, the State Board of Education shall notify the State Comptroller of the amount of indirect federal funds in the SBE Federal Department of Agriculture Fund to be transferred to the State Board of Education Special Purpose Trust Fund. The State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer this amount to the State Board of Education Special Purpose Trust Fund as soon as practical thereafter.

(Source: P.A. 93-838, eff. 7-30-04; 94-69, eff. 7-1-05; 94-835, eff. 6-6-06.)

(30 ILCS 105/6z-69 new)

Sec. 6z-69. Human Services Priority Capital Program Fund. The Human Services Priority Capital Program Fund is created as a special fund in the State treasury. Subject to appropriation, the Department of Human Services shall use moneys in the Human Services Priority Capital Program Fund to make grants to the Illinois Facilities Fund, a not-for-profit corporation, to make long term below market rate loans to nonprofit human service providers working under contract to the State of Illinois to assist those providers in meeting their capital needs. The loans shall be for the purpose of such capital needs, including but not limited to special use facilities, requirements for serving the disabled, mentally ill, or substance abusers, and medical and technology equipment. Loan repayments shall be deposited into the Human Services Priority Capital Program Fund. Interest income may be used to cover expenses of the program. The Illinois Facilities Fund shall report to the Department of Human Services and the General Assembly by April 1, 2008 as to the use and earnings of the program.

(30 ILCS 105/6z-70 new)

Sec. 6z-70. The Secretary of State Identification Security and Theft Prevention Fund.

(a) The Secretary of State Identification Security and Theft Prevention Fund is created as a special fund in the State treasury. The Fund shall consist of any fund transfers, grants, fees, or moneys from other sources received for the purpose of funding identification security and theft prevention measures.

(b) All moneys in the Secretary of State Identification Security and Theft Prevention Fund shall be used, subject to appropriation, for any costs related to implementing identification security and theft prevention measures.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of State law to the contrary, on or after July 1, 2007, and until June 30, 2008, in addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, at the direction of and upon notification of the Secretary of State, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer amounts into the Secretary of State Identification Security and Theft Prevention Fund from the designated funds not exceeding the following totals:

Lobbyist Registration Administration Fund.......$100,000

Registered Limited Liability Partnership Fund....$75,000

Securities Investors Education Fund.............$500,000

Securities Audit and Enforcement Fund.........$5,725,000

Department of Business Services

Special Operations Fund.......................$3,000,000

Corporate Franchise Tax Refund Fund..........$3,000,000.

(30 ILCS 105/8.3) (from Ch. 127, par. 144.3)

Sec. 8.3. Money in the Road Fund shall, if and when the State of Illinois incurs any bonded indebtedness for the construction of permanent highways, be set aside and used for the purpose of paying and discharging annually the principal and interest on that bonded indebtedness then due and payable, and for no other purpose. The surplus, if any, in the Road Fund after the payment of principal and interest on that bonded indebtedness then annually due shall be used as follows:

first -- to pay the cost of administration of Chapters 2 through 10 of the Illinois Vehicle Code, except the cost of administration of Articles I and II of Chapter 3 of that Code; and

secondly -- for expenses of the Department of Transportation for construction, reconstruction, improvement, repair, maintenance, operation, and administration of highways in accordance with the provisions of laws relating thereto, or for any purpose related or incident to and connected therewith, including the separation of grades of those highways with railroads and with highways and including the payment of awards made by the Illinois Workers' Compensation Commission under the terms of the Workers' Compensation Act or Workers' Occupational Diseases Act for injury or death of an employee of the Division of Highways in the Department of Transportation; or for the acquisition of land and the erection of buildings for highway purposes, including the acquisition of highway right-of-way or for investigations to determine the reasonably anticipated future highway needs; or for making of surveys, plans, specifications and estimates for and in the construction and maintenance of flight strips and of highways necessary to provide access to military and naval reservations, to defense industries and defense-industry sites, and to the sources of raw materials and for replacing existing highways and highway connections shut off from general public use at military and naval reservations and defense-industry sites, or for the purchase of right-of-way, except that the State shall be reimbursed in full for any expense incurred in building the flight strips; or for the operating and maintaining of highway garages; or for patrolling and policing the public highways and conserving the peace; or for the operating expenses of the Department relating to the administration of public transportation programs; or for any of those purposes or any other purpose that may be provided by law.

Appropriations for any of those purposes are payable from the Road Fund. Appropriations may also be made from the Road Fund for the administrative expenses of any State agency that are related to motor vehicles or arise from the use of motor vehicles.

Beginning with fiscal year 1980 and thereafter, no Road Fund monies shall be appropriated to the following Departments or agencies of State government for administration, grants, or operations; but this limitation is not a restriction upon appropriating for those purposes any Road Fund monies that are eligible for federal reimbursement;

1. Department of Public Health;

2. Department of Transportation, only with respect to subsidies for one-half fare Student Transportation and Reduced Fare for Elderly;

3. Department of Central Management Services, except for expenditures incurred for group insurance premiums of appropriate personnel;

4. Judicial Systems and Agencies.

Beginning with fiscal year 1981 and thereafter, no Road Fund monies shall be appropriated to the following Departments or agencies of State government for administration, grants, or operations; but this limitation is not a restriction upon appropriating for those purposes any Road Fund monies that are eligible for federal reimbursement:

1. Department of State Police, except for expenditures with respect to the Division of Operations;

2. Department of Transportation, only with respect to Intercity Rail Subsidies and Rail Freight Services.

Beginning with fiscal year 1982 and thereafter, no Road Fund monies shall be appropriated to the following Departments or agencies of State government for administration, grants, or operations; but this limitation is not a restriction upon appropriating for those purposes any Road Fund monies that are eligible for federal reimbursement: Department of Central Management Services, except for awards made by the Illinois Workers' Compensation Commission under the terms of the Workers' Compensation Act or Workers' Occupational Diseases Act for injury or death of an employee of the Division of Highways in the Department of Transportation.

Beginning with fiscal year 1984 and thereafter, no Road Fund monies shall be appropriated to the following Departments or agencies of State government for administration, grants, or operations; but this limitation is not a restriction upon appropriating for those purposes any Road Fund monies that are eligible for federal reimbursement:

1. Department of State Police, except not more than 40% of the funds appropriated for the Division of Operations;

2. State Officers.

Beginning with fiscal year 1984 and thereafter, no Road Fund monies shall be appropriated to any Department or agency of State government for administration, grants, or operations except as provided hereafter; but this limitation is not a restriction upon appropriating for those purposes any Road Fund monies that are eligible for federal reimbursement. It shall not be lawful to circumvent the above appropriation limitations by governmental reorganization or other methods. Appropriations shall be made from the Road Fund only in accordance with the provisions of this Section.

Money in the Road Fund shall, if and when the State of Illinois incurs any bonded indebtedness for the construction of permanent highways, be set aside and used for the purpose of paying and discharging during each fiscal year the principal and interest on that bonded indebtedness as it becomes due and payable as provided in the Transportation Bond Act, and for no other purpose. The surplus, if any, in the Road Fund after the payment of principal and interest on that bonded indebtedness then annually due shall be used as follows:

first -- to pay the cost of administration of Chapters 2 through 10 of the Illinois Vehicle Code; and

secondly -- no Road Fund monies derived from fees, excises, or license taxes relating to registration, operation and use of vehicles on public highways or to fuels used for the propulsion of those vehicles, shall be appropriated or expended other than for costs of administering the laws imposing those fees, excises, and license taxes, statutory refunds and adjustments allowed thereunder, administrative costs of the Department of Transportation, including, but not limited to, the operating expenses of the Department relating to the administration of public transportation programs, payment of debts and liabilities incurred in construction and reconstruction of public highways and bridges, acquisition of rights-of-way for and the cost of construction, reconstruction, maintenance, repair, and operation of public highways and bridges under the direction and supervision of the State, political subdivision, or municipality collecting those monies, and the costs for patrolling and policing the public highways (by State, political subdivision, or municipality collecting that money) for enforcement of traffic laws. The separation of grades of such highways with railroads and costs associated with protection of at-grade highway and railroad crossing shall also be permissible.

Appropriations for any of such purposes are payable from the Road Fund or the Grade Crossing Protection Fund as provided in Section 8 of the Motor Fuel Tax Law.

Except as provided in this paragraph, beginning with fiscal year 1991 and thereafter, no Road Fund monies shall be appropriated to the Department of State Police for the purposes of this Section in excess of its total fiscal year 1990 Road Fund appropriations for those purposes unless otherwise provided in Section 5g of this Act. For fiscal years 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, and 2007 only, no Road Fund monies shall be appropriated to the Department of State Police for the purposes of this Section in excess of $97,310,000. For fiscal year 2008 only, no Road Fund monies shall be appropriated to the Department of State Police for the purposes of this Section in excess of $106,100,000. It shall not be lawful to circumvent this limitation on appropriations by governmental reorganization or other methods unless otherwise provided in Section 5g of this Act.

In fiscal year 1994, no Road Fund monies shall be appropriated to the Secretary of State for the purposes of this Section in excess of the total fiscal year 1991 Road Fund appropriations to the Secretary of State for those purposes, plus $9,800,000. It shall not be lawful to circumvent this limitation on appropriations by governmental reorganization or other method.

Beginning with fiscal year 1995 and thereafter, no Road Fund monies shall be appropriated to the Secretary of State for the purposes of this Section in excess of the total fiscal year 1994 Road Fund appropriations to the Secretary of State for those purposes. It shall not be lawful to circumvent this limitation on appropriations by governmental reorganization or other methods.

Beginning with fiscal year 2000, total Road Fund appropriations to the Secretary of State for the purposes of this Section shall not exceed the amounts specified for the following fiscal years:

It shall not be lawful to circumvent this limitation on appropriations by governmental reorganization or other methods.

No new program may be initiated in fiscal year 1991 and thereafter that is not consistent with the limitations imposed by this Section for fiscal year 1984 and thereafter, insofar as appropriation of Road Fund monies is concerned.

Nothing in this Section prohibits transfers from the Road Fund to the State Construction Account Fund under Section 5e of this Act; nor to the General Revenue Fund, as authorized by this amendatory Act of the 93rd General Assembly.

The additional amounts authorized for expenditure in this Section by Public Acts 92-0600, 93-0025, 93-0839, and 94-91 shall be repaid to the Road Fund from the General Revenue Fund in the next succeeding fiscal year that the General Revenue Fund has a positive budgetary balance, as determined by generally accepted accounting principles applicable to government.

The additional amounts authorized for expenditure by the Secretary of State and the Department of State Police in this Section by this amendatory Act of the 94th General Assembly shall be repaid to the Road Fund from the General Revenue Fund in the next succeeding fiscal year that the General Revenue Fund has a positive budgetary balance, as determined by generally accepted accounting principles applicable to government.

(Source: P.A. 93-25, eff. 6-20-03; 93-721, eff. 1-1-05; 93-839, eff. 7-30-04; 94-91, eff. 7-1-05; 94-839, eff. 6-6-06.)

(30 ILCS 105/8.27) (from Ch. 127, par. 144.27)

Sec. 8.27. All receipts from federal financial participation in the Foster Care and Adoption Services program under Title IV-E of the federal Social Security Act, including receipts for related indirect costs, shall be deposited in the DCFS Children's Services Fund.

Eighty percent of the federal funds received by the Illinois Department of Human Services under the Title IV-A Emergency Assistance program as reimbursement for expenditures made from the Illinois Department of Children and Family Services appropriations for the costs of services in behalf of Department of Children and Family Services clients shall be deposited into the DCFS Children's Services Fund.

All receipts from federal financial participation in the Child Welfare Services program under Title IV-B of the federal Social Security Act, including receipts for related indirect costs, shall be deposited into the DCFS Children's Services Fund for those moneys received as reimbursement for services provided on or after July 1, 1994.

In addition, as soon as may be practicable after the first day of November, 1994, the Department of Children and Family Services shall request the Comptroller to order transferred and the Treasurer shall transfer the unexpended balance of the Child Welfare Services Fund to the DCFS Children's Services Fund. Upon completion of the transfer, the Child Welfare Services Fund will be considered dissolved and any outstanding obligations or liabilities of that fund will pass to the DCFS Children's Services Fund.

For services provided on or after July 1, 2007, all federal funds received pursuant to the John H. Chafee Foster Care Independence Program shall be deposited into the DCFS Children's Services Fund.

Monies in the Fund may be used by the Department, pursuant to appropriation by the General Assembly, for the ordinary and contingent expenses of the Department.

In fiscal year 1988 and in each fiscal year thereafter through fiscal year 2000, the Comptroller shall order transferred and the Treasurer shall transfer an amount of $16,100,000 from the DCFS Children's Services Fund to the General Revenue Fund in the following manner: As soon as may be practicable after the 15th day of September, December, March and June, the Comptroller shall order transferred and the Treasurer shall transfer, to the extent that funds are available, 1/4 of $16,100,000, plus any cumulative deficiencies in such transfers for prior transfer dates during such fiscal year. In no event shall any such transfer reduce the available balance in the DCFS Children's Services Fund below $350,000.

In accordance with subsection (q) of Section 5 of the Children and Family Services Act, disbursements from individual children's accounts shall be deposited into the DCFS Children's Services Fund.

Receipts from public and unsolicited private grants, fees for training, and royalties earned from the publication of materials owned by or licensed to the Department of Children and Family Services shall be deposited into the DCFS Children's Services Fund.

As soon as may be practical after September 1, 2005, upon the request of the Department of Children and Family Services, the Comptroller shall order transferred and the Treasurer shall transfer the unexpended balance of the Department of Children and Family Services Training Fund into the DCFS Children's Services Fund. Upon completion of the transfer, the Department of Children and Family Services Training Fund is dissolved and any outstanding obligations or liabilities of that Fund pass to the DCFS Children's Services Fund.

(Source: P.A. 94-91, eff. 7-1-05.)

(30 ILCS 105/8g)

Sec. 8g. Fund transfers.

(a) In addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, as soon as may be practical after the effective date of this amendatory Act of the 91st General Assembly, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer the sum of $10,000,000 from the General Revenue Fund to the Motor Vehicle License Plate Fund created by Senate Bill 1028 of the 91st General Assembly.

(b) In addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, as soon as may be practical after the effective date of this amendatory Act of the 91st General Assembly, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer the sum of $25,000,000 from the General Revenue Fund to the Fund for Illinois' Future created by Senate Bill 1066 of the 91st General Assembly.

(c) In addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, on August 30 of each fiscal year's license period, the Illinois Liquor Control Commission shall direct and the State Comptroller and State Treasurer shall transfer from the General Revenue Fund to the Youth Alcoholism and Substance Abuse Prevention Fund an amount equal to the number of retail liquor licenses issued for that fiscal year multiplied by $50.

(d) The payments to programs required under subsection (d) of Section 28.1 of the Horse Racing Act of 1975 shall be made, pursuant to appropriation, from the special funds referred to in the statutes cited in that subsection, rather than directly from the General Revenue Fund.

Beginning January 1, 2000, on the first day of each month, or as soon as may be practical thereafter, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer from the General Revenue Fund to each of the special funds from which payments are to be made under Section 28.1(d) of the Horse Racing Act of 1975 an amount equal to 1/12 of the annual amount required for those payments from that special fund, which annual amount shall not exceed the annual amount for those payments from that special fund for the calendar year 1998. The special funds to which transfers shall be made under this subsection (d) include, but are not necessarily limited to, the Agricultural Premium Fund; the Metropolitan Exposition Auditorium and Office Building Fund; the Fair and Exposition Fund; the Standardbred Breeders Fund; the Thoroughbred Breeders Fund; and the Illinois Veterans' Rehabilitation Fund.

(e) In addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, as soon as may be practical after the effective date of this amendatory Act of the 91st General Assembly, but in no event later than June 30, 2000, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer the sum of $15,000,000 from the General Revenue Fund to the Fund for Illinois' Future.

(f) In addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, as soon as may be practical after the effective date of this amendatory Act of the 91st General Assembly, but in no event later than June 30, 2000, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer the sum of $70,000,000 from the General Revenue Fund to the Long-Term Care Provider Fund.

(f-1) In fiscal year 2002, in addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, at the direction of and upon notification from the Governor, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer amounts not exceeding a total of $160,000,000 from the General Revenue Fund to the Long-Term Care Provider Fund.

(g) In addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, on July 1, 2001, or as soon thereafter as may be practical, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer the sum of $1,200,000 from the General Revenue Fund to the Violence Prevention Fund.

(h) In each of fiscal years 2002 through 2004, but not thereafter, in addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer $5,000,000 from the General Revenue Fund to the Tourism Promotion Fund.

(i) On or after July 1, 2001 and until May 1, 2002, in addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, at the direction of and upon notification from the Governor, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer amounts not exceeding a total of $80,000,000 from the General Revenue Fund to the Tobacco Settlement Recovery Fund. Any amounts so transferred shall be re-transferred by the State Comptroller and the State Treasurer from the Tobacco Settlement Recovery Fund to the General Revenue Fund at the direction of and upon notification from the Governor, but in any event on or before June 30, 2002.

(i-1) On or after July 1, 2002 and until May 1, 2003, in addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, at the direction of and upon notification from the Governor, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer amounts not exceeding a total of $80,000,000 from the General Revenue Fund to the Tobacco Settlement Recovery Fund. Any amounts so transferred shall be re-transferred by the State Comptroller and the State Treasurer from the Tobacco Settlement Recovery Fund to the General Revenue Fund at the direction of and upon notification from the Governor, but in any event on or before June 30, 2003.

(j) On or after July 1, 2001 and no later than June 30, 2002, in addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, at the direction of and upon notification from the Governor, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer amounts not to exceed the following sums into the Statistical Services Revolving Fund:

(k) In addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, as soon as may be practical after the effective date of this amendatory Act of the 92nd General Assembly, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer the sum of $2,000,000 from the General Revenue Fund to the Teachers Health Insurance Security Fund.

(k-1) In addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, on July 1, 2002, or as soon as may be practical thereafter, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer the sum of $2,000,000 from the General Revenue Fund to the Teachers Health Insurance Security Fund.

(k-2) In addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, on July 1, 2003, or as soon as may be practical thereafter, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer the sum of $2,000,000 from the General Revenue Fund to the Teachers Health Insurance Security Fund.

(k-3) On or after July 1, 2002 and no later than June 30, 2003, in addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, at the direction of and upon notification from the Governor, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer amounts not to exceed the following sums into the Statistical Services Revolving Fund:

(l) In addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, on July 1, 2002, or as soon as may be practical thereafter, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer the sum of $3,000,000 from the General Revenue Fund to the Presidential Library and Museum Operating Fund.

(m) In addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, on July 1, 2002 and on the effective date of this amendatory Act of the 93rd General Assembly, or as soon thereafter as may be practical, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer the sum of $1,200,000 from the General Revenue Fund to the Violence Prevention Fund.

(n) In addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, on July 1, 2003, or as soon thereafter as may be practical, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer the sum of $6,800,000 from the General Revenue Fund to the DHS Recoveries Trust Fund.

(o) On or after July 1, 2003, and no later than June 30, 2004, in addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, at the direction of and upon notification from the Governor, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer amounts not to exceed the following sums into the Vehicle Inspection Fund:

(p) On or after July 1, 2003 and until May 1, 2004, in addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, at the direction of and upon notification from the Governor, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer amounts not exceeding a total of $80,000,000 from the General Revenue Fund to the Tobacco Settlement Recovery Fund. Any amounts so transferred shall be re-transferred from the Tobacco Settlement Recovery Fund to the General Revenue Fund at the direction of and upon notification from the Governor, but in any event on or before June 30, 2004.

(q) In addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, on July 1, 2003, or as soon as may be practical thereafter, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer the sum of $5,000,000 from the General Revenue Fund to the Illinois Military Family Relief Fund.

(r) In addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, on July 1, 2003, or as soon as may be practical thereafter, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer the sum of $1,922,000 from the General Revenue Fund to the Presidential Library and Museum Operating Fund.

(s) In addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, on or after July 1, 2003, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer the sum of $4,800,000 from the Statewide Economic Development Fund to the General Revenue Fund.

(t) In addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, on or after July 1, 2003, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer the sum of $50,000,000 from the General Revenue Fund to the Budget Stabilization Fund.

(u) On or after July 1, 2004 and until May 1, 2005, in addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, at the direction of and upon notification from the Governor, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer amounts not exceeding a total of $80,000,000 from the General Revenue Fund to the Tobacco Settlement Recovery Fund. Any amounts so transferred shall be retransferred by the State Comptroller and the State Treasurer from the Tobacco Settlement Recovery Fund to the General Revenue Fund at the direction of and upon notification from the Governor, but in any event on or before June 30, 2005.

(v) In addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, on July 1, 2004, or as soon thereafter as may be practical, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer the sum of $1,200,000 from the General Revenue Fund to the Violence Prevention Fund.

(w) In addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, on July 1, 2004, or as soon thereafter as may be practical, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer the sum of $6,445,000 from the General Revenue Fund to the Presidential Library and Museum Operating Fund.

(x) In addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, on January 15, 2005, or as soon thereafter as may be practical, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer to the General Revenue Fund the following sums:

From the State Crime Laboratory Fund, $200,000;

From the State Police Wireless Service Emergency Fund, $200,000;

From the State Offender DNA Identification System Fund, $800,000; and

From the State Police Whistleblower Reward and Protection Fund, $500,000.

(y) Notwithstanding any other provision of law to the contrary, in addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law on June 30, 2005, or as soon as may be practical thereafter, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer the remaining balance from the designated funds into the General Revenue Fund and any future deposits that would otherwise be made into these funds must instead be made into the General Revenue Fund:

(1) the Keep Illinois Beautiful Fund;

(2) the Metropolitan Fair and Exposition Authority Reconstruction Fund;

(3) the New Technology Recovery Fund;

(4) the Illinois Rural Bond Bank Trust Fund;

(5) the ISBE School Bus Driver Permit Fund;

(6) the Solid Waste Management Revolving Loan Fund;

(7) the State Postsecondary Review Program Fund;

(8) the Tourism Attraction Development Matching Grant Fund;

(9) the Patent and Copyright Fund;

(10) the Credit Enhancement Development Fund;

(11) the Community Mental Health and Developmental Disabilities Services Provider Participation Fee Trust Fund;

(12) the Nursing Home Grant Assistance Fund;

(13) the By-product Material Safety Fund;

(14) the Illinois Student Assistance Commission Higher EdNet Fund;

(15) the DORS State Project Fund;

(16) the School Technology Revolving Fund;

(17) the Energy Assistance Contribution Fund;

(18) the Illinois Building Commission Revolving Fund;

(19) the Illinois Aquaculture Development Fund;

(20) the Homelessness Prevention Fund;

(21) the DCFS Refugee Assistance Fund;

(22) the Illinois Century Network Special Purposes Fund; and

(23) the Build Illinois Purposes Fund.

(z) In addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, on July 1, 2005, or as soon as may be practical thereafter, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer the sum of $1,200,000 from the General Revenue Fund to the Violence Prevention Fund.

(aa) In addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, on July 1, 2005, or as soon as may be practical thereafter, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer the sum of $9,000,000 from the General Revenue Fund to the Presidential Library and Museum Operating Fund.

(bb) In addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, on July 1, 2005, or as soon as may be practical thereafter, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer the sum of $6,803,600 from the General Revenue Fund to the Securities Audit and Enforcement Fund.

(cc) In addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, on or after July 1, 2005 and until May 1, 2006, at the direction of and upon notification from the Governor, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer amounts not exceeding a total of $80,000,000 from the General Revenue Fund to the Tobacco Settlement Recovery Fund. Any amounts so transferred shall be re-transferred by the State Comptroller and the State Treasurer from the Tobacco Settlement Recovery Fund to the General Revenue Fund at the direction of and upon notification from the Governor, but in any event on or before June 30, 2006.

(dd) In addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, on April 1, 2005, or as soon thereafter as may be practical, at the direction of the Director of Public Aid (now Director of Healthcare and Family Services), the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer from the Public Aid Recoveries Trust Fund amounts not to exceed $14,000,000 to the Community Mental Health Medicaid Trust Fund.

(ee) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, on July 1, 2006, or as soon thereafter as practical, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer the remaining balance from the Illinois Civic Center Bond Fund to the Illinois Civic Center Bond Retirement and Interest Fund.

(ff) In addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, on and after July 1, 2006 and until June 30, 2007, at the direction of and upon notification from the Director of the Governor's Office of Management and Budget, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer amounts not exceeding a total of $1,900,000 from the General Revenue Fund to the Illinois Capital Revolving Loan Fund.

(gg) In addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, on and after July 1, 2006 and until May 1, 2007, at the direction of and upon notification from the Governor, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer amounts not exceeding a total of $80,000,000 from the General Revenue Fund to the Tobacco Settlement Recovery Fund. Any amounts so transferred shall be retransferred by the State Comptroller and the State Treasurer from the Tobacco Settlement Recovery Fund to the General Revenue Fund at the direction of and upon notification from the Governor, but in any event on or before June 30, 2007.

(hh) In addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, on and after July 1, 2006 and until June 30, 2007, at the direction of and upon notification from the Governor, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer amounts from the Illinois Affordable Housing Trust Fund to the designated funds not exceeding the following amounts:

DCFS Children's Services Fund.................$2,200,000

Department of Corrections Reimbursement

and Education Fund........................$1,500,000

Supplemental Low-Income Energy

Assistance Fund..............................$75,000

(ii) In addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, on or before August 31, 2006, the Governor and the State Comptroller may agree to transfer the surplus cash balance from the General Revenue Fund to the Budget Stabilization Fund and the Pension Stabilization Fund in equal proportions. The determination of the amount of the surplus cash balance shall be made by the Governor, with the concurrence of the State Comptroller, after taking into account the June 30, 2006 balances in the general funds and the actual or estimated spending from the general funds during the lapse period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum amount that may be transferred under this subsection (ii) is $50,000,000.

(jj) In addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, on July 1, 2006, or as soon thereafter as practical, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer the sum of $8,250,000 from the General Revenue Fund to the Presidential Library and Museum Operating Fund.

(kk) In addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, on July 1, 2006, or as soon thereafter as practical, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer the sum of $1,400,000 from the General Revenue Fund to the Violence Prevention Fund.

(ll) In addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, on the first day of each calendar quarter of the fiscal year beginning July 1, 2006, or as soon thereafter as practical, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer from the General Revenue Fund amounts equal to one-fourth of $20,000,000 to the Renewable Energy Resources Trust Fund.

(mm) In addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, on July 1, 2006, or as soon thereafter as practical, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer the sum of $1,320,000 from the General Revenue Fund to the I-FLY Fund.

(nn) In addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, on July 1, 2006, or as soon thereafter as practical, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer the sum of $3,000,000 from the General Revenue Fund to the African-American HIV/AIDS Response Fund.

(oo) In addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, on and after July 1, 2006 and until June 30, 2007, at the direction of and upon notification from the Governor, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer amounts identified as net receipts from the sale of all or part of the Illinois Student Assistance Commission loan portfolio from the Student Loan Operating Fund to the General Revenue Fund. The maximum amount that may be transferred pursuant to this Section is $38,800,000. In addition, no transfer may be made pursuant to this Section that would have the effect of reducing the available balance in the Student Loan Operating Fund to an amount less than the amount remaining unexpended and unreserved from the total appropriations from the Fund estimated to be expended for the fiscal year. The State Treasurer and Comptroller shall transfer the amounts designated under this Section as soon as may be practical after receiving the direction to transfer from the Governor.

(pp) (ee) In addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, on July 1, 2006, or as soon thereafter as practical, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer the sum of $2,000,000 from the General Revenue Fund to the Illinois Veterans Assistance Fund.

(qq) In addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, on and after July 1, 2007 and until May 1, 2008, at the direction of and upon notification from the Governor, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer amounts not exceeding a total of $80,000,000 from the General Revenue Fund to the Tobacco Settlement Recovery Fund. Any amounts so transferred shall be retransferred by the State Comptroller and the State Treasurer from the Tobacco Settlement Recovery Fund to the General Revenue Fund at the direction of and upon notification from the Governor, but in any event on or before June 30, 2008.

(rr) In addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, on and after July 1, 2007 and until June 30, 2008, at the direction of and upon notification from the Governor, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer amounts from the Illinois Affordable Housing Trust Fund to the designated funds not exceeding the following amounts:

DCFS Children's Services Fund.................$2,200,000

Department of Corrections Reimbursement

and Education Fund........................$1,500,000

Supplemental Low-Income Energy

Assistance Fund..............................$75,000

(ss) In addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, on July 1, 2007, or as soon thereafter as practical, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer the sum of $8,250,000 from the General Revenue Fund to the Presidential Library and Museum Operating Fund.

(tt) In addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, on July 1, 2007, or as soon thereafter as practical, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer the sum of $1,400,000 from the General Revenue Fund to the Violence Prevention Fund.

(uu) In addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, on July 1, 2007, or as soon thereafter as practical, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer the sum of $1,320,000 from the General Revenue Fund to the I-FLY Fund.

(vv) In addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, on July 1, 2007, or as soon thereafter as practical, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer the sum of $3,000,000 from the General Revenue Fund to the African-American HIV/AIDS Response Fund.

(ww) In addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, on July 1, 2007, or as soon thereafter as practical, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer the sum of $3,500,000 from the General Revenue Fund to the Predatory Lending Database Program Fund.

(xx) In addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, on July 1, 2007, or as soon thereafter as practical, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer the sum of $5,000,000 from the General Revenue Fund to the Digital Divide Elimination Fund.

(yy) In addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, on July 1, 2007, or as soon thereafter as practical, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer the sum of $4,000,000 from the General Revenue Fund to the Digital Divide Elimination Infrastructure Fund.

(Source: P.A. 93-32, eff. 6-20-03; 93-648, eff. 1-8-04; 93-839, eff. 7-30-04; 93-1067, eff. 1-15-05; 94-58, eff. 6-17-05; 94-91, eff. 7-1-05; 94-816, eff. 5-30-06; 94-839, eff. 6-6-06; revised 8-3-06.)

(30 ILCS 105/13.2) (from Ch. 127, par. 149.2)

Sec. 13.2. Transfers among line item appropriations.

(a) Transfers among line item appropriations from the same treasury fund for the objects specified in this Section may be made in the manner provided in this Section when the balance remaining in one or more such line item appropriations is insufficient for the purpose for which the appropriation was made.

(a-1) No transfers may be made from one agency to another agency, nor may transfers be made from one institution of higher education to another institution of higher education.

(a-2) Except as otherwise provided in this Section, transfers may be made only among the objects of expenditure enumerated in this Section, except that no funds may be transferred from any appropriation for personal services, from any appropriation for State contributions to the State Employees' Retirement System, from any separate appropriation for employee retirement contributions paid by the employer, nor from any appropriation for State contribution for employee group insurance. During State fiscal year 2005, an agency may transfer amounts among its appropriations within the same treasury fund for personal services, employee retirement contributions paid by employer, and State Contributions to retirement systems; notwithstanding and in addition to the transfers authorized in subsection (c) of this Section, the fiscal year 2005 transfers authorized in this sentence may be made in an amount not to exceed 2% of the aggregate amount appropriated to an agency within the same treasury fund. During State fiscal year 2007, the Departments of Children and Family Services, Corrections, Human Services, and Juvenile Justice may transfer amounts among their respective appropriations within the same treasury fund for personal services, employee retirement contributions paid by employer, and State contributions to retirement systems. Notwithstanding, and in addition to, the transfers authorized in subsection (c) of this Section, these transfers may be made in an amount not to exceed 2% of the aggregate amount appropriated to an agency within the same treasury fund.

(a-3) Further, if an agency receives a separate appropriation for employee retirement contributions paid by the employer, any transfer by that agency into an appropriation for personal services must be accompanied by a corresponding transfer into the appropriation for employee retirement contributions paid by the employer, in an amount sufficient to meet the employer share of the employee contributions required to be remitted to the retirement system.

(b) In addition to the general transfer authority provided under subsection (c), the following agencies have the specific transfer authority granted in this subsection:

The Department of Healthcare and Family Services is authorized to make transfers representing savings attributable to not increasing grants due to the births of additional children from line items for payments of cash grants to line items for payments for employment and social services for the purposes outlined in subsection (f) of Section 4-2 of the Illinois Public Aid Code.

The Department of Children and Family Services is authorized to make transfers not exceeding 2% of the aggregate amount appropriated to it within the same treasury fund for the following line items among these same line items: Foster Home and Specialized Foster Care and Prevention, Institutions and Group Homes and Prevention, and Purchase of Adoption and Guardianship Services.

The Department on Aging is authorized to make transfers not exceeding 2% of the aggregate amount appropriated to it within the same treasury fund for the following Community Care Program line items among these same line items: Homemaker and Senior Companion Services, Alternative Senior Services, Case Coordination Units, and Adult Day Care Services.

The State Treasurer is authorized to make transfers among line item appropriations from the Capital Litigation Trust Fund, with respect to costs incurred in fiscal years 2002 and 2003 only, when the balance remaining in one or more such line item appropriations is insufficient for the purpose for which the appropriation was made, provided that no such transfer may be made unless the amount transferred is no longer required for the purpose for which that appropriation was made.

The State Board of Education is authorized to make transfers from line item appropriations within the same treasury fund for General State Aid and General State Aid - Hold Harmless, provided that no such transfer may be made unless the amount transferred is no longer required for the purpose for which that appropriation was made, to the line item appropriation for Transitional Assistance when the balance remaining in such line item appropriation is insufficient for the purpose for which the appropriation was made.

The State Board of Education is authorized to make transfers between the following line item appropriations within the same treasury fund: Disabled Student Services/Materials (Section 14-13.01 of the School Code), Disabled Student Transportation Reimbursement (Section 14-13.01 of the School Code), Disabled Student Tuition - Private Tuition (Section 14-7.02 of the School Code), Extraordinary Special Education (Section 14-7.02b of the School Code), Reimbursement for Free Lunch/Breakfast Program, Summer School Payments (Section 18-4.3 of the School Code), and Transportation - Regular/Vocational Reimbursement (Section 29-5 of the School Code). Such transfers shall be made only when the balance remaining in one or more such line item appropriations is insufficient for the purpose for which the appropriation was made and provided that no such transfer may be made unless the amount transferred is no longer required for the purpose for which that appropriation was made.

(c) The sum of such transfers for an agency in a fiscal year shall not exceed 2% of the aggregate amount appropriated to it within the same treasury fund for the following objects: Personal Services; Extra Help; Student and Inmate Compensation; State Contributions to Retirement Systems; State Contributions to Social Security; State Contribution for Employee Group Insurance; Contractual Services; Travel; Commodities; Printing; Equipment; Electronic Data Processing; Operation of Automotive Equipment; Telecommunications Services; Travel and Allowance for Committed, Paroled and Discharged Prisoners; Library Books; Federal Matching Grants for Student Loans; Refunds; Workers' Compensation, Occupational Disease, and Tort Claims; and, in appropriations to institutions of higher education, Awards and Grants. Notwithstanding the above, any amounts appropriated for payment of workers' compensation claims to an agency to which the authority to evaluate, administer and pay such claims has been delegated by the Department of Central Management Services may be transferred to any other expenditure object where such amounts exceed the amount necessary for the payment of such claims.

(c-1) Special provisions for State fiscal year 2003. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section to the contrary, for State fiscal year 2003 only, transfers among line item appropriations to an agency from the same treasury fund may be made provided that the sum of such transfers for an agency in State fiscal year 2003 shall not exceed 3% of the aggregate amount appropriated to that State agency for State fiscal year 2003 for the following objects: personal services, except that no transfer may be approved which reduces the aggregate appropriations for personal services within an agency; extra help; student and inmate compensation; State contributions to retirement systems; State contributions to social security; State contributions for employee group insurance; contractual services; travel; commodities; printing; equipment; electronic data processing; operation of automotive equipment; telecommunications services; travel and allowance for committed, paroled, and discharged prisoners; library books; federal matching grants for student loans; refunds; workers' compensation, occupational disease, and tort claims; and, in appropriations to institutions of higher education, awards and grants.

(c-2) Special provisions for State fiscal year 2005. Notwithstanding subsections (a), (a-2), and (c), for State fiscal year 2005 only, transfers may be made among any line item appropriations from the same or any other treasury fund for any objects or purposes, without limitation, when the balance remaining in one or more such line item appropriations is insufficient for the purpose for which the appropriation was made, provided that the sum of those transfers by a State agency shall not exceed 4% of the aggregate amount appropriated to that State agency for fiscal year 2005.

(d) Transfers among appropriations made to agencies of the Legislative and Judicial departments and to the constitutionally elected officers in the Executive branch require the approval of the officer authorized in Section 10 of this Act to approve and certify vouchers. Transfers among appropriations made to the University of Illinois, Southern Illinois University, Chicago State University, Eastern Illinois University, Governors State University, Illinois State University, Northeastern Illinois University, Northern Illinois University, Western Illinois University, the Illinois Mathematics and Science Academy and the Board of Higher Education require the approval of the Board of Higher Education and the Governor. Transfers among appropriations to all other agencies require the approval of the Governor.

The officer responsible for approval shall certify that the transfer is necessary to carry out the programs and purposes for which the appropriations were made by the General Assembly and shall transmit to the State Comptroller a certified copy of the approval which shall set forth the specific amounts transferred so that the Comptroller may change his records accordingly. The Comptroller shall furnish the Governor with information copies of all transfers approved for agencies of the Legislative and Judicial departments and transfers approved by the constitutionally elected officials of the Executive branch other than the Governor, showing the amounts transferred and indicating the dates such changes were entered on the Comptroller's records.

(e) The State Board of Education, in consultation with the State Comptroller, may transfer line item appropriations for General State Aid from the Common School Fund to the Education Assistance Fund.

(Source: P.A. 93-680, eff. 7-1-04; 93-839, eff. 7-30-04; 94-839, eff. 6-6-06.)

(30 ILCS 105/14.1) (from Ch. 127, par. 150.1)

Sec. 14.1. Appropriations for State contributions to the State Employees' Retirement System; payroll requirements.

(a) Appropriations for State contributions to the State Employees' Retirement System of Illinois shall be expended in the manner provided in this Section. Except as otherwise provided in subsection (a-1), at the time of each payment of salary to an employee under the personal services line item, payment shall be made to the State Employees' Retirement System, from the amount appropriated for State contributions to the State Employees' Retirement System, of an amount calculated at the rate certified for the applicable fiscal year by the Board of Trustees of the State Employees' Retirement System under Section 14-135.08 of the Illinois Pension Code. If a line item appropriation to an employer for this purpose is exhausted or is unavailable due to any limitation on appropriations that may apply, (including, but not limited to, limitations on appropriations from the Road Fund under Section 8.3 of the State Finance Act), the amounts shall be paid under the continuing appropriation for this purpose contained in the State Pension Funds Continuing Appropriation Act.

(a-1) Beginning on the effective date of this amendatory Act of the 93rd General Assembly through the payment of the final payroll from fiscal year 2004 appropriations, appropriations for State contributions to the State Employees' Retirement System of Illinois shall be expended in the manner provided in this subsection (a-1). At the time of each payment of salary to an employee under the personal services line item from a fund other than the General Revenue Fund, payment shall be made for deposit into the General Revenue Fund from the amount appropriated for State contributions to the State Employees' Retirement System of an amount calculated at the rate certified for fiscal year 2004 by the Board of Trustees of the State Employees' Retirement System under Section 14-135.08 of the Illinois Pension Code. This payment shall be made to the extent that a line item appropriation to an employer for this purpose is available or unexhausted. No payment from appropriations for State contributions shall be made in conjunction with payment of salary to an employee under the personal services line item from the General Revenue Fund.

(b) Except during the period beginning on the effective date of this amendatory Act of the 93rd General Assembly and ending at the time of the payment of the final payroll from fiscal year 2004 appropriations, the State Comptroller shall not approve for payment any payroll voucher that (1) includes payments of salary to eligible employees in the State Employees' Retirement System of Illinois and (2) does not include the corresponding payment of State contributions to that retirement system at the full rate certified under Section 14-135.08 for that fiscal year for eligible employees, unless the balance in the fund on which the payroll voucher is drawn is insufficient to pay the total payroll voucher, or unavailable due to any limitation on appropriations that may apply, including, but not limited to, limitations on appropriations from the Road Fund under Section 8.3 of the State Finance Act. If the State Comptroller approves a payroll voucher under this Section for which the fund balance is insufficient to pay the full amount of the required State contribution to the State Employees' Retirement System, the Comptroller shall promptly so notify the Retirement System.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provisions of law, beginning July 1, 2007, required State and employee contributions to the State Employees' Retirement System of Illinois relating to affected legislative staff employees shall be paid out of moneys appropriated for that purpose to the Commission on Government Forecasting and Accountability, rather than out of the lump-sum appropriations otherwise made for the payroll and other costs of those employees.

These payments must be made pursuant to payroll vouchers submitted by the employing entity as part of the regular payroll voucher process.

For the purpose of this subsection, "affected legislative staff employees" means legislative staff employees paid out of lump-sum appropriations made to the General Assembly, an Officer of the General Assembly, or the Senate Operations Commission, but does not include district-office staff or employees of legislative support services agencies.

(Source: P.A. 93-665, eff. 3-5-04; 93-1067, eff. 1-15-05.)

(30 ILCS 105/25.5 new)

Sec. 25.5. FY2008 payment validation. All expenses lawfully incurred during July of 2007 under an appropriation or reappropriation included in Public Act 95-11 shall be paid by the State Comptroller and State Treasurer at the time and in the manner normally provided by law, notwithstanding that the appropriation under that Public Act may have expired prior to the actual date of payment due to the repeal of that Public Act. Any otherwise lawful action of the State Comptroller, the State Treasurer, or any public employee in the course of making payment in accordance with this Section is hereby validated.

Section 5-13. The Budget Stabilization Act is amended by changing Section 10 as follows:

(30 ILCS 122/10)

Sec. 10. Budget limitations.

(a) Except as provided in subsection (b-5), in In addition to Section 50-5 of the State Budget Law of the Civil Administrative Code of Illinois, the General Assembly's appropriations and transfers or diversions as required by law from general funds shall not exceed 99% of the estimated general funds revenues for the fiscal year when revenue estimates of the State's general funds revenues exceed the prior fiscal year's estimated general funds revenues by more than 4%.

(b) Except as provided in subsection (b-5), the The General Assembly's appropriations and transfers or diversions as required by law from general funds shall not exceed 98% of the estimated general funds revenues for the fiscal year when revenue estimates of the State's general funds revenues exceed the prior fiscal year's estimated general funds revenues by more than 4% for 2 or more consecutive fiscal years.

(b-5) The limitations on appropriations and transfers or diversions set forth under subsections (a) and (b) do not apply for State fiscal year 2008.

(c) For the purpose of this Act, "estimated general funds revenues" include, for each budget year, all taxes, fees, and other revenues expected to be deposited into the State's general funds, including recurring transfers from other State funds into the general funds.

Year-over-year comparisons used to determine the percentage growth factor of estimated general funds revenues shall exclude the sum of the following: (i) expected revenues resulting from new taxes or fees or from tax or fee increases during the first year of the change, (ii) expected revenues resulting from one-time receipts or non-recurring transfers in, (iii) expected proceeds resulting from borrowing, and (iv) increases in federal grants that must be completely appropriated based on the terms of the grants.

(Source: P.A. 93-660, eff. 7-1-04; 94-839, eff. 6-6-06.)

Section 5-15. The Illinois Income Tax Act is amended by changing Sections 203, 304, 704A, 709.5, 901, 1001, 1007, 1405.5, 1405.6 and 1501 as follows:

(35 ILCS 5/203) (from Ch. 120, par. 2-203)

Sec. 203. Base income defined.

(a) Individuals.

(1) In general. In the case of an individual, base income means an amount equal to the taxpayer's adjusted gross income for the taxable year as modified by paragraph (2).

(2) Modifications. The adjusted gross income referred to in paragraph (1) shall be modified by adding thereto the sum of the following amounts:

(A) An amount equal to all amounts paid or accrued to the taxpayer as interest or dividends during the taxable year to the extent excluded from gross income in the computation of adjusted gross income, except stock dividends of qualified public utilities described in Section 305(e) of the Internal Revenue Code;

(B) An amount equal to the amount of tax imposed by this Act to the extent deducted from gross income in the computation of adjusted gross income for the taxable year;

(C) An amount equal to the amount received during the taxable year as a recovery or refund of real property taxes paid with respect to the taxpayer's principal residence under the Revenue Act of 1939 and for which a deduction was previously taken under subparagraph (L) of this paragraph (2) prior to July 1, 1991, the retrospective application date of Article 4 of Public Act 87-17. In the case of multi-unit or multi-use structures and farm dwellings, the taxes on the taxpayer's principal residence shall be that portion of the total taxes for the entire property which is attributable to such principal residence;

(D) An amount equal to the amount of the capital gain deduction allowable under the Internal Revenue Code, to the extent deducted from gross income in the computation of adjusted gross income;

(D-5) An amount, to the extent not included in adjusted gross income, equal to the amount of money withdrawn by the taxpayer in the taxable year from a medical care savings account and the interest earned on the account in the taxable year of a withdrawal pursuant to subsection (b) of Section 20 of the Medical Care Savings Account Act or subsection (b) of Section 20 of the Medical Care Savings Account Act of 2000;

(D-10) For taxable years ending after December 31, 1997, an amount equal to any eligible remediation costs that the individual deducted in computing adjusted gross income and for which the individual claims a credit under subsection (l) of Section 201;

(D-15) For taxable years 2001 and thereafter, an amount equal to the bonus depreciation deduction taken on the taxpayer's federal income tax return for the taxable year under subsection (k) of Section 168 of the Internal Revenue Code;

(D-16) If the taxpayer sells, transfers, abandons, or otherwise disposes of property for which the taxpayer was required in any taxable year to make an addition modification under subparagraph (D-15), then an amount equal to the aggregate amount of the deductions taken in all taxable years under subparagraph (Z) with respect to that property.

If the taxpayer continues to own property through the last day of the last tax year for which the taxpayer may claim a depreciation deduction for federal income tax purposes and for which the taxpayer was allowed in any taxable year to make a subtraction modification under subparagraph (Z), then an amount equal to that subtraction modification.

The taxpayer is required to make the addition modification under this subparagraph only once with respect to any one piece of property;

(D-17) An amount equal to the amount otherwise allowed as a deduction in computing base income for interest paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, (i) for taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2004, to a foreign person who would be a member of the same unitary business group but for the fact that foreign person's business activity outside the United States is 80% or more of the foreign person's total business activity and (ii) for taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2008, to a person who would be a member of the same unitary business group but for the fact that the person is prohibited under Section 1501(a)(27) from being included in the unitary business group because he or she is ordinarily required to apportion business income under different subsections of Section 304. The addition modification required by this subparagraph shall be reduced to the extent that dividends were included in base income of the unitary group for the same taxable year and received by the taxpayer or by a member of the taxpayer's unitary business group (including amounts included in gross income under Sections 951 through 964 of the Internal Revenue Code and amounts included in gross income under Section 78 of the Internal Revenue Code) with respect to the stock of the same person to whom the interest was paid, accrued, or incurred.

This paragraph shall not apply to the following:

(i) an item of interest paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, to a foreign person who is subject in a foreign country or state, other than a state which requires mandatory unitary reporting, to a tax on or measured by net income with respect to such interest; or

(ii) an item of interest paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, to a foreign person if the taxpayer can establish, based on a preponderance of the evidence, both of the following:

(a) the foreign person, during the same taxable year, paid, accrued, or incurred, the interest to a person that is not a related member, and

(b) the transaction giving rise to the interest expense between the taxpayer and the foreign person did not have as a principal purpose the avoidance of Illinois income tax, and is paid pursuant to a contract or agreement that reflects an arm's-length interest rate and terms; or

(iii) the taxpayer can establish, based on clear and convincing evidence, that the interest paid, accrued, or incurred relates to a contract or agreement entered into at arm's-length rates and terms and the principal purpose for the payment is not federal or Illinois tax avoidance; or

(iv) an item of interest paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, to a foreign person if the taxpayer establishes by clear and convincing evidence that the adjustments are unreasonable; or if the taxpayer and the Director agree in writing to the application or use of an alternative method of apportionment under Section 304(f).

Nothing in this subsection shall preclude the Director from making any other adjustment otherwise allowed under Section 404 of this Act for any tax year beginning after the effective date of this amendment provided such adjustment is made pursuant to regulation adopted by the Department and such regulations provide methods and standards by which the Department will utilize its authority under Section 404 of this Act;

(D-18) An amount equal to the amount of intangible expenses and costs otherwise allowed as a deduction in computing base income, and that were paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, (i) for taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2004, to a foreign person who would be a member of the same unitary business group but for the fact that the foreign person's business activity outside the United States is 80% or more of that person's total business activity and (ii) for taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2008, to a person who would be a member of the same unitary business group but for the fact that the person is prohibited under Section 1501(a)(27) from being included in the unitary business group because he or she is ordinarily required to apportion business income under different subsections of Section 304. The addition modification required by this subparagraph shall be reduced to the extent that dividends were included in base income of the unitary group for the same taxable year and received by the taxpayer or by a member of the taxpayer's unitary business group (including amounts included in gross income under Sections 951 through 964 of the Internal Revenue Code and amounts included in gross income under Section 78 of the Internal Revenue Code) with respect to the stock of the same person to whom the intangible expenses and costs were directly or indirectly paid, incurred, or accrued. The preceding sentence does not apply to the extent that the same dividends caused a reduction to the addition modification required under Section 203(a)(2)(D-17) of this Act. As used in this subparagraph, the term "intangible expenses and costs" includes (1) expenses, losses, and costs for, or related to, the direct or indirect acquisition, use, maintenance or management, ownership, sale, exchange, or any other disposition of intangible property; (2) losses incurred, directly or indirectly, from factoring transactions or discounting transactions; (3) royalty, patent, technical, and copyright fees; (4) licensing fees; and (5) other similar expenses and costs. For purposes of this subparagraph, "intangible property" includes patents, patent applications, trade names, trademarks, service marks, copyrights, mask works, trade secrets, and similar types of intangible assets.

This paragraph shall not apply to the following:

(i) any item of intangible expenses or costs paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, from a transaction with a foreign person who is subject in a foreign country or state, other than a state which requires mandatory unitary reporting, to a tax on or measured by net income with respect to such item; or

(ii) any item of intangible expense or cost paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, if the taxpayer can establish, based on a preponderance of the evidence, both of the following:

(a) the foreign person during the same taxable year paid, accrued, or incurred, the intangible expense or cost to a person that is not a related member, and

(b) the transaction giving rise to the intangible expense or cost between the taxpayer and the foreign person did not have as a principal purpose the avoidance of Illinois income tax, and is paid pursuant to a contract or agreement that reflects arm's-length terms; or

(iii) any item of intangible expense or cost paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, from a transaction with a foreign person if the taxpayer establishes by clear and convincing evidence, that the adjustments are unreasonable; or if the taxpayer and the Director agree in writing to the application or use of an alternative method of apportionment under Section 304(f);

Nothing in this subsection shall preclude the Director from making any other adjustment otherwise allowed under Section 404 of this Act for any tax year beginning after the effective date of this amendment provided such adjustment is made pursuant to regulation adopted by the Department and such regulations provide methods and standards by which the Department will utilize its authority under Section 404 of this Act;

(D-19) For taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2008, an amount equal to the amount of insurance premium expenses and costs otherwise allowed as a deduction in computing base income, and that were paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, to a person who would be a member of the same unitary business group but for the fact that the person is prohibited under Section 1501(a)(27) from being included in the unitary business group because he or she is ordinarily required to apportion business income under different subsections of Section 304. The addition modification required by this subparagraph shall be reduced to the extent that dividends were included in base income of the unitary group for the same taxable year and received by the taxpayer or by a member of the taxpayer's unitary business group (including amounts included in gross income under Sections 951 through 964 of the Internal Revenue Code and amounts included in gross income under Section 78 of the Internal Revenue Code) with respect to the stock of the same person to whom the premiums intangible expenses and costs were directly or indirectly paid, incurred, or accrued. The preceding sentence does not apply to the extent that the same dividends caused a reduction to the addition modification required under Section 203(a)(2)(D-17) or Section 203(a)(2)(D-18) of this Act.

(D-20) For taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2002 and ending on or before December 31, 2006, in the case of a distribution from a qualified tuition program under Section 529 of the Internal Revenue Code, other than (i) a distribution from a College Savings Pool created under Section 16.5 of the State Treasurer Act or (ii) a distribution from the Illinois Prepaid Tuition Trust Fund, an amount equal to the amount excluded from gross income under Section 529(c)(3)(B). For taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2007, in the case of a distribution from a qualified tuition program under Section 529 of the Internal Revenue Code, other than (i) a distribution from a College Savings Pool created under Section 16.5 of the State Treasurer Act, (ii) a distribution from the Illinois Prepaid Tuition Trust Fund, or (iii) a distribution from a qualified tuition program under Section 529 of the Internal Revenue Code that (I) adopts and determines that its offering materials comply with the College Savings Plans Network's disclosure principles and (II) has made reasonable efforts to inform in-state residents of the existence of in-state qualified tuition programs by informing Illinois residents directly and, where applicable, to inform financial intermediaries distributing the program to inform in-state residents of the existence of in-state qualified tuition programs at least annually, an amount equal to the amount excluded from gross income under Section 529(c)(3)(B).

For the purposes of this subparagraph (D-20), a qualified tuition program has made reasonable efforts if it makes disclosures (which may use the term "in-state program" or "in-state plan" and need not specifically refer to Illinois or its qualified programs by name) (i) directly to prospective participants in its offering materials or makes a public disclosure, such as a website posting; and (ii) where applicable, to intermediaries selling the out-of-state program in the same manner that the out-of-state program distributes its offering materials;

(D-21) For taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2007, in the case of transfer of moneys from a qualified tuition program under Section 529 of the Internal Revenue Code that is administered by the State to an out-of-state program, an amount equal to the amount of moneys previously deducted from base income under subsection (a)(2)(Y) of this Section.

and by deducting from the total so obtained the sum of the following amounts:

(E) For taxable years ending before December 31, 2001, any amount included in such total in respect of any compensation (including but not limited to any compensation paid or accrued to a serviceman while a prisoner of war or missing in action) paid to a resident by reason of being on active duty in the Armed Forces of the United States and in respect of any compensation paid or accrued to a resident who as a governmental employee was a prisoner of war or missing in action, and in respect of any compensation paid to a resident in 1971 or thereafter for annual training performed pursuant to Sections 502 and 503, Title 32, United States Code as a member of the Illinois National Guard or, beginning with taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2007, the National Guard of any other state. For taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2001, any amount included in such total in respect of any compensation (including but not limited to any compensation paid or accrued to a serviceman while a prisoner of war or missing in action) paid to a resident by reason of being a member of any component of the Armed Forces of the United States and in respect of any compensation paid or accrued to a resident who as a governmental employee was a prisoner of war or missing in action, and in respect of any compensation paid to a resident in 2001 or thereafter by reason of being a member of the Illinois National Guard or, beginning with taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2007, the National Guard of any other state. The provisions of this amendatory Act of the 92nd General Assembly are exempt from the provisions of Section 250;

(F) An amount equal to all amounts included in such total pursuant to the provisions of Sections 402(a), 402(c), 403(a), 403(b), 406(a), 407(a), and 408 of the Internal Revenue Code, or included in such total as distributions under the provisions of any retirement or disability plan for employees of any governmental agency or unit, or retirement payments to retired partners, which payments are excluded in computing net earnings from self employment by Section 1402 of the Internal Revenue Code and regulations adopted pursuant thereto;

(G) The valuation limitation amount;

(H) An amount equal to the amount of any tax imposed by this Act which was refunded to the taxpayer and included in such total for the taxable year;

(I) An amount equal to all amounts included in such total pursuant to the provisions of Section 111 of the Internal Revenue Code as a recovery of items previously deducted from adjusted gross income in the computation of taxable income;

(J) An amount equal to those dividends included in such total which were paid by a corporation which conducts business operations in an Enterprise Zone or zones created under the Illinois Enterprise Zone Act or a River Edge Redevelopment Zone or zones created under the River Edge Redevelopment Zone Act, and conducts substantially all of its operations in an Enterprise Zone or zones or a River Edge Redevelopment Zone or zones. This subparagraph (J) is exempt from the provisions of Section 250;

(K) An amount equal to those dividends included in such total that were paid by a corporation that conducts business operations in a federally designated Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone and that is designated a High Impact Business located in Illinois; provided that dividends eligible for the deduction provided in subparagraph (J) of paragraph (2) of this subsection shall not be eligible for the deduction provided under this subparagraph (K);

(L) For taxable years ending after December 31, 1983, an amount equal to all social security benefits and railroad retirement benefits included in such total pursuant to Sections 72(r) and 86 of the Internal Revenue Code;

(M) With the exception of any amounts subtracted under subparagraph (N), an amount equal to the sum of all amounts disallowed as deductions by (i) Sections 171(a) (2), and 265(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as now or hereafter amended, and all amounts of expenses allocable to interest and disallowed as deductions by Section 265(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as now or hereafter amended; and (ii) for taxable years ending on or after August 13, 1999, Sections 171(a)(2), 265, 280C, and 832(b)(5)(B)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code; the provisions of this subparagraph are exempt from the provisions of Section 250;

(N) An amount equal to all amounts included in such total which are exempt from taxation by this State either by reason of its statutes or Constitution or by reason of the Constitution, treaties or statutes of the United States; provided that, in the case of any statute of this State or, for taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2008, of the United States, any treaty of the United States, the Illinois Constitution, or the United States Constitution that exempts income derived from bonds or other obligations from the tax imposed under this Act, the amount exempted shall be the interest income net of bond premium amortization, and, for taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2008, interest expense incurred on indebtedness to carry the bond or other obligation, expenses incurred in producing the income to be deducted, and all other related expenses. The amount of expenses to be taken into account under this provision may not exceed the amount of income that is exempted;

(O) An amount equal to any contribution made to a job training project established pursuant to the Tax Increment Allocation Redevelopment Act;

(P) An amount equal to the amount of the deduction used to compute the federal income tax credit for restoration of substantial amounts held under claim of right for the taxable year pursuant to Section 1341 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986;

(Q) An amount equal to any amounts included in such total, received by the taxpayer as an acceleration in the payment of life, endowment or annuity benefits in advance of the time they would otherwise be payable as an indemnity for a terminal illness;

(R) An amount equal to the amount of any federal or State bonus paid to veterans of the Persian Gulf War;

(S) An amount, to the extent included in adjusted gross income, equal to the amount of a contribution made in the taxable year on behalf of the taxpayer to a medical care savings account established under the Medical Care Savings Account Act or the Medical Care Savings Account Act of 2000 to the extent the contribution is accepted by the account administrator as provided in that Act;

(T) An amount, to the extent included in adjusted gross income, equal to the amount of interest earned in the taxable year on a medical care savings account established under the Medical Care Savings Account Act or the Medical Care Savings Account Act of 2000 on behalf of the taxpayer, other than interest added pursuant to item (D-5) of this paragraph (2);

(U) For one taxable year beginning on or after January 1, 1994, an amount equal to the total amount of tax imposed and paid under subsections (a) and (b) of Section 201 of this Act on grant amounts received by the taxpayer under the Nursing Home Grant Assistance Act during the taxpayer's taxable years 1992 and 1993;

(V) Beginning with tax years ending on or after December 31, 1995 and ending with tax years ending on or before December 31, 2004, an amount equal to the amount paid by a taxpayer who is a self-employed taxpayer, a partner of a partnership, or a shareholder in a Subchapter S corporation for health insurance or long-term care insurance for that taxpayer or that taxpayer's spouse or dependents, to the extent that the amount paid for that health insurance or long-term care insurance may be deducted under Section 213 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, has not been deducted on the federal income tax return of the taxpayer, and does not exceed the taxable income attributable to that taxpayer's income, self-employment income, or Subchapter S corporation income; except that no deduction shall be allowed under this item (V) if the taxpayer is eligible to participate in any health insurance or long-term care insurance plan of an employer of the taxpayer or the taxpayer's spouse. The amount of the health insurance and long-term care insurance subtracted under this item (V) shall be determined by multiplying total health insurance and long-term care insurance premiums paid by the taxpayer times a number that represents the fractional percentage of eligible medical expenses under Section 213 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 not actually deducted on the taxpayer's federal income tax return;

(W) For taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 1998, all amounts included in the taxpayer's federal gross income in the taxable year from amounts converted from a regular IRA to a Roth IRA. This paragraph is exempt from the provisions of Section 250;

(X) For taxable year 1999 and thereafter, an amount equal to the amount of any (i) distributions, to the extent includible in gross income for federal income tax purposes, made to the taxpayer because of his or her status as a victim of persecution for racial or religious reasons by Nazi Germany or any other Axis regime or as an heir of the victim and (ii) items of income, to the extent includible in gross income for federal income tax purposes, attributable to, derived from or in any way related to assets stolen from, hidden from, or otherwise lost to a victim of persecution for racial or religious reasons by Nazi Germany or any other Axis regime immediately prior to, during, and immediately after World War II, including, but not limited to, interest on the proceeds receivable as insurance under policies issued to a victim of persecution for racial or religious reasons by Nazi Germany or any other Axis regime by European insurance companies immediately prior to and during World War II; provided, however, this subtraction from federal adjusted gross income does not apply to assets acquired with such assets or with the proceeds from the sale of such assets; provided, further, this paragraph shall only apply to a taxpayer who was the first recipient of such assets after their recovery and who is a victim of persecution for racial or religious reasons by Nazi Germany or any other Axis regime or as an heir of the victim. The amount of and the eligibility for any public assistance, benefit, or similar entitlement is not affected by the inclusion of items (i) and (ii) of this paragraph in gross income for federal income tax purposes. This paragraph is exempt from the provisions of Section 250;

(Y) For taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2002 and ending on or before December 31, 2004, moneys contributed in the taxable year to a College Savings Pool account under Section 16.5 of the State Treasurer Act, except that amounts excluded from gross income under Section 529(c)(3)(C)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code shall not be considered moneys contributed under this subparagraph (Y). For taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2005, a maximum of $10,000 contributed in the taxable year to (i) a College Savings Pool account under Section 16.5 of the State Treasurer Act or (ii) the Illinois Prepaid Tuition Trust Fund, except that amounts excluded from gross income under Section 529(c)(3)(C)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code shall not be considered moneys contributed under this subparagraph (Y). This subparagraph (Y) is exempt from the provisions of Section 250;

(Z) For taxable years 2001 and thereafter, for the taxable year in which the bonus depreciation deduction is taken on the taxpayer's federal income tax return under subsection (k) of Section 168 of the Internal Revenue Code and for each applicable taxable year thereafter, an amount equal to "x", where:

(1) "y" equals the amount of the depreciation deduction taken for the taxable year on the taxpayer's federal income tax return on property for which the bonus depreciation deduction was taken in any year under subsection (k) of Section 168 of the Internal Revenue Code, but not including the bonus depreciation deduction;

(2) for taxable years ending on or before December 31, 2005, "x" equals "y" multiplied by 30 and then divided by 70 (or "y" multiplied by 0.429); and

(3) for taxable years ending after December 31, 2005:

(i) for property on which a bonus depreciation deduction of 30% of the adjusted basis was taken, "x" equals "y" multiplied by 30 and then divided by 70 (or "y" multiplied by 0.429); and

(ii) for property on which a bonus depreciation deduction of 50% of the adjusted basis was taken, "x" equals "y" multiplied by 1.0.

The aggregate amount deducted under this subparagraph in all taxable years for any one piece of property may not exceed the amount of the bonus depreciation deduction taken on that property on the taxpayer's federal income tax return under subsection (k) of Section 168 of the Internal Revenue Code. This subparagraph (Z) is exempt from the provisions of Section 250;

(AA) If the taxpayer sells, transfers, abandons, or otherwise disposes of property for which the taxpayer was required in any taxable year to make an addition modification under subparagraph (D-15), then an amount equal to that addition modification.

If the taxpayer continues to own property through the last day of the last tax year for which the taxpayer may claim a depreciation deduction for federal income tax purposes and for which the taxpayer was required in any taxable year to make an addition modification under subparagraph (D-15), then an amount equal to that addition modification.

The taxpayer is allowed to take the deduction under this subparagraph only once with respect to any one piece of property.

This subparagraph (AA) is exempt from the provisions of Section 250;

(BB) Any amount included in adjusted gross income, other than salary, received by a driver in a ridesharing arrangement using a motor vehicle;

(CC) The amount of (i) any interest income (net of the deductions allocable thereto) taken into account for the taxable year with respect to a transaction with a taxpayer that is required to make an addition modification with respect to such transaction under Section 203(a)(2)(D-17), 203(b)(2)(E-12), 203(c)(2)(G-12), or 203(d)(2)(D-7), but not to exceed the amount of that addition modification, and (ii) any income from intangible property (net of the deductions allocable thereto) taken into account for the taxable year with respect to a transaction with a taxpayer that is required to make an addition modification with respect to such transaction under Section 203(a)(2)(D-18), 203(b)(2)(E-13), 203(c)(2)(G-13), or 203(d)(2)(D-8), but not to exceed the amount of that addition modification. This subparagraph (CC) is exempt from the provisions of Section 250;

(DD) An amount equal to the interest income taken into account for the taxable year (net of the deductions allocable thereto) with respect to transactions with (i) a foreign person who would be a member of the taxpayer's unitary business group but for the fact that the foreign person's business activity outside the United States is 80% or more of that person's total business activity and (ii) for taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2008, to a person who would be a member of the same unitary business group but for the fact that the person is prohibited under Section 1501(a)(27) from being included in the unitary business group because he or she is ordinarily required to apportion business income under different subsections of Section 304, but not to exceed the addition modification required to be made for the same taxable year under Section 203(a)(2)(D-17) for interest paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, to the same person. This subparagraph (DD) is exempt from the provisions of Section 250;and

(EE) An amount equal to the income from intangible property taken into account for the taxable year (net of the deductions allocable thereto) with respect to transactions with (i) a foreign person who would be a member of the taxpayer's unitary business group but for the fact that the foreign person's business activity outside the United States is 80% or more of that person's total business activity and (ii) for taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2008, to a person who would be a member of the same unitary business group but for the fact that the person is prohibited under Section 1501(a)(27) from being included in the unitary business group because he or she is ordinarily required to apportion business income under different subsections of Section 304, but not to exceed the addition modification required to be made for the same taxable year under Section 203(a)(2)(D-18) for intangible expenses and costs paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, to the same foreign person. This subparagraph (EE) is exempt from the provisions of Section 250. ; and

(FF) An amount equal to the income from insurance premiums taken into account for the taxable year (net of the deductions allocable thereto) with respect to transactions with a person who would be a member of the same unitary business group but for the fact that the person is prohibited under Section 1501(a)(27) from being included in the unitary business group because he or she is ordinarily required to apportion business income under different subsections of Section 304, but not to exceed the addition modification required to be made for the same taxable year under Section 203(a)(2)(D-18) for intangible expenses and costs paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, to the same person.

(b) Corporations.

(1) In general. In the case of a corporation, base income means an amount equal to the taxpayer's taxable income for the taxable year as modified by paragraph (2).

(2) Modifications. The taxable income referred to in paragraph (1) shall be modified by adding thereto the sum of the following amounts:

(A) An amount equal to all amounts paid or accrued to the taxpayer as interest and all distributions received from regulated investment companies during the taxable year to the extent excluded from gross income in the computation of taxable income;

(B) An amount equal to the amount of tax imposed by this Act to the extent deducted from gross income in the computation of taxable income for the taxable year;

(C) In the case of a regulated investment company, an amount equal to the excess of (i) the net long-term capital gain for the taxable year, over (ii) the amount of the capital gain dividends designated as such in accordance with Section 852(b)(3)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code and any amount designated under Section 852(b)(3)(D) of the Internal Revenue Code, attributable to the taxable year (this amendatory Act of 1995 (Public Act 89-89) is declarative of existing law and is not a new enactment);

(D) The amount of any net operating loss deduction taken in arriving at taxable income, other than a net operating loss carried forward from a taxable year ending prior to December 31, 1986;

(E) For taxable years in which a net operating loss carryback or carryforward from a taxable year ending prior to December 31, 1986 is an element of taxable income under paragraph (1) of subsection (e) or subparagraph (E) of paragraph (2) of subsection (e), the amount by which addition modifications other than those provided by this subparagraph (E) exceeded subtraction modifications in such earlier taxable year, with the following limitations applied in the order that they are listed:

(i) the addition modification relating to the net operating loss carried back or forward to the taxable year from any taxable year ending prior to December 31, 1986 shall be reduced by the amount of addition modification under this subparagraph (E) which related to that net operating loss and which was taken into account in calculating the base income of an earlier taxable year, and

(ii) the addition modification relating to the net operating loss carried back or forward to the taxable year from any taxable year ending prior to December 31, 1986 shall not exceed the amount of such carryback or carryforward;

For taxable years in which there is a net operating loss carryback or carryforward from more than one other taxable year ending prior to December 31, 1986, the addition modification provided in this subparagraph (E) shall be the sum of the amounts computed independently under the preceding provisions of this subparagraph (E) for each such taxable year;

(E-5) For taxable years ending after December 31, 1997, an amount equal to any eligible remediation costs that the corporation deducted in computing adjusted gross income and for which the corporation claims a credit under subsection (l) of Section 201;

(E-10) For taxable years 2001 and thereafter, an amount equal to the bonus depreciation deduction taken on the taxpayer's federal income tax return for the taxable year under subsection (k) of Section 168 of the Internal Revenue Code; and

(E-11) If the taxpayer sells, transfers, abandons, or otherwise disposes of property for which the taxpayer was required in any taxable year to make an addition modification under subparagraph (E-10), then an amount equal to the aggregate amount of the deductions taken in all taxable years under subparagraph (T) with respect to that property.

If the taxpayer continues to own property through the last day of the last tax year for which the taxpayer may claim a depreciation deduction for federal income tax purposes and for which the taxpayer was allowed in any taxable year to make a subtraction modification under subparagraph (T), then an amount equal to that subtraction modification.

The taxpayer is required to make the addition modification under this subparagraph only once with respect to any one piece of property;

(E-12) An amount equal to the amount otherwise allowed as a deduction in computing base income for interest paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, (i) for taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2004, to a foreign person who would be a member of the same unitary business group but for the fact the foreign person's business activity outside the United States is 80% or more of the foreign person's total business activity and (ii) for taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2008, to a person who would be a member of the same unitary business group but for the fact that the person is prohibited under Section 1501(a)(27) from being included in the unitary business group because he or she is ordinarily required to apportion business income under different subsections of Section 304. The addition modification required by this subparagraph shall be reduced to the extent that dividends were included in base income of the unitary group for the same taxable year and received by the taxpayer or by a member of the taxpayer's unitary business group (including amounts included in gross income pursuant to Sections 951 through 964 of the Internal Revenue Code and amounts included in gross income under Section 78 of the Internal Revenue Code) with respect to the stock of the same person to whom the interest was paid, accrued, or incurred.

This paragraph shall not apply to the following:

(i) an item of interest paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, to a foreign person who is subject in a foreign country or state, other than a state which requires mandatory unitary reporting, to a tax on or measured by net income with respect to such interest; or

(ii) an item of interest paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, to a foreign person if the taxpayer can establish, based on a preponderance of the evidence, both of the following:

(a) the foreign person, during the same taxable year, paid, accrued, or incurred, the interest to a person that is not a related member, and

(b) the transaction giving rise to the interest expense between the taxpayer and the foreign person did not have as a principal purpose the avoidance of Illinois income tax, and is paid pursuant to a contract or agreement that reflects an arm's-length interest rate and terms; or

(iii) the taxpayer can establish, based on clear and convincing evidence, that the interest paid, accrued, or incurred relates to a contract or agreement entered into at arm's-length rates and terms and the principal purpose for the payment is not federal or Illinois tax avoidance; or

(iv) an item of interest paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, to a foreign person if the taxpayer establishes by clear and convincing evidence that the adjustments are unreasonable; or if the taxpayer and the Director agree in writing to the application or use of an alternative method of apportionment under Section 304(f).

Nothing in this subsection shall preclude the Director from making any other adjustment otherwise allowed under Section 404 of this Act for any tax year beginning after the effective date of this amendment provided such adjustment is made pursuant to regulation adopted by the Department and such regulations provide methods and standards by which the Department will utilize its authority under Section 404 of this Act;

(E-13) An amount equal to the amount of intangible expenses and costs otherwise allowed as a deduction in computing base income, and that were paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, (i) for taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2004, to a foreign person who would be a member of the same unitary business group but for the fact that the foreign person's business activity outside the United States is 80% or more of that person's total business activity and (ii) for taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2008, to a person who would be a member of the same unitary business group but for the fact that the person is prohibited under Section 1501(a)(27) from being included in the unitary business group because he or she is ordinarily required to apportion business income under different subsections of Section 304. The addition modification required by this subparagraph shall be reduced to the extent that dividends were included in base income of the unitary group for the same taxable year and received by the taxpayer or by a member of the taxpayer's unitary business group (including amounts included in gross income pursuant to Sections 951 through 964 of the Internal Revenue Code and amounts included in gross income under Section 78 of the Internal Revenue Code) with respect to the stock of the same person to whom the intangible expenses and costs were directly or indirectly paid, incurred, or accrued. The preceding sentence shall not apply to the extent that the same dividends caused a reduction to the addition modification required under Section 203(b)(2)(E-12) of this Act. As used in this subparagraph, the term "intangible expenses and costs" includes (1) expenses, losses, and costs for, or related to, the direct or indirect acquisition, use, maintenance or management, ownership, sale, exchange, or any other disposition of intangible property; (2) losses incurred, directly or indirectly, from factoring transactions or discounting transactions; (3) royalty, patent, technical, and copyright fees; (4) licensing fees; and (5) other similar expenses and costs. For purposes of this subparagraph, "intangible property" includes patents, patent applications, trade names, trademarks, service marks, copyrights, mask works, trade secrets, and similar types of intangible assets.

This paragraph shall not apply to the following:

(i) any item of intangible expenses or costs paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, from a transaction with a foreign person who is subject in a foreign country or state, other than a state which requires mandatory unitary reporting, to a tax on or measured by net income with respect to such item; or

(ii) any item of intangible expense or cost paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, if the taxpayer can establish, based on a preponderance of the evidence, both of the following:

(a) the foreign person during the same taxable year paid, accrued, or incurred, the intangible expense or cost to a person that is not a related member, and

(b) the transaction giving rise to the intangible expense or cost between the taxpayer and the foreign person did not have as a principal purpose the avoidance of Illinois income tax, and is paid pursuant to a contract or agreement that reflects arm's-length terms; or

(iii) any item of intangible expense or cost paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, from a transaction with a foreign person if the taxpayer establishes by clear and convincing evidence, that the adjustments are unreasonable; or if the taxpayer and the Director agree in writing to the application or use of an alternative method of apportionment under Section 304(f);

Nothing in this subsection shall preclude the Director from making any other adjustment otherwise allowed under Section 404 of this Act for any tax year beginning after the effective date of this amendment provided such adjustment is made pursuant to regulation adopted by the Department and such regulations provide methods and standards by which the Department will utilize its authority under Section 404 of this Act;

(E-14) For taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2008, an amount equal to the amount of insurance premium expenses and costs otherwise allowed as a deduction in computing base income, and that were paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, to a person who would be a member of the same unitary business group but for the fact that the person is prohibited under Section 1501(a)(27) from being included in the unitary business group because he or she is ordinarily required to apportion business income under different subsections of Section 304. The addition modification required by this subparagraph shall be reduced to the extent that dividends were included in base income of the unitary group for the same taxable year and received by the taxpayer or by a member of the taxpayer's unitary business group (including amounts included in gross income under Sections 951 through 964 of the Internal Revenue Code and amounts included in gross income under Section 78 of the Internal Revenue Code) with respect to the stock of the same person to whom the premiums intangible expenses and costs were directly or indirectly paid, incurred, or accrued. The preceding sentence does not apply to the extent that the same dividends caused a reduction to the addition modification required under Section 203(b)(2)(E-12) or Section 203(b)(2)(E-13) 203(a)(2)(D-17) of this Act;

(E-15) For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2008, any deduction for dividends paid to a corporation by a captive real estate investment trust that is allowed to a real estate investment trust under Section 857(b)(2)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code for dividends paid;

and by deducting from the total so obtained the sum of the following amounts:

(F) An amount equal to the amount of any tax imposed by this Act which was refunded to the taxpayer and included in such total for the taxable year;

(G) An amount equal to any amount included in such total under Section 78 of the Internal Revenue Code;

(H) In the case of a regulated investment company, an amount equal to the amount of exempt interest dividends as defined in subsection (b) (5) of Section 852 of the Internal Revenue Code, paid to shareholders for the taxable year;

(I) With the exception of any amounts subtracted under subparagraph (J), an amount equal to the sum of all amounts disallowed as deductions by (i) Sections 171(a) (2), and 265(a)(2) and amounts disallowed as interest expense by Section 291(a)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, as now or hereafter amended, and all amounts of expenses allocable to interest and disallowed as deductions by Section 265(a)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code, as now or hereafter amended; and (ii) for taxable years ending on or after August 13, 1999, Sections 171(a)(2), 265, 280C, 291(a)(3), and 832(b)(5)(B)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code; the provisions of this subparagraph are exempt from the provisions of Section 250;

(J) An amount equal to all amounts included in such total which are exempt from taxation by this State either by reason of its statutes or Constitution or by reason of the Constitution, treaties or statutes of the United States; provided that, in the case of any statute of this State or, for taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2008, of the United States, any treaty of the United States, the Illinois Constitution, or the United States Constitution that exempts income derived from bonds or other obligations from the tax imposed under this Act, the amount exempted shall be the interest income net of bond premium amortization, and, for taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2008, interest expense incurred on indebtedness to carry the bond or other obligation, expenses incurred in producing the income to be deducted, and all other related expenses. The amount of expenses to be taken into account under this provision may not exceed the amount of income that is exempted;

(K) An amount equal to those dividends included in such total which were paid by a corporation which conducts business operations in an Enterprise Zone or zones created under the Illinois Enterprise Zone Act or a River Edge Redevelopment Zone or zones created under the River Edge Redevelopment Zone Act and conducts substantially all of its operations in an Enterprise Zone or zones or a River Edge Redevelopment Zone or zones. This subparagraph (K) is exempt from the provisions of Section 250;

(L) An amount equal to those dividends included in such total that were paid by a corporation that conducts business operations in a federally designated Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone and that is designated a High Impact Business located in Illinois; provided that dividends eligible for the deduction provided in subparagraph (K) of paragraph 2 of this subsection shall not be eligible for the deduction provided under this subparagraph (L);

(M) For any taxpayer that is a financial organization within the meaning of Section 304(c) of this Act, an amount included in such total as interest income from a loan or loans made by such taxpayer to a borrower, to the extent that such a loan is secured by property which is eligible for the Enterprise Zone Investment Credit or the River Edge Redevelopment Zone Investment Credit. To determine the portion of a loan or loans that is secured by property eligible for a Section 201(f) investment credit to the borrower, the entire principal amount of the loan or loans between the taxpayer and the borrower should be divided into the basis of the Section 201(f) investment credit property which secures the loan or loans, using for this purpose the original basis of such property on the date that it was placed in service in the Enterprise Zone or the River Edge Redevelopment Zone. The subtraction modification available to taxpayer in any year under this subsection shall be that portion of the total interest paid by the borrower with respect to such loan attributable to the eligible property as calculated under the previous sentence. This subparagraph (M) is exempt from the provisions of Section 250;

(M-1) For any taxpayer that is a financial organization within the meaning of Section 304(c) of this Act, an amount included in such total as interest income from a loan or loans made by such taxpayer to a borrower, to the extent that such a loan is secured by property which is eligible for the High Impact Business Investment Credit. To determine the portion of a loan or loans that is secured by property eligible for a Section 201(h) investment credit to the borrower, the entire principal amount of the loan or loans between the taxpayer and the borrower should be divided into the basis of the Section 201(h) investment credit property which secures the loan or loans, using for this purpose the original basis of such property on the date that it was placed in service in a federally designated Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone located in Illinois. No taxpayer that is eligible for the deduction provided in subparagraph (M) of paragraph (2) of this subsection shall be eligible for the deduction provided under this subparagraph (M-1). The subtraction modification available to taxpayers in any year under this subsection shall be that portion of the total interest paid by the borrower with respect to such loan attributable to the eligible property as calculated under the previous sentence;

(N) Two times any contribution made during the taxable year to a designated zone organization to the extent that the contribution (i) qualifies as a charitable contribution under subsection (c) of Section 170 of the Internal Revenue Code and (ii) must, by its terms, be used for a project approved by the Department of Commerce and Economic Opportunity under Section 11 of the Illinois Enterprise Zone Act or under Section 10-10 of the River Edge Redevelopment Zone Act. This subparagraph (N) is exempt from the provisions of Section 250;

(O) An amount equal to: (i) 85% for taxable years ending on or before December 31, 1992, or, a percentage equal to the percentage allowable under Section 243(a)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 for taxable years ending after December 31, 1992, of the amount by which dividends included in taxable income and received from a corporation that is not created or organized under the laws of the United States or any state or political subdivision thereof, including, for taxable years ending on or after December 31, 1988, dividends received or deemed received or paid or deemed paid under Sections 951 through 964 of the Internal Revenue Code, exceed the amount of the modification provided under subparagraph (G) of paragraph (2) of this subsection (b) which is related to such dividends, and including, for taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2008, dividends received from a captive real estate investment trust; plus (ii) 100% of the amount by which dividends, included in taxable income and received, including, for taxable years ending on or after December 31, 1988, dividends received or deemed received or paid or deemed paid under Sections 951 through 964 of the Internal Revenue Code and including, for taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2008, dividends received from a captive real estate investment trust, from any such corporation specified in clause (i) that would but for the provisions of Section 1504 (b) (3) of the Internal Revenue Code be treated as a member of the affiliated group which includes the dividend recipient, exceed the amount of the modification provided under subparagraph (G) of paragraph (2) of this subsection (b) which is related to such dividends. This subparagraph (O) is exempt from the provisions of Section 250 of this Act;

(P) An amount equal to any contribution made to a job training project established pursuant to the Tax Increment Allocation Redevelopment Act;

(Q) An amount equal to the amount of the deduction used to compute the federal income tax credit for restoration of substantial amounts held under claim of right for the taxable year pursuant to Section 1341 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986;

(R) On and after July 20, 1999, in the case of an attorney-in-fact with respect to whom an interinsurer or a reciprocal insurer has made the election under Section 835 of the Internal Revenue Code, 26 U.S.C. 835, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the amounts paid or incurred by that interinsurer or reciprocal insurer in the taxable year to the attorney-in-fact over the deduction allowed to that interinsurer or reciprocal insurer with respect to the attorney-in-fact under Section 835(b) of the Internal Revenue Code for the taxable year; the provisions of this subparagraph are exempt from the provisions of Section 250;

(S) For taxable years ending on or after December 31, 1997, in the case of a Subchapter S corporation, an amount equal to all amounts of income allocable to a shareholder subject to the Personal Property Tax Replacement Income Tax imposed by subsections (c) and (d) of Section 201 of this Act, including amounts allocable to organizations exempt from federal income tax by reason of Section 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code. This subparagraph (S) is exempt from the provisions of Section 250;

(T) For taxable years 2001 and thereafter, for the taxable year in which the bonus depreciation deduction is taken on the taxpayer's federal income tax return under subsection (k) of Section 168 of the Internal Revenue Code and for each applicable taxable year thereafter, an amount equal to "x", where:

(1) "y" equals the amount of the depreciation deduction taken for the taxable year on the taxpayer's federal income tax return on property for which the bonus depreciation deduction was taken in any year under subsection (k) of Section 168 of the Internal Revenue Code, but not including the bonus depreciation deduction;

(2) for taxable years ending on or before December 31, 2005, "x" equals "y" multiplied by 30 and then divided by 70 (or "y" multiplied by 0.429); and

(3) for taxable years ending after December 31, 2005:

(i) for property on which a bonus depreciation deduction of 30% of the adjusted basis was taken, "x" equals "y" multiplied by 30 and then divided by 70 (or "y" multiplied by 0.429); and

(ii) for property on which a bonus depreciation deduction of 50% of the adjusted basis was taken, "x" equals "y" multiplied by 1.0.

The aggregate amount deducted under this subparagraph in all taxable years for any one piece of property may not exceed the amount of the bonus depreciation deduction taken on that property on the taxpayer's federal income tax return under subsection (k) of Section 168 of the Internal Revenue Code. This subparagraph (T) is exempt from the provisions of Section 250;

(U) If the taxpayer sells, transfers, abandons, or otherwise disposes of property for which the taxpayer was required in any taxable year to make an addition modification under subparagraph (E-10), then an amount equal to that addition modification.

If the taxpayer continues to own property through the last day of the last tax year for which the taxpayer may claim a depreciation deduction for federal income tax purposes and for which the taxpayer was required in any taxable year to make an addition modification under subparagraph (E-10), then an amount equal to that addition modification.

The taxpayer is allowed to take the deduction under this subparagraph only once with respect to any one piece of property.

This subparagraph (U) is exempt from the provisions of Section 250;

(V) The amount of: (i) any interest income (net of the deductions allocable thereto) taken into account for the taxable year with respect to a transaction with a taxpayer that is required to make an addition modification with respect to such transaction under Section 203(a)(2)(D-17), 203(b)(2)(E-12), 203(c)(2)(G-12), or 203(d)(2)(D-7), but not to exceed the amount of such addition modification, and (ii) any income from intangible property (net of the deductions allocable thereto) taken into account for the taxable year with respect to a transaction with a taxpayer that is required to make an addition modification with respect to such transaction under Section 203(a)(2)(D-18), 203(b)(2)(E-13), 203(c)(2)(G-13), or 203(d)(2)(D-8), but not to exceed the amount of such addition modification, and (iii) any insurance premium income (net of deductions allocable thereto) taken into account for the taxable year with respect to a transaction with a taxpayer that is required to make an addition modification with respect to such transaction under Section 203(a)(2)(D-19), Section 203(b)(2)(E-14), Section 203(c)(2)(G-14), or Section 203(d)(2)(D-9), but not to exceed the amount of that addition modification. This subparagraph (V) is exempt from the provisions of Section 250;

(W) An amount equal to the interest income taken into account for the taxable year (net of the deductions allocable thereto) with respect to transactions with (i) a foreign person who would be a member of the taxpayer's unitary business group but for the fact that the foreign person's business activity outside the United States is 80% or more of that person's total business activity and (ii) for taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2008, to a person who would be a member of the same unitary business group but for the fact that the person is prohibited under Section 1501(a)(27) from being included in the unitary business group because he or she is ordinarily required to apportion business income under different subsections of Section 304, but not to exceed the addition modification required to be made for the same taxable year under Section 203(b)(2)(E-12) for interest paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, to the same person. This subparagraph (W) is exempt from the provisions of Section 250; and

(X) An amount equal to the income from intangible property taken into account for the taxable year (net of the deductions allocable thereto) with respect to transactions with (i) a foreign person who would be a member of the taxpayer's unitary business group but for the fact that the foreign person's business activity outside the United States is 80% or more of that person's total business activity and (ii) for taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2008, to a person who would be a member of the same unitary business group but for the fact that the person is prohibited under Section 1501(a)(27) from being included in the unitary business group because he or she is ordinarily required to apportion business income under different subsections of Section 304, but not to exceed the addition modification required to be made for the same taxable year under Section 203(b)(2)(E-13) for intangible expenses and costs paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, to the same foreign person . This subparagraph (X) is exempt from the provisions of Section 250. ; and

(FF) An amount equal to the income from insurance premiums taken into account for the taxable year (net of the deductions allocable thereto) with respect to transactions with a person who would be a member of the same unitary business group but for the fact that the person is prohibited under Section 1501(a)(27) from being included in the unitary business group because he or she is ordinarily required to apportion business income under different subsections of Section 304, but not to exceed the addition modification required to be made for the same taxable year under Section 203(a)(2)(D-18) for intangible expenses and costs paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, to the same person.

(3) Special rule. For purposes of paragraph (2) (A), "gross income" in the case of a life insurance company, for tax years ending on and after December 31, 1994, shall mean the gross investment income for the taxable year.

(c) Trusts and estates.

(1) In general. In the case of a trust or estate, base income means an amount equal to the taxpayer's taxable income for the taxable year as modified by paragraph (2).

(2) Modifications. Subject to the provisions of paragraph (3), the taxable income referred to in paragraph (1) shall be modified by adding thereto the sum of the following amounts:

(A) An amount equal to all amounts paid or accrued to the taxpayer as interest or dividends during the taxable year to the extent excluded from gross income in the computation of taxable income;

(B) In the case of (i) an estate, $600; (ii) a trust which, under its governing instrument, is required to distribute all of its income currently, $300; and (iii) any other trust, $100, but in each such case, only to the extent such amount was deducted in the computation of taxable income;

(C) An amount equal to the amount of tax imposed by this Act to the extent deducted from gross income in the computation of taxable income for the taxable year;

(D) The amount of any net operating loss deduction taken in arriving at taxable income, other than a net operating loss carried forward from a taxable year ending prior to December 31, 1986;

(E) For taxable years in which a net operating loss carryback or carryforward from a taxable year ending prior to December 31, 1986 is an element of taxable income under paragraph (1) of subsection (e) or subparagraph (E) of paragraph (2) of subsection (e), the amount by which addition modifications other than those provided by this subparagraph (E) exceeded subtraction modifications in such taxable year, with the following limitations applied in the order that they are listed:

(i) the addition modification relating to the net operating loss carried back or forward to the taxable year from any taxable year ending prior to December 31, 1986 shall be reduced by the amount of addition modification under this subparagraph (E) which related to that net operating loss and which was taken into account in calculating the base income of an earlier taxable year, and

(ii) the addition modification relating to the net operating loss carried back or forward to the taxable year from any taxable year ending prior to December 31, 1986 shall not exceed the amount of such carryback or carryforward;

For taxable years in which there is a net operating loss carryback or carryforward from more than one other taxable year ending prior to December 31, 1986, the addition modification provided in this subparagraph (E) shall be the sum of the amounts computed independently under the preceding provisions of this subparagraph (E) for each such taxable year;

(F) For taxable years ending on or after January 1, 1989, an amount equal to the tax deducted pursuant to Section 164 of the Internal Revenue Code if the trust or estate is claiming the same tax for purposes of the Illinois foreign tax credit under Section 601 of this Act;

(G) An amount equal to the amount of the capital gain deduction allowable under the Internal Revenue Code, to the extent deducted from gross income in the computation of taxable income;

(G-5) For taxable years ending after December 31, 1997, an amount equal to any eligible remediation costs that the trust or estate deducted in computing adjusted gross income and for which the trust or estate claims a credit under subsection (l) of Section 201;

(G-10) For taxable years 2001 and thereafter, an amount equal to the bonus depreciation deduction taken on the taxpayer's federal income tax return for the taxable year under subsection (k) of Section 168 of the Internal Revenue Code; and

(G-11) If the taxpayer sells, transfers, abandons, or otherwise disposes of property for which the taxpayer was required in any taxable year to make an addition modification under subparagraph (G-10), then an amount equal to the aggregate amount of the deductions taken in all taxable years under subparagraph (R) with respect to that property.

If the taxpayer continues to own property through the last day of the last tax year for which the taxpayer may claim a depreciation deduction for federal income tax purposes and for which the taxpayer was allowed in any taxable year to make a subtraction modification under subparagraph (R), then an amount equal to that subtraction modification.

The taxpayer is required to make the addition modification under this subparagraph only once with respect to any one piece of property;

(G-12) An amount equal to the amount otherwise allowed as a deduction in computing base income for interest paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, (i) for taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2004, to a foreign person who would be a member of the same unitary business group but for the fact that the foreign person's business activity outside the United States is 80% or more of the foreign person's total business activity and (ii) for taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2008, to a person who would be a member of the same unitary business group but for the fact that the person is prohibited under Section 1501(a)(27) from being included in the unitary business group because he or she is ordinarily required to apportion business income under different subsections of Section 304. The addition modification required by this subparagraph shall be reduced to the extent that dividends were included in base income of the unitary group for the same taxable year and received by the taxpayer or by a member of the taxpayer's unitary business group (including amounts included in gross income pursuant to Sections 951 through 964 of the Internal Revenue Code and amounts included in gross income under Section 78 of the Internal Revenue Code) with respect to the stock of the same person to whom the interest was paid, accrued, or incurred.

This paragraph shall not apply to the following:

(i) an item of interest paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, to a foreign person who is subject in a foreign country or state, other than a state which requires mandatory unitary reporting, to a tax on or measured by net income with respect to such interest; or

(ii) an item of interest paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, to a foreign person if the taxpayer can establish, based on a preponderance of the evidence, both of the following:

(a) the foreign person, during the same taxable year, paid, accrued, or incurred, the interest to a person that is not a related member, and

(b) the transaction giving rise to the interest expense between the taxpayer and the foreign person did not have as a principal purpose the avoidance of Illinois income tax, and is paid pursuant to a contract or agreement that reflects an arm's-length interest rate and terms; or

(iii) the taxpayer can establish, based on clear and convincing evidence, that the interest paid, accrued, or incurred relates to a contract or agreement entered into at arm's-length rates and terms and the principal purpose for the payment is not federal or Illinois tax avoidance; or

(iv) an item of interest paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, to a foreign person if the taxpayer establishes by clear and convincing evidence that the adjustments are unreasonable; or if the taxpayer and the Director agree in writing to the application or use of an alternative method of apportionment under Section 304(f).

Nothing in this subsection shall preclude the Director from making any other adjustment otherwise allowed under Section 404 of this Act for any tax year beginning after the effective date of this amendment provided such adjustment is made pursuant to regulation adopted by the Department and such regulations provide methods and standards by which the Department will utilize its authority under Section 404 of this Act;

(G-13) An amount equal to the amount of intangible expenses and costs otherwise allowed as a deduction in computing base income, and that were paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, (i) for taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2004, to a foreign person who would be a member of the same unitary business group but for the fact that the foreign person's business activity outside the United States is 80% or more of that person's total business activity and (ii) for taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2008, to a person who would be a member of the same unitary business group but for the fact that the person is prohibited under Section 1501(a)(27) from being included in the unitary business group because he or she is ordinarily required to apportion business income under different subsections of Section 304. The addition modification required by this subparagraph shall be reduced to the extent that dividends were included in base income of the unitary group for the same taxable year and received by the taxpayer or by a member of the taxpayer's unitary business group (including amounts included in gross income pursuant to Sections 951 through 964 of the Internal Revenue Code and amounts included in gross income under Section 78 of the Internal Revenue Code) with respect to the stock of the same person to whom the intangible expenses and costs were directly or indirectly paid, incurred, or accrued. The preceding sentence shall not apply to the extent that the same dividends caused a reduction to the addition modification required under Section 203(c)(2)(G-12) of this Act. As used in this subparagraph, the term "intangible expenses and costs" includes: (1) expenses, losses, and costs for or related to the direct or indirect acquisition, use, maintenance or management, ownership, sale, exchange, or any other disposition of intangible property; (2) losses incurred, directly or indirectly, from factoring transactions or discounting transactions; (3) royalty, patent, technical, and copyright fees; (4) licensing fees; and (5) other similar expenses and costs. For purposes of this subparagraph, "intangible property" includes patents, patent applications, trade names, trademarks, service marks, copyrights, mask works, trade secrets, and similar types of intangible assets.

This paragraph shall not apply to the following:

(i) any item of intangible expenses or costs paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, from a transaction with a foreign person who is subject in a foreign country or state, other than a state which requires mandatory unitary reporting, to a tax on or measured by net income with respect to such item; or

(ii) any item of intangible expense or cost paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, if the taxpayer can establish, based on a preponderance of the evidence, both of the following:

(a) the foreign person during the same taxable year paid, accrued, or incurred, the intangible expense or cost to a person that is not a related member, and

(b) the transaction giving rise to the intangible expense or cost between the taxpayer and the foreign person did not have as a principal purpose the avoidance of Illinois income tax, and is paid pursuant to a contract or agreement that reflects arm's-length terms; or

(iii) any item of intangible expense or cost paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, from a transaction with a foreign person if the taxpayer establishes by clear and convincing evidence, that the adjustments are unreasonable; or if the taxpayer and the Director agree in writing to the application or use of an alternative method of apportionment under Section 304(f);

Nothing in this subsection shall preclude the Director from making any other adjustment otherwise allowed under Section 404 of this Act for any tax year beginning after the effective date of this amendment provided such adjustment is made pursuant to regulation adopted by the Department and such regulations provide methods and standards by which the Department will utilize its authority under Section 404 of this Act;

(G-14) For taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2008, an amount equal to the amount of insurance premium expenses and costs otherwise allowed as a deduction in computing base income, and that were paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, to a person who would be a member of the same unitary business group but for the fact that the person is prohibited under Section 1501(a)(27) from being included in the unitary business group because he or she is ordinarily required to apportion business income under different subsections of Section 304. The addition modification required by this subparagraph shall be reduced to the extent that dividends were included in base income of the unitary group for the same taxable year and received by the taxpayer or by a member of the taxpayer's unitary business group (including amounts included in gross income under Sections 951 through 964 of the Internal Revenue Code and amounts included in gross income under Section 78 of the Internal Revenue Code) with respect to the stock of the same person to whom the premiums intangible expenses and costs were directly or indirectly paid, incurred, or accrued. The preceding sentence does not apply to the extent that the same dividends caused a reduction to the addition modification required under Section 203(c)(2)(G-12) or Section 203(c)(2)(G-13) 203(a)(2)(D-17) of this Act.

and by deducting from the total so obtained the sum of the following amounts:

(H) An amount equal to all amounts included in such total pursuant to the provisions of Sections 402(a), 402(c), 403(a), 403(b), 406(a), 407(a) and 408 of the Internal Revenue Code or included in such total as distributions under the provisions of any retirement or disability plan for employees of any governmental agency or unit, or retirement payments to retired partners, which payments are excluded in computing net earnings from self employment by Section 1402 of the Internal Revenue Code and regulations adopted pursuant thereto;

(I) The valuation limitation amount;

(J) An amount equal to the amount of any tax imposed by this Act which was refunded to the taxpayer and included in such total for the taxable year;

(K) An amount equal to all amounts included in taxable income as modified by subparagraphs (A), (B), (C), (D), (E), (F) and (G) which are exempt from taxation by this State either by reason of its statutes or Constitution or by reason of the Constitution, treaties or statutes of the United States; provided that, in the case of any statute of this State or, for taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2008, of the United States, any treaty of the United States, the Illinois Constitution, or the United States Constitution that exempts income derived from bonds or other obligations from the tax imposed under this Act, the amount exempted shall be the interest income net of bond premium amortization, and, for taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2008, interest expense incurred on indebtedness to carry the bond or other obligation, expenses incurred in producing the income to be deducted, and all other related expenses. The amount of expenses to be taken into account under this provision may not exceed the amount of income that is exempted;

(L) With the exception of any amounts subtracted under subparagraph (K), an amount equal to the sum of all amounts disallowed as deductions by (i) Sections 171(a) (2) and 265(a)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code, as now or hereafter amended, and all amounts of expenses allocable to interest and disallowed as deductions by Section 265(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as now or hereafter amended; and (ii) for taxable years ending on or after August 13, 1999, Sections 171(a)(2), 265, 280C, and 832(b)(5)(B)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code; the provisions of this subparagraph are exempt from the provisions of Section 250;

(M) An amount equal to those dividends included in such total which were paid by a corporation which conducts business operations in an Enterprise Zone or zones created under the Illinois Enterprise Zone Act or a River Edge Redevelopment Zone or zones created under the River Edge Redevelopment Zone Act and conducts substantially all of its operations in an Enterprise Zone or Zones or a River Edge Redevelopment Zone or zones. This subparagraph (M) is exempt from the provisions of Section 250;

(N) An amount equal to any contribution made to a job training project established pursuant to the Tax Increment Allocation Redevelopment Act;

(O) An amount equal to those dividends included in such total that were paid by a corporation that conducts business operations in a federally designated Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone and that is designated a High Impact Business located in Illinois; provided that dividends eligible for the deduction provided in subparagraph (M) of paragraph (2) of this subsection shall not be eligible for the deduction provided under this subparagraph (O);

(P) An amount equal to the amount of the deduction used to compute the federal income tax credit for restoration of substantial amounts held under claim of right for the taxable year pursuant to Section 1341 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986;

(Q) For taxable year 1999 and thereafter, an amount equal to the amount of any (i) distributions, to the extent includible in gross income for federal income tax purposes, made to the taxpayer because of his or her status as a victim of persecution for racial or religious reasons by Nazi Germany or any other Axis regime or as an heir of the victim and (ii) items of income, to the extent includible in gross income for federal income tax purposes, attributable to, derived from or in any way related to assets stolen from, hidden from, or otherwise lost to a victim of persecution for racial or religious reasons by Nazi Germany or any other Axis regime immediately prior to, during, and immediately after World War II, including, but not limited to, interest on the proceeds receivable as insurance under policies issued to a victim of persecution for racial or religious reasons by Nazi Germany or any other Axis regime by European insurance companies immediately prior to and during World War II; provided, however, this subtraction from federal adjusted gross income does not apply to assets acquired with such assets or with the proceeds from the sale of such assets; provided, further, this paragraph shall only apply to a taxpayer who was the first recipient of such assets after their recovery and who is a victim of persecution for racial or religious reasons by Nazi Germany or any other Axis regime or as an heir of the victim. The amount of and the eligibility for any public assistance, benefit, or similar entitlement is not affected by the inclusion of items (i) and (ii) of this paragraph in gross income for federal income tax purposes. This paragraph is exempt from the provisions of Section 250;

(R) For taxable years 2001 and thereafter, for the taxable year in which the bonus depreciation deduction is taken on the taxpayer's federal income tax return under subsection (k) of Section 168 of the Internal Revenue Code and for each applicable taxable year thereafter, an amount equal to "x", where:

(1) "y" equals the amount of the depreciation deduction taken for the taxable year on the taxpayer's federal income tax return on property for which the bonus depreciation deduction was taken in any year under subsection (k) of Section 168 of the Internal Revenue Code, but not including the bonus depreciation deduction;

(2) for taxable years ending on or before December 31, 2005, "x" equals "y" multiplied by 30 and then divided by 70 (or "y" multiplied by 0.429); and

(3) for taxable years ending after December 31, 2005:

(i) for property on which a bonus depreciation deduction of 30% of the adjusted basis was taken, "x" equals "y" multiplied by 30 and then divided by 70 (or "y" multiplied by 0.429); and

(ii) for property on which a bonus depreciation deduction of 50% of the adjusted basis was taken, "x" equals "y" multiplied by 1.0.

The aggregate amount deducted under this subparagraph in all taxable years for any one piece of property may not exceed the amount of the bonus depreciation deduction taken on that property on the taxpayer's federal income tax return under subsection (k) of Section 168 of the Internal Revenue Code. This subparagraph (R) is exempt from the provisions of Section 250;

(S) If the taxpayer sells, transfers, abandons, or otherwise disposes of property for which the taxpayer was required in any taxable year to make an addition modification under subparagraph (G-10), then an amount equal to that addition modification.

If the taxpayer continues to own property through the last day of the last tax year for which the taxpayer may claim a depreciation deduction for federal income tax purposes and for which the taxpayer was required in any taxable year to make an addition modification under subparagraph (G-10), then an amount equal to that addition modification.

The taxpayer is allowed to take the deduction under this subparagraph only once with respect to any one piece of property.

This subparagraph (S) is exempt from the provisions of Section 250;

(T) The amount of (i) any interest income (net of the deductions allocable thereto) taken into account for the taxable year with respect to a transaction with a taxpayer that is required to make an addition modification with respect to such transaction under Section 203(a)(2)(D-17), 203(b)(2)(E-12), 203(c)(2)(G-12), or 203(d)(2)(D-7), but not to exceed the amount of such addition modification and (ii) any income from intangible property (net of the deductions allocable thereto) taken into account for the taxable year with respect to a transaction with a taxpayer that is required to make an addition modification with respect to such transaction under Section 203(a)(2)(D-18), 203(b)(2)(E-13), 203(c)(2)(G-13), or 203(d)(2)(D-8), but not to exceed the amount of such addition modification. This subparagraph (T) is exempt from the provisions of Section 250;

(U) An amount equal to the interest income taken into account for the taxable year (net of the deductions allocable thereto) with respect to transactions with (i) a foreign person who would be a member of the taxpayer's unitary business group but for the fact the foreign person's business activity outside the United States is 80% or more of that person's total business activity and (ii) for taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2008, to a person who would be a member of the same unitary business group but for the fact that the person is prohibited under Section 1501(a)(27) from being included in the unitary business group because he or she is ordinarily required to apportion business income under different subsections of Section 304, but not to exceed the addition modification required to be made for the same taxable year under Section 203(c)(2)(G-12) for interest paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, to the same person. This subparagraph (U) is exempt from the provisions of Section 250; and

(V) An amount equal to the income from intangible property taken into account for the taxable year (net of the deductions allocable thereto) with respect to transactions with (i) a foreign person who would be a member of the taxpayer's unitary business group but for the fact that the foreign person's business activity outside the United States is 80% or more of that person's total business activity and (ii) for taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2008, to a person who would be a member of the same unitary business group but for the fact that the person is prohibited under Section 1501(a)(27) from being included in the unitary business group because he or she is ordinarily required to apportion business income under different subsections of Section 304, but not to exceed the addition modification required to be made for the same taxable year under Section 203(c)(2)(G-13) for intangible expenses and costs paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, to the same foreign person. This subparagraph (V) is exempt from the provisions of Section 250. ; and

(FF) An amount equal to the income from insurance premiums taken into account for the taxable year (net of the deductions allocable thereto) with respect to transactions with a person who would be a member of the same unitary business group but for the fact that the person is prohibited under Section 1501(a)(27) from being included in the unitary business group because he or she is ordinarily required to apportion business income under different subsections of Section 304, but not to exceed the addition modification required to be made for the same taxable year under Section 203(a)(2)(D-18) for intangible expenses and costs paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, to the same person.

(3) Limitation. The amount of any modification otherwise required under this subsection shall, under regulations prescribed by the Department, be adjusted by any amounts included therein which were properly paid, credited, or required to be distributed, or permanently set aside for charitable purposes pursuant to Internal Revenue Code Section 642(c) during the taxable year.

(d) Partnerships.

(1) In general. In the case of a partnership, base income means an amount equal to the taxpayer's taxable income for the taxable year as modified by paragraph (2).

(2) Modifications. The taxable income referred to in paragraph (1) shall be modified by adding thereto the sum of the following amounts:

(A) An amount equal to all amounts paid or accrued to the taxpayer as interest or dividends during the taxable year to the extent excluded from gross income in the computation of taxable income;

(B) An amount equal to the amount of tax imposed by this Act to the extent deducted from gross income for the taxable year;

(C) The amount of deductions allowed to the partnership pursuant to Section 707 (c) of the Internal Revenue Code in calculating its taxable income;

(D) An amount equal to the amount of the capital gain deduction allowable under the Internal Revenue Code, to the extent deducted from gross income in the computation of taxable income;

(D-5) For taxable years 2001 and thereafter, an amount equal to the bonus depreciation deduction taken on the taxpayer's federal income tax return for the taxable year under subsection (k) of Section 168 of the Internal Revenue Code;

(D-6) If the taxpayer sells, transfers, abandons, or otherwise disposes of property for which the taxpayer was required in any taxable year to make an addition modification under subparagraph (D-5), then an amount equal to the aggregate amount of the deductions taken in all taxable years under subparagraph (O) with respect to that property.

If the taxpayer continues to own property through the last day of the last tax year for which the taxpayer may claim a depreciation deduction for federal income tax purposes and for which the taxpayer was allowed in any taxable year to make a subtraction modification under subparagraph (O), then an amount equal to that subtraction modification.

The taxpayer is required to make the addition modification under this subparagraph only once with respect to any one piece of property;

(D-7) An amount equal to the amount otherwise allowed as a deduction in computing base income for interest paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, (i) for taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2004, to a foreign person who would be a member of the same unitary business group but for the fact the foreign person's business activity outside the United States is 80% or more of the foreign person's total business activity and (ii) for taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2008, to a person who would be a member of the same unitary business group but for the fact that the person is prohibited under Section 1501(a)(27) from being included in the unitary business group because he or she is ordinarily required to apportion business income under different subsections of Section 304. The addition modification required by this subparagraph shall be reduced to the extent that dividends were included in base income of the unitary group for the same taxable year and received by the taxpayer or by a member of the taxpayer's unitary business group (including amounts included in gross income pursuant to Sections 951 through 964 of the Internal Revenue Code and amounts included in gross income under Section 78 of the Internal Revenue Code) with respect to the stock of the same person to whom the interest was paid, accrued, or incurred.

This paragraph shall not apply to the following:

(i) an item of interest paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, to a foreign person who is subject in a foreign country or state, other than a state which requires mandatory unitary reporting, to a tax on or measured by net income with respect to such interest; or

(ii) an item of interest paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, to a foreign person if the taxpayer can establish, based on a preponderance of the evidence, both of the following:

(a) the foreign person, during the same taxable year, paid, accrued, or incurred, the interest to a person that is not a related member, and

(b) the transaction giving rise to the interest expense between the taxpayer and the foreign person did not have as a principal purpose the avoidance of Illinois income tax, and is paid pursuant to a contract or agreement that reflects an arm's-length interest rate and terms; or

(iii) the taxpayer can establish, based on clear and convincing evidence, that the interest paid, accrued, or incurred relates to a contract or agreement entered into at arm's-length rates and terms and the principal purpose for the payment is not federal or Illinois tax avoidance; or

(iv) an item of interest paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, to a foreign person if the taxpayer establishes by clear and convincing evidence that the adjustments are unreasonable; or if the taxpayer and the Director agree in writing to the application or use of an alternative method of apportionment under Section 304(f).

Nothing in this subsection shall preclude the Director from making any other adjustment otherwise allowed under Section 404 of this Act for any tax year beginning after the effective date of this amendment provided such adjustment is made pursuant to regulation adopted by the Department and such regulations provide methods and standards by which the Department will utilize its authority under Section 404 of this Act; and

(D-8) An amount equal to the amount of intangible expenses and costs otherwise allowed as a deduction in computing base income, and that were paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, (i) for taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2004, to a foreign person who would be a member of the same unitary business group but for the fact that the foreign person's business activity outside the United States is 80% or more of that person's total business activity and (ii) for taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2008, to a person who would be a member of the same unitary business group but for the fact that the person is prohibited under Section 1501(a)(27) from being included in the unitary business group because he or she is ordinarily required to apportion business income under different subsections of Section 304. The addition modification required by this subparagraph shall be reduced to the extent that dividends were included in base income of the unitary group for the same taxable year and received by the taxpayer or by a member of the taxpayer's unitary business group (including amounts included in gross income pursuant to Sections 951 through 964 of the Internal Revenue Code and amounts included in gross income under Section 78 of the Internal Revenue Code) with respect to the stock of the same person to whom the intangible expenses and costs were directly or indirectly paid, incurred or accrued. The preceding sentence shall not apply to the extent that the same dividends caused a reduction to the addition modification required under Section 203(d)(2)(D-7) of this Act. As used in this subparagraph, the term "intangible expenses and costs" includes (1) expenses, losses, and costs for, or related to, the direct or indirect acquisition, use, maintenance or management, ownership, sale, exchange, or any other disposition of intangible property; (2) losses incurred, directly or indirectly, from factoring transactions or discounting transactions; (3) royalty, patent, technical, and copyright fees; (4) licensing fees; and (5) other similar expenses and costs. For purposes of this subparagraph, "intangible property" includes patents, patent applications, trade names, trademarks, service marks, copyrights, mask works, trade secrets, and similar types of intangible assets;

This paragraph shall not apply to the following:

(i) any item of intangible expenses or costs paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, from a transaction with a foreign person who is subject in a foreign country or state, other than a state which requires mandatory unitary reporting, to a tax on or measured by net income with respect to such item; or

(ii) any item of intangible expense or cost paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, if the taxpayer can establish, based on a preponderance of the evidence, both of the following:

(a) the foreign person during the same taxable year paid, accrued, or incurred, the intangible expense or cost to a person that is not a related member, and

(b) the transaction giving rise to the intangible expense or cost between the taxpayer and the foreign person did not have as a principal purpose the avoidance of Illinois income tax, and is paid pursuant to a contract or agreement that reflects arm's-length terms; or

(iii) any item of intangible expense or cost paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, from a transaction with a foreign person if the taxpayer establishes by clear and convincing evidence, that the adjustments are unreasonable; or if the taxpayer and the Director agree in writing to the application or use of an alternative method of apportionment under Section 304(f);

Nothing in this subsection shall preclude the Director from making any other adjustment otherwise allowed under Section 404 of this Act for any tax year beginning after the effective date of this amendment provided such adjustment is made pursuant to regulation adopted by the Department and such regulations provide methods and standards by which the Department will utilize its authority under Section 404 of this Act;

(D-9) For taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2008, an amount equal to the amount of insurance premium expenses and costs otherwise allowed as a deduction in computing base income, and that were paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, to a person who would be a member of the same unitary business group but for the fact that the person is prohibited under Section 1501(a)(27) from being included in the unitary business group because he or she is ordinarily required to apportion business income under different subsections of Section 304. The addition modification required by this subparagraph shall be reduced to the extent that dividends were included in base income of the unitary group for the same taxable year and received by the taxpayer or by a member of the taxpayer's unitary business group (including amounts included in gross income under Sections 951 through 964 of the Internal Revenue Code and amounts included in gross income under Section 78 of the Internal Revenue Code) with respect to the stock of the same person to whom the premiums intangible expenses and costs were directly or indirectly paid, incurred, or accrued. The preceding sentence does not apply to the extent that the same dividends caused a reduction to the addition modification required under Section 203(d)(2)(D-7) or Section 203(d)(2)(D-8) 203(a)(2)(D-17) of this Act.

and by deducting from the total so obtained the following amounts:

(E) The valuation limitation amount;

(F) An amount equal to the amount of any tax imposed by this Act which was refunded to the taxpayer and included in such total for the taxable year;

(G) An amount equal to all amounts included in taxable income as modified by subparagraphs (A), (B), (C) and (D) which are exempt from taxation by this State either by reason of its statutes or Constitution or by reason of the Constitution, treaties or statutes of the United States; provided that, in the case of any statute of this State or, for taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2008, of the United States, any treaty of the United States, the Illinois Constitution, or the United States Constitution that exempts income derived from bonds or other obligations from the tax imposed under this Act, the amount exempted shall be the interest income net of bond premium amortization, and, for taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2008, interest expense incurred on indebtedness to carry the bond or other obligation, expenses incurred in producing the income to be deducted, and all other related expenses. The amount of expenses to be taken into account under this provision may not exceed the amount of income that is exempted;

(H) Any income of the partnership which constitutes personal service income as defined in Section 1348 (b) (1) of the Internal Revenue Code (as in effect December 31, 1981) or a reasonable allowance for compensation paid or accrued for services rendered by partners to the partnership, whichever is greater;

(I) An amount equal to all amounts of income distributable to an entity subject to the Personal Property Tax Replacement Income Tax imposed by subsections (c) and (d) of Section 201 of this Act including amounts distributable to organizations exempt from federal income tax by reason of Section 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code;

(J) With the exception of any amounts subtracted under subparagraph (G), an amount equal to the sum of all amounts disallowed as deductions by (i) Sections 171(a) (2), and 265(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as now or hereafter amended, and all amounts of expenses allocable to interest and disallowed as deductions by Section 265(1) of the Internal Revenue Code, as now or hereafter amended; and (ii) for taxable years ending on or after August 13, 1999, Sections 171(a)(2), 265, 280C, and 832(b)(5)(B)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code; the provisions of this subparagraph are exempt from the provisions of Section 250;

(K) An amount equal to those dividends included in such total which were paid by a corporation which conducts business operations in an Enterprise Zone or zones created under the Illinois Enterprise Zone Act, enacted by the 82nd General Assembly, or a River Edge Redevelopment Zone or zones created under the River Edge Redevelopment Zone Act and conducts substantially all of its operations in an Enterprise Zone or Zones or from a River Edge Redevelopment Zone or zones. This subparagraph (K) is exempt from the provisions of Section 250;

(L) An amount equal to any contribution made to a job training project established pursuant to the Real Property Tax Increment Allocation Redevelopment Act;

(M) An amount equal to those dividends included in such total that were paid by a corporation that conducts business operations in a federally designated Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone and that is designated a High Impact Business located in Illinois; provided that dividends eligible for the deduction provided in subparagraph (K) of paragraph (2) of this subsection shall not be eligible for the deduction provided under this subparagraph (M);

(N) An amount equal to the amount of the deduction used to compute the federal income tax credit for restoration of substantial amounts held under claim of right for the taxable year pursuant to Section 1341 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986;

(O) For taxable years 2001 and thereafter, for the taxable year in which the bonus depreciation deduction is taken on the taxpayer's federal income tax return under subsection (k) of Section 168 of the Internal Revenue Code and for each applicable taxable year thereafter, an amount equal to "x", where:

(1) "y" equals the amount of the depreciation deduction taken for the taxable year on the taxpayer's federal income tax return on property for which the bonus depreciation deduction was taken in any year under subsection (k) of Section 168 of the Internal Revenue Code, but not including the bonus depreciation deduction;

(2) for taxable years ending on or before December 31, 2005, "x" equals "y" multiplied by 30 and then divided by 70 (or "y" multiplied by 0.429); and

(3) for taxable years ending after December 31, 2005:

(i) for property on which a bonus depreciation deduction of 30% of the adjusted basis was taken, "x" equals "y" multiplied by 30 and then divided by 70 (or "y" multiplied by 0.429); and

(ii) for property on which a bonus depreciation deduction of 50% of the adjusted basis was taken, "x" equals "y" multiplied by 1.0.

The aggregate amount deducted under this subparagraph in all taxable years for any one piece of property may not exceed the amount of the bonus depreciation deduction taken on that property on the taxpayer's federal income tax return under subsection (k) of Section 168 of the Internal Revenue Code. This subparagraph (O) is exempt from the provisions of Section 250;

(P) If the taxpayer sells, transfers, abandons, or otherwise disposes of property for which the taxpayer was required in any taxable year to make an addition modification under subparagraph (D-5), then an amount equal to that addition modification.

If the taxpayer continues to own property through the last day of the last tax year for which the taxpayer may claim a depreciation deduction for federal income tax purposes and for which the taxpayer was required in any taxable year to make an addition modification under subparagraph (D-5), then an amount equal to that addition modification.

The taxpayer is allowed to take the deduction under this subparagraph only once with respect to any one piece of property.

This subparagraph (P) is exempt from the provisions of Section 250;

(Q) The amount of (i) any interest income (net of the deductions allocable thereto) taken into account for the taxable year with respect to a transaction with a taxpayer that is required to make an addition modification with respect to such transaction under Section 203(a)(2)(D-17), 203(b)(2)(E-12), 203(c)(2)(G-12), or 203(d)(2)(D-7), but not to exceed the amount of such addition modification and (ii) any income from intangible property (net of the deductions allocable thereto) taken into account for the taxable year with respect to a transaction with a taxpayer that is required to make an addition modification with respect to such transaction under Section 203(a)(2)(D-18), 203(b)(2)(E-13), 203(c)(2)(G-13), or 203(d)(2)(D-8), but not to exceed the amount of such addition modification. This subparagraph (Q) is exempt from Section 250;

(R) An amount equal to the interest income taken into account for the taxable year (net of the deductions allocable thereto) with respect to transactions with (i) a foreign person who would be a member of the taxpayer's unitary business group but for the fact that the foreign person's business activity outside the United States is 80% or more of that person's total business activity and (ii) for taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2008, to a person who would be a member of the same unitary business group but for the fact that the person is prohibited under Section 1501(a)(27) from being included in the unitary business group because he or she is ordinarily required to apportion business income under different subsections of Section 304, but not to exceed the addition modification required to be made for the same taxable year under Section 203(d)(2)(D-7) for interest paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, to the same person. This subparagraph (R) is exempt from Section 250; and

(S) An amount equal to the income from intangible property taken into account for the taxable year (net of the deductions allocable thereto) with respect to transactions with (i) a foreign person who would be a member of the taxpayer's unitary business group but for the fact that the foreign person's business activity outside the United States is 80% or more of that person's total business activity and (ii) for taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2008, to a person who would be a member of the same unitary business group but for the fact that the person is prohibited under Section 1501(a)(27) from being included in the unitary business group because he or she is ordinarily required to apportion business income under different subsections of Section 304, but not to exceed the addition modification required to be made for the same taxable year under Section 203(d)(2)(D-8) for intangible expenses and costs paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, to the same foreign person. This subparagraph (S) is exempt from Section 250. ; and

(FF) An amount equal to the income from insurance premiums taken into account for the taxable year (net of the deductions allocable thereto) with respect to transactions with a person who would be a member of the same unitary business group but for the fact that the person is prohibited under Section 1501(a)(27) from being included in the unitary business group because he or she is ordinarily required to apportion business income under different subsections of Section 304, but not to exceed the addition modification required to be made for the same taxable year under Section 203(a)(2)(D-18) for intangible expenses and costs paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, to the same person.

(e) Gross income; adjusted gross income; taxable income.

(1) In general. Subject to the provisions of paragraph (2) and subsection (b) (3), for purposes of this Section and Section 803(e), a taxpayer's gross income, adjusted gross income, or taxable income for the taxable year shall mean the amount of gross income, adjusted gross income or taxable income properly reportable for federal income tax purposes for the taxable year under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. Taxable income may be less than zero. However, for taxable years ending on or after December 31, 1986, net operating loss carryforwards from taxable years ending prior to December 31, 1986, may not exceed the sum of federal taxable income for the taxable year before net operating loss deduction, plus the excess of addition modifications over subtraction modifications for the taxable year. For taxable years ending prior to December 31, 1986, taxable income may never be an amount in excess of the net operating loss for the taxable year as defined in subsections (c) and (d) of Section 172 of the Internal Revenue Code, provided that when taxable income of a corporation (other than a Subchapter S corporation), trust, or estate is less than zero and addition modifications, other than those provided by subparagraph (E) of paragraph (2) of subsection (b) for corporations or subparagraph (E) of paragraph (2) of subsection (c) for trusts and estates, exceed subtraction modifications, an addition modification must be made under those subparagraphs for any other taxable year to which the taxable income less than zero (net operating loss) is applied under Section 172 of the Internal Revenue Code or under subparagraph (E) of paragraph (2) of this subsection (e) applied in conjunction with Section 172 of the Internal Revenue Code.

(2) Special rule. For purposes of paragraph (1) of this subsection, the taxable income properly reportable for federal income tax purposes shall mean:

(A) Certain life insurance companies. In the case of a life insurance company subject to the tax imposed by Section 801 of the Internal Revenue Code, life insurance company taxable income, plus the amount of distribution from pre-1984 policyholder surplus accounts as calculated under Section 815a of the Internal Revenue Code;

(B) Certain other insurance companies. In the case of mutual insurance companies subject to the tax imposed by Section 831 of the Internal Revenue Code, insurance company taxable income;

(C) Regulated investment companies. In the case of a regulated investment company subject to the tax imposed by Section 852 of the Internal Revenue Code, investment company taxable income;

(D) Real estate investment trusts. In the case of a real estate investment trust subject to the tax imposed by Section 857 of the Internal Revenue Code, real estate investment trust taxable income;

(E) Consolidated corporations. In the case of a corporation which is a member of an affiliated group of corporations filing a consolidated income tax return for the taxable year for federal income tax purposes, taxable income determined as if such corporation had filed a separate return for federal income tax purposes for the taxable year and each preceding taxable year for which it was a member of an affiliated group. For purposes of this subparagraph, the taxpayer's separate taxable income shall be determined as if the election provided by Section 243(b) (2) of the Internal Revenue Code had been in effect for all such years;

(F) Cooperatives. In the case of a cooperative corporation or association, the taxable income of such organization determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 1381 through 1388 of the Internal Revenue Code;

(G) Subchapter S corporations. In the case of: (i) a Subchapter S corporation for which there is in effect an election for the taxable year under Section 1362 of the Internal Revenue Code, the taxable income of such corporation determined in accordance with Section 1363(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, except that taxable income shall take into account those items which are required by Section 1363(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code to be separately stated; and (ii) a Subchapter S corporation for which there is in effect a federal election to opt out of the provisions of the Subchapter S Revision Act of 1982 and have applied instead the prior federal Subchapter S rules as in effect on July 1, 1982, the taxable income of such corporation determined in accordance with the federal Subchapter S rules as in effect on July 1, 1982; and

(H) Partnerships. In the case of a partnership, taxable income determined in accordance with Section 703 of the Internal Revenue Code, except that taxable income shall take into account those items which are required by Section 703(a)(1) to be separately stated but which would be taken into account by an individual in calculating his taxable income.

(3) Recapture of business expenses on disposition of asset or business. Notwithstanding any other law to the contrary, if in prior years income from an asset or business has been classified as business income and in a later year is demonstrated to be non-business income, then all expenses, without limitation, deducted in such later year and in the 2 immediately preceding taxable years related to that asset or business that generated the non-business income shall be added back and recaptured as business income in the year of the disposition of the asset or business. Such amount shall be apportioned to Illinois using the greater of the apportionment fraction computed for the business under Section 304 of this Act for the taxable year or the average of the apportionment fractions computed for the business under Section 304 of this Act for the taxable year and for the 2 immediately preceding taxable years.

(f) Valuation limitation amount.

(1) In general. The valuation limitation amount referred to in subsections (a) (2) (G), (c) (2) (I) and (d)(2) (E) is an amount equal to:

(A) The sum of the pre-August 1, 1969 appreciation amounts (to the extent consisting of gain reportable under the provisions of Section 1245 or 1250 of the Internal Revenue Code) for all property in respect of which such gain was reported for the taxable year; plus

(B) The lesser of (i) the sum of the pre-August 1, 1969 appreciation amounts (to the extent consisting of capital gain) for all property in respect of which such gain was reported for federal income tax purposes for the taxable year, or (ii) the net capital gain for the taxable year, reduced in either case by any amount of such gain included in the amount determined under subsection (a) (2) (F) or (c) (2) (H).

(2) Pre-August 1, 1969 appreciation amount.

(A) If the fair market value of property referred to in paragraph (1) was readily ascertainable on August 1, 1969, the pre-August 1, 1969 appreciation amount for such property is the lesser of (i) the excess of such fair market value over the taxpayer's basis (for determining gain) for such property on that date (determined under the Internal Revenue Code as in effect on that date), or (ii) the total gain realized and reportable for federal income tax purposes in respect of the sale, exchange or other disposition of such property.

(B) If the fair market value of property referred to in paragraph (1) was not readily ascertainable on August 1, 1969, the pre-August 1, 1969 appreciation amount for such property is that amount which bears the same ratio to the total gain reported in respect of the property for federal income tax purposes for the taxable year, as the number of full calendar months in that part of the taxpayer's holding period for the property ending July 31, 1969 bears to the number of full calendar months in the taxpayer's entire holding period for the property.

(C) The Department shall prescribe such regulations as may be necessary to carry out the purposes of this paragraph.

(g) Double deductions. Unless specifically provided otherwise, nothing in this Section shall permit the same item to be deducted more than once.

(h) Legislative intention. Except as expressly provided by this Section there shall be no modifications or limitations on the amounts of income, gain, loss or deduction taken into account in determining gross income, adjusted gross income or taxable income for federal income tax purposes for the taxable year, or in the amount of such items entering into the computation of base income and net income under this Act for such taxable year, whether in respect of property values as of August 1, 1969 or otherwise.

(Source: P.A. 94-776, eff. 5-19-06; 94-789, eff. 5-19-06; 94-1021, eff. 7-12-06; 94-1074, eff. 12-26-06; 95-23, eff. 8-3-07; 95-233, eff. 8-16-07; 95-286, eff. 8-20-07; 95-331, eff. 8-21-07; revised 10-31-07.)

(35 ILCS 5/304) (from Ch. 120, par. 3-304)

Sec. 304. Business income of persons other than residents.

(a) In general. The business income of a person other than a resident shall be allocated to this State if such person's business income is derived solely from this State. If a person other than a resident derives business income from this State and one or more other states, then, for tax years ending on or before December 30, 1998, and except as otherwise provided by this Section, such person's business income shall be apportioned to this State by multiplying the income by a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the property factor (if any), the payroll factor (if any) and 200% of the sales factor (if any), and the denominator of which is 4 reduced by the number of factors other than the sales factor which have a denominator of zero and by an additional 2 if the sales factor has a denominator of zero. For tax years ending on or after December 31, 1998, and except as otherwise provided by this Section, persons other than residents who derive business income from this State and one or more other states shall compute their apportionment factor by weighting their property, payroll, and sales factors as provided in subsection (h) of this Section.

(1) Property factor.

(A) The property factor is a fraction, the numerator of which is the average value of the person's real and tangible personal property owned or rented and used in the trade or business in this State during the taxable year and the denominator of which is the average value of all the person's real and tangible personal property owned or rented and used in the trade or business during the taxable year.

(B) Property owned by the person is valued at its original cost. Property rented by the person is valued at 8 times the net annual rental rate. Net annual rental rate is the annual rental rate paid by the person less any annual rental rate received by the person from sub-rentals.

(C) The average value of property shall be determined by averaging the values at the beginning and ending of the taxable year but the Director may require the averaging of monthly values during the taxable year if reasonably required to reflect properly the average value of the person's property.

(2) Payroll factor.

(A) The payroll factor is a fraction, the numerator of which is the total amount paid in this State during the taxable year by the person for compensation, and the denominator of which is the total compensation paid everywhere during the taxable year.

(B) Compensation is paid in this State if:

(i) The individual's service is performed entirely within this State;

(ii) The individual's service is performed both within and without this State, but the service performed without this State is incidental to the individual's service performed within this State; or

(iii) Some of the service is performed within this State and either the base of operations, or if there is no base of operations, the place from which the service is directed or controlled is within this State, or the base of operations or the place from which the service is directed or controlled is not in any state in which some part of the service is performed, but the individual's residence is in this State.

(iv) Compensation paid to nonresident professional athletes.

(a) General. The Illinois source income of a nonresident individual who is a member of a professional athletic team includes the portion of the individual's total compensation for services performed as a member of a professional athletic team during the taxable year which the number of duty days spent within this State performing services for the team in any manner during the taxable year bears to the total number of duty days spent both within and without this State during the taxable year.

(b) Travel days. Travel days that do not involve either a game, practice, team meeting, or other similar team event are not considered duty days spent in this State. However, such travel days are considered in the total duty days spent both within and without this State.

(c) Definitions. For purposes of this subpart (iv):

(1) The term "professional athletic team" includes, but is not limited to, any professional baseball, basketball, football, soccer, or hockey team.

(2) The term "member of a professional athletic team" includes those employees who are active players, players on the disabled list, and any other persons required to travel and who travel with and perform services on behalf of a professional athletic team on a regular basis. This includes, but is not limited to, coaches, managers, and trainers.

(3) Except as provided in items (C) and (D) of this subpart (3), the term "duty days" means all days during the taxable year from the beginning of the professional athletic team's official pre-season training period through the last game in which the team competes or is scheduled to compete. Duty days shall be counted for the year in which they occur, including where a team's official pre-season training period through the last game in which the team competes or is scheduled to compete, occurs during more than one tax year.

(A) Duty days shall also include days on which a member of a professional athletic team performs service for a team on a date that does not fall within the foregoing period (e.g., participation in instructional leagues, the "All Star Game", or promotional "caravans"). Performing a service for a professional athletic team includes conducting training and rehabilitation activities, when such activities are conducted at team facilities.

(B) Also included in duty days are game days, practice days, days spent at team meetings, promotional caravans, preseason training camps, and days served with the team through all post-season games in which the team competes or is scheduled to compete.

(C) Duty days for any person who joins a team during the period from the beginning of the professional athletic team's official pre-season training period through the last game in which the team competes, or is scheduled to compete, shall begin on the day that person joins the team. Conversely, duty days for any person who leaves a team during this period shall end on the day that person leaves the team. Where a person switches teams during a taxable year, a separate duty-day calculation shall be made for the period the person was with each team.

(D) Days for which a member of a professional athletic team is not compensated and is not performing services for the team in any manner, including days when such member of a professional athletic team has been suspended without pay and prohibited from performing any services for the team, shall not be treated as duty days.

(E) Days for which a member of a professional athletic team is on the disabled list and does not conduct rehabilitation activities at facilities of the team, and is not otherwise performing services for the team in Illinois, shall not be considered duty days spent in this State. All days on the disabled list, however, are considered to be included in total duty days spent both within and without this State.

(4) The term "total compensation for services performed as a member of a professional athletic team" means the total compensation received during the taxable year for services performed:

(A) from the beginning of the official pre-season training period through the last game in which the team competes or is scheduled to compete during that taxable year; and

(B) during the taxable year on a date which does not fall within the foregoing period (e.g., participation in instructional leagues, the "All Star Game", or promotional caravans).

This compensation shall include, but is not limited to, salaries, wages, bonuses as described in this subpart, and any other type of compensation paid during the taxable year to a member of a professional athletic team for services performed in that year. This compensation does not include strike benefits, severance pay, termination pay, contract or option year buy-out payments, expansion or relocation payments, or any other payments not related to services performed for the team.

For purposes of this subparagraph, "bonuses" included in "total compensation for services performed as a member of a professional athletic team" subject to the allocation described in Section 302(c)(1) are: bonuses earned as a result of play (i.e., performance bonuses) during the season, including bonuses paid for championship, playoff or "bowl" games played by a team, or for selection to all-star league or other honorary positions; and bonuses paid for signing a contract, unless the payment of the signing bonus is not conditional upon the signee playing any games for the team or performing any subsequent services for the team or even making the team, the signing bonus is payable separately from the salary and any other compensation, and the signing bonus is nonrefundable.

(3) Sales factor.

(A) The sales factor is a fraction, the numerator of which is the total sales of the person in this State during the taxable year, and the denominator of which is the total sales of the person everywhere during the taxable year.

(B) Sales of tangible personal property are in this State if:

(i) The property is delivered or shipped to a purchaser, other than the United States government, within this State regardless of the f. o. b. point or other conditions of the sale; or

(ii) The property is shipped from an office, store, warehouse, factory or other place of storage in this State and either the purchaser is the United States government or the person is not taxable in the state of the purchaser; provided, however, that premises owned or leased by a person who has independently contracted with the seller for the printing of newspapers, periodicals or books shall not be deemed to be an office, store, warehouse, factory or other place of storage for purposes of this Section. Sales of tangible personal property are not in this State if the seller and purchaser would be members of the same unitary business group but for the fact that either the seller or purchaser is a person with 80% or more of total business activity outside of the United States and the property is purchased for resale.

(B-1) Patents, copyrights, trademarks, and similar items of intangible personal property.

(i) Gross receipts from the licensing, sale, or other disposition of a patent, copyright, trademark, or similar item of intangible personal property are in this State to the extent the item is utilized in this State during the year the gross receipts are included in gross income.

(ii) Place of utilization.

(I) A patent is utilized in a state to the extent that it is employed in production, fabrication, manufacturing, or other processing in the state or to the extent that a patented product is produced in the state. If a patent is utilized in more than one state, the extent to which it is utilized in any one state shall be a fraction equal to the gross receipts of the licensee or purchaser from sales or leases of items produced, fabricated, manufactured, or processed within that state using the patent and of patented items produced within that state, divided by the total of such gross receipts for all states in which the patent is utilized.

(II) A copyright is utilized in a state to the extent that printing or other publication originates in the state. If a copyright is utilized in more than one state, the extent to which it is utilized in any one state shall be a fraction equal to the gross receipts from sales or licenses of materials printed or published in that state divided by the total of such gross receipts for all states in which the copyright is utilized.

(III) Trademarks and other items of intangible personal property governed by this paragraph (B-1) are utilized in the state in which the commercial domicile of the licensee or purchaser is located.

(iii) If the state of utilization of an item of property governed by this paragraph (B-1) cannot be determined from the taxpayer's books and records or from the books and records of any person related to the taxpayer within the meaning of Section 267(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, 26 U.S.C. 267, the gross receipts attributable to that item shall be excluded from both the numerator and the denominator of the sales factor.

(B-2) Gross receipts from the license, sale, or other disposition of patents, copyrights, trademarks, and similar items of intangible personal property may be included in the numerator or denominator of the sales factor only if gross receipts from licenses, sales, or other disposition of such items comprise more than 50% of the taxpayer's total gross receipts included in gross income during the tax year and during each of the 2 immediately preceding tax years; provided that, when a taxpayer is a member of a unitary business group, such determination shall be made on the basis of the gross receipts of the entire unitary business group.

(B-5) For taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2008, except as provided in subsections (ii) through (vii), receipts from the sale of telecommunications service or mobile telecommunications service are in this State if the customer's service address is in this State.

(i) For purposes of this subparagraph (B-5), the follow terms have the following meanings:

"Ancillary services" means services that are associated with or incidental to the provision of "telecommunications services", including but not limited to "detailed telecommunications billing", "directory assistance", "vertical service", and "voice mail services".

"Air-to-Ground Radiotelephone service" means a radio service, as that term is defined in 47 CFR 22.99, in which common carriers are authorized to offer and provide radio telecommunications service for hire to subscribers in aircraft.

"Call-by-call Basis" means any method of charging for telecommunications services where the price is measured by individual calls.

"Communications Channel" means a physical or virtual path of communications over which signals are transmitted between or among customer channel termination points.

"Conference bridging service" means an "ancillary service" that links two or more participants of an audio or video conference call and may include the provision of a telephone number. "Conference bridging service" does not include the "telecommunications services" used to reach the conference bridge.

"Customer Channel Termination Point" means the location where the customer either inputs or receives the communications.

"Detailed telecommunications billing service" means an "ancillary service" of separately stating information pertaining to individual calls on a customer's billing statement.

"Directory assistance" means an "ancillary service" of providing telephone number information, and/or address information.

"Home service provider" means the facilities based carrier or reseller with which the customer contracts for the provision of mobile telecommunications services.

"Mobile telecommunications service" means commercial mobile radio service, as defined in Section 20.3 of Title 47 of the Code of Federal Regulations as in effect on June 1, 1999.

"Place of primary use" means the street address representative of where the customer's use of the telecommunications service primarily occurs, which must be the residential street address or the primary business street address of the customer. In the case of mobile telecommunications services, "place of primary use" must be within the licensed service area of the home service provider.

"Post-paid telecommunication service" means the telecommunications service obtained by making a payment on a call-by-call basis either through the use of a credit card or payment mechanism such as a bank card, travel card, credit card, or debit card, or by charge made to a telephone number which is not associated with the origination or termination of the telecommunications service. A post-paid calling service includes telecommunications service, except a prepaid wireless calling service, that would be a prepaid calling service except it is not exclusively a telecommunication service.

"Prepaid telecommunication service" means the right to access exclusively telecommunications services, which must be paid for in advance and which enables the origination of calls using an access number or authorization code, whether manually or electronically dialed, and that is sold in predetermined units or dollars of which the number declines with use in a known amount.

"Prepaid Mobile telecommunication service" means a telecommunications service that provides the right to utilize mobile wireless service as well as other non-telecommunication services, including but not limited to ancillary services, which must be paid for in advance that is sold in predetermined units or dollars of which the number declines with use in a known amount.

"Private communication service" means a telecommunication service that entitles the customer to exclusive or priority use of a communications channel or group of channels between or among termination points, regardless of the manner in which such channel or channels are connected, and includes switching capacity, extension lines, stations, and any other associated services that are provided in connection with the use of such channel or channels.

"Service address" means:

(a) The location of the telecommunications equipment to which a customer's call is charged and from which the call originates or terminates, regardless of where the call is billed or paid;

(b) If the location in line (a) is not known, service address means the origination point of the signal of the telecommunications services first identified by either the seller's telecommunications system or in information received by the seller from its service provider where the system used to transport such signals is not that of the seller; and

(c) If the locations in line (a) and line (b) are not known, the service address means the location of the customer's place of primary use.

"Telecommunications service" means the electronic transmission, conveyance, or routing of voice, data, audio, video, or any other information or signals to a point, or between or among points. The term "telecommunications service" includes such transmission, conveyance, or routing in which computer processing applications are used to act on the form, code or protocol of the content for purposes of transmission, conveyance or routing without regard to whether such service is referred to as voice over Internet protocol services or is classified by the Federal Communications Commission as enhanced or value added. "Telecommunications service" does not include:

(a) Data processing and information services that allow data to be generated, acquired, stored, processed, or retrieved and delivered by an electronic transmission to a purchaser when such purchaser's primary purpose for the underlying transaction is the processed data or information;

(b) Installation or maintenance of wiring or equipment on a customer's premises;

(c) Tangible personal property;

(d) Advertising, including but not limited to directory advertising.

(e) Billing and collection services provided to third parties;

(f) Internet access service;

(g) Radio and television audio and video programming services, regardless of the medium, including the furnishing of transmission, conveyance and routing of such services by the programming service provider. Radio and television audio and video programming services shall include but not be limited to cable service as defined in 47 USC 522(6) and audio and video programming services delivered by commercial mobile radio service providers, as defined in 47 CFR 20.3;

(h) "Ancillary services"; or

(i) Digital products "delivered electronically", including but not limited to software, music, video, reading materials or ring tones.

"Vertical service" means an "ancillary service" that is offered in connection with one or more "telecommunications services", which offers advanced calling features that allow customers to identify callers and to manage multiple calls and call connections, including "conference bridging services".

"Voice mail service" means an "ancillary service" that enables the customer to store, send or receive recorded messages. "Voice mail service" does not include any "vertical services" that the customer may be required to have in order to utilize the "voice mail service".

(ii) Receipts from the sale of telecommunications service sold on an individual call-by-call basis are in this State if either of the following applies:

(a) The call both originates and terminates in this State.

(b) The call either originates or terminates in this State and the service address is located in this State.

(iii) Receipts from the sale of postpaid telecommunications service at retail are in this State if the origination point of the telecommunication signal, as first identified by the service provider's telecommunication system or as identified by information received by the seller from its service provider if the system used to transport telecommunication signals is not the seller's, is located in this State.

(iv) Receipts from the sale of prepaid telecommunications service or prepaid mobile telecommunications service at retail are in this State if the purchaser obtains the prepaid card or similar means of conveyance at a location in this State. Receipts from recharging a prepaid telecommunications service or mobile telecommunications service is in this State if the purchaser's billing information indicates a location in this State.

(v) Receipts from the sale of private communication services are in this State as follows:

(a) 100% of receipts from charges imposed at each channel termination point in this State.

(b) 100% of receipts from charges for the total channel mileage between each channel termination point in this State.

(c) 50% of the total receipts from charges for service segments when those segments are between 2 customer channel termination points, 1 of which is located in this State and the other is located outside of this State, which segments are separately charged.

(d) The receipts from charges for service segments with a channel termination point located in this State and in two or more other states, and which segments are not separately billed, are in this State based on a percentage determined by dividing the number of customer channel termination points in this State by the total number of customer channel termination points.

(vi) Receipts from charges for ancillary services for telecommunications service sold to customers at retail are in this State if the customer's primary place of use of telecommunications services associated with those ancillary services is in this State. If the seller of those ancillary services cannot determine where the associated telecommunications are located, then the ancillary services shall be based on the location of the purchaser.

(vii) Receipts to access a carrier's network or from the sale of telecommunication services or ancillary services for resale are in this State as follows:

(a) 100% of the receipts from access fees attributable to intrastate telecommunications service that both originates and terminates in this State.

(b) 50% of the receipts from access fees attributable to interstate telecommunications service if the interstate call either originates or terminates in this State.

(c) 100% of the receipts from interstate end user access line charges, if the customer's service address is in this State. As used in this subdivision, "interstate end user access line charges" includes, but is not limited to, the surcharge approved by the federal communications commission and levied pursuant to 47 CFR 69.

(d) Gross receipts from sales of telecommunication services or from ancillary services for telecommunications services sold to other telecommunication service providers for resale shall be sourced to this State using the apportionment concepts used for non-resale receipts of telecommunications services if the information is readily available to make that determination. If the information is not readily available, then the taxpayer may use any other reasonable and consistent method.

(C) For taxable years ending before December 31, 2008, sales, other than sales governed by paragraphs (B), (B-1), and (B-2), are in this State if:

(i) The income-producing activity is performed in this State; or

(ii) The income-producing activity is performed both within and without this State and a greater proportion of the income-producing activity is performed within this State than without this State, based on performance costs.

(C-5) For taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2008, sales, other than sales governed by paragraphs (B), (B-1), and (B-2), and (B-5), are in this State if any of the following criteria are met the purchaser is in this State or the sale is otherwise attributable to this State's marketplace. The following examples are illustrative:

(i) Sales from the sale or lease of real property are in this State if the property is located in this State.

(ii) Sales from the lease or rental of tangible personal property are in this State if the property is located in this State during the rental period. Sales from the lease or rental of tangible personal property that is characteristically moving property, including, but not limited to, motor vehicles, rolling stock, aircraft, vessels, or mobile equipment are in this State to the extent that the property is used in this State.

(iii) In the case of interest, net gains (but not less than zero) and other items of income from intangible personal property, the sale is in this State if:

(a) in the case of a taxpayer who is a dealer in the item of intangible personal property within the meaning of Section 475 of the Internal Revenue Code, the income or gain is received from a customer in this State. For purposes of this subparagraph, a customer is in this State if the customer is an individual, trust or estate who is a resident of this State and, for all other customers, if the customer's commercial domicile is in this State. Unless the dealer has actual knowledge of the residence or commercial domicile of a customer during a taxable year, the customer shall be deemed to be a customer in this State if the billing address of the customer, as shown in the records of the dealer, is in this State; or

(b) in all other cases, if the income-producing activity of the taxpayer is performed in this State or, if the income-producing activity of the taxpayer is performed both within and without this State, if a greater proportion of the income-producing activity of the taxpayer is performed within this State than in any other state, based on performance costs. Sales of intangible personal property are in this State if the purchaser realizes benefit from the property in this State. If the purchaser realizes benefit from the property both within and without this State, the gross receipts from the sale shall be divided among those states in which the taxpayer is taxable in proportion to the benefit in each state. If the proportionate benefit in this State cannot be determined, the sale shall be excluded from both the numerator and the denominator of the sales factor.

(iv) Sales of services are in this State if the services are received in this State. For the purposes of this section, gross receipts from the performance of services provided to a corporation, partnership, or trust may only be attributed to a state where that corporation, partnership, or trust has a fixed place of business. If the state where the services are received is not readily determinable or is a state where the corporation, partnership, or trust receiving the service does not have a fixed place of business, the services shall be deemed to be received at the location of the office of the customer from which the services were ordered in the regular course of the customer's trade or business. If the ordering office cannot be determined, the services shall be deemed to be received at the office of the customer to which the services are billed. If the taxpayer is not taxable in the state in which the services are received, the sale must be excluded from both the numerator and the denominator of the sales factor. the benefit of the service is realized in this State. If the benefit of the service is realized both within and without this State, the gross receipts from the sale shall be divided among those states in which the taxpayer is taxable in proportion to the benefit of service realized in each state. If the proportionate benefit in this State cannot be determined, the sale shall be excluded from both the numerator and the denominator of the sales factor. The Department shall may adopt rules prescribing where the benefit of specific types of service are received, including, but not limited to, telecommunications, broadcast, cable, advertising, publishing, and utility service, is realized.

(D) For taxable years ending on or after December 31, 1995, the following items of income shall not be included in the numerator or denominator of the sales factor: dividends; amounts included under Section 78 of the Internal Revenue Code; and Subpart F income as defined in Section 952 of the Internal Revenue Code. No inference shall be drawn from the enactment of this paragraph (D) in construing this Section for taxable years ending before December 31, 1995.

(E) Paragraphs (B-1) and (B-2) shall apply to tax years ending on or after December 31, 1999, provided that a taxpayer may elect to apply the provisions of these paragraphs to prior tax years. Such election shall be made in the form and manner prescribed by the Department, shall be irrevocable, and shall apply to all tax years; provided that, if a taxpayer's Illinois income tax liability for any tax year, as assessed under Section 903 prior to January 1, 1999, was computed in a manner contrary to the provisions of paragraphs (B-1) or (B-2), no refund shall be payable to the taxpayer for that tax year to the extent such refund is the result of applying the provisions of paragraph (B-1) or (B-2) retroactively. In the case of a unitary business group, such election shall apply to all members of such group for every tax year such group is in existence, but shall not apply to any taxpayer for any period during which that taxpayer is not a member of such group.

(b) Insurance companies.

(1) In general. Except as otherwise provided by paragraph (2), business income of an insurance company for a taxable year shall be apportioned to this State by multiplying such income by a fraction, the numerator of which is the direct premiums written for insurance upon property or risk in this State, and the denominator of which is the direct premiums written for insurance upon property or risk everywhere. For purposes of this subsection, the term "direct premiums written" means the total amount of direct premiums written, assessments and annuity considerations as reported for the taxable year on the annual statement filed by the company with the Illinois Director of Insurance in the form approved by the National Convention of Insurance Commissioners or such other form as may be prescribed in lieu thereof.

(2) Reinsurance. If the principal source of premiums written by an insurance company consists of premiums for reinsurance accepted by it, the business income of such company shall be apportioned to this State by multiplying such income by a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of (i) direct premiums written for insurance upon property or risk in this State, plus (ii) premiums written for reinsurance accepted in respect of property or risk in this State, and the denominator of which is the sum of (iii) direct premiums written for insurance upon property or risk everywhere, plus (iv) premiums written for reinsurance accepted in respect of property or risk everywhere. For taxable years ending before December 31, 2008, for purposes of this paragraph, premiums written for reinsurance accepted in respect of property or risk in this State, whether or not otherwise determinable, may, at the election of the company, be determined on the basis of the proportion which premiums written for reinsurance accepted from companies commercially domiciled in Illinois bears to premiums written for reinsurance accepted from all sources, or, alternatively, in the proportion which the sum of the direct premiums written for insurance upon property or risk in this State by each ceding company from which reinsurance is accepted bears to the sum of the total direct premiums written by each such ceding company for the taxable year.

(c) Financial organizations.

(1) In general. For taxable years ending before December 31, 2008, business income of a financial organization shall be apportioned to this State by multiplying such income by a fraction, the numerator of which is its business income from sources within this State, and the denominator of which is its business income from all sources. For the purposes of this subsection, the business income of a financial organization from sources within this State is the sum of the amounts referred to in subparagraphs (A) through (E) following, but excluding the adjusted income of an international banking facility as determined in paragraph (2):

(A) Fees, commissions or other compensation for financial services rendered within this State;

(B) Gross profits from trading in stocks, bonds or other securities managed within this State;

(C) Dividends, and interest from Illinois customers, which are received within this State;

(D) Interest charged to customers at places of business maintained within this State for carrying debit balances of margin accounts, without deduction of any costs incurred in carrying such accounts; and

(E) Any other gross income resulting from the operation as a financial organization within this State. In computing the amounts referred to in paragraphs (A) through (E) of this subsection, any amount received by a member of an affiliated group (determined under Section 1504(a) of the Internal Revenue Code but without reference to whether any such corporation is an "includible corporation" under Section 1504(b) of the Internal Revenue Code) from another member of such group shall be included only to the extent such amount exceeds expenses of the recipient directly related thereto.

(2) International Banking Facility. For taxable years ending before December 31, 2008:

(A) Adjusted Income. The adjusted income of an international banking facility is its income reduced by the amount of the floor amount.

(B) Floor Amount. The floor amount shall be the amount, if any, determined by multiplying the income of the international banking facility by a fraction, not greater than one, which is determined as follows:

(i) The numerator shall be:

The average aggregate, determined on a quarterly basis, of the financial organization's loans to banks in foreign countries, to foreign domiciled borrowers (except where secured primarily by real estate) and to foreign governments and other foreign official institutions, as reported for its branches, agencies and offices within the state on its "Consolidated Report of Condition", Schedule A, Lines 2.c., 5.b., and 7.a., which was filed with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and other regulatory authorities, for the year 1980, minus

The average aggregate, determined on a quarterly basis, of such loans (other than loans of an international banking facility), as reported by the financial institution for its branches, agencies and offices within the state, on the corresponding Schedule and lines of the Consolidated Report of Condition for the current taxable year, provided, however, that in no case shall the amount determined in this clause (the subtrahend) exceed the amount determined in the preceding clause (the minuend); and

(ii) the denominator shall be the average aggregate, determined on a quarterly basis, of the international banking facility's loans to banks in foreign countries, to foreign domiciled borrowers (except where secured primarily by real estate) and to foreign governments and other foreign official institutions, which were recorded in its financial accounts for the current taxable year.

(C) Change to Consolidated Report of Condition and in Qualification. In the event the Consolidated Report of Condition which is filed with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and other regulatory authorities is altered so that the information required for determining the floor amount is not found on Schedule A, lines 2.c., 5.b. and 7.a., the financial institution shall notify the Department and the Department may, by regulations or otherwise, prescribe or authorize the use of an alternative source for such information. The financial institution shall also notify the Department should its international banking facility fail to qualify as such, in whole or in part, or should there be any amendment or change to the Consolidated Report of Condition, as originally filed, to the extent such amendment or change alters the information used in determining the floor amount.

(3) For taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2008, the business income of a financial organization shall be apportioned to this State by multiplying such income by a fraction, the numerator of which is its gross receipts from sources in this State or otherwise attributable to this State's marketplace and the denominator of which is its gross receipts everywhere during the taxable year. "Gross receipts" for purposes of this subparagraph (3) means gross income, including net taxable gain on disposition of assets, including securities and money market instruments, when derived from transactions and activities in the regular course of the financial organization's trade or business. If a person derives business income from activities in addition to the provision of financial services, this subparagraph (3) shall apply only to its business income from financial services, and its other business income shall be apportioned to this State under the applicable provisions of this Section. The following examples are illustrative:

(i) Receipts from the lease or rental of real or tangible personal property are in this State if the property is located in this State during the rental period. Receipts from the lease or rental of tangible personal property that is characteristically moving property, including, but not limited to, motor vehicles, rolling stock, aircraft, vessels, or mobile equipment are from sources in this State to the extent that the property is used in this State.

(ii) Interest income, commissions, fees, gains on disposition, and other receipts from assets in the nature of loans that are secured primarily by real estate or tangible personal property are from sources in this State if the security is located in this State.

(iii) Interest income, commissions, fees, gains on disposition, and other receipts from consumer loans that are not secured by real or tangible personal property are from sources in this State if the debtor is a resident of this State.

(iv) Interest income, commissions, fees, gains on disposition, and other receipts from commercial loans and installment obligations that are not secured by real or tangible personal property are from sources in this State if the proceeds of the loan are to be applied in this State. If it cannot be determined where the funds are to be applied, the income and receipts are from sources in this State if the office of the borrower from which the loan was negotiated in the regular course of business is located in this State. If the location of this office cannot be determined, the income and receipts shall be excluded from the numerator and denominator of the sales factor.

(v) Interest income, fees, gains on disposition, service charges, merchant discount income, and other receipts from credit card receivables are from sources in this State if the card charges are regularly billed to a customer in this State.

(vi) Receipts from the performance of services, including, but not limited to, fiduciary, advisory, and brokerage services, are in this State if the services are received in this State within the meaning of subparagraph (a)(3)(C-5)(iv) of this Section. the benefit of the service is realized in this State. If the benefit of the service is realized both within and without this State, the gross receipts from the sale shall be divided among those states in which the taxpayer is taxable in proportion to the benefit of service realized in each state. If the proportionate benefit in this State cannot be determined, the sale shall be excluded from both the numerator and the denominator of the gross receipts factor.

(vii) Receipts from the issuance of travelers checks and money orders are from sources in this State if the checks and money orders are issued from a location within this State.

(viii) Receipts from investment assets and activities and trading assets and activities are included in the receipts factor as follows:

(1) Interest, dividends, net gains (but not less than zero) and other income from investment assets and activities from trading assets and activities shall be included in the receipts factor. Investment assets and activities and trading assets and activities include but are not limited to: investment securities; trading account assets; federal funds; securities purchased and sold under agreements to resell or repurchase; options; futures contracts; forward contracts; notional principal contracts such as swaps; equities; and foreign currency transactions. With respect to the investment and trading assets and activities described in subparagraphs (A) and (B) of this paragraph, the receipts factor shall include the amounts described in such subparagraphs.

(A) The receipts factor shall include the amount by which interest from federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements exceeds interest expense on federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements.

(B) The receipts factor shall include the amount by which interest, dividends, gains and other income from trading assets and activities, including but not limited to assets and activities in the matched book, in the arbitrage book, and foreign currency transactions, exceed amounts paid in lieu of interest, amounts paid in lieu of dividends, and losses from such assets and activities.

(2) The numerator of the receipts factor includes interest, dividends, net gains (but not less than zero), and other income from investment assets and activities and from trading assets and activities described in paragraph (1) of this subsection that are attributable to this State.

(A) The amount of interest, dividends, net gains (but not less than zero), and other income from investment assets and activities in the investment account to be attributed to this State and included in the numerator is determined by multiplying all such income from such assets and activities by a fraction, the numerator of which is the gross income from such assets and activities which are properly assigned to a fixed place of business of the taxpayer within this State and the denominator of which is the gross income from all such assets and activities.

(B) The amount of interest from federal funds sold and purchased and from securities purchased under resale agreements and securities sold under repurchase agreements attributable to this State and included in the numerator is determined by multiplying the amount described in subparagraph (A) of paragraph (1) of this subsection from such funds and such securities by a fraction, the numerator of which is the gross income from such funds and such securities which are properly assigned to a fixed place of business of the taxpayer within this State and the denominator of which is the gross income from all such funds and such securities.

(C) The amount of interest, dividends, gains, and other income from trading assets and activities, including but not limited to assets and activities in the matched book, in the arbitrage book and foreign currency transactions (but excluding amounts described in subparagraphs (A) or (B) of this paragraph), attributable to this State and included in the numerator is determined by multiplying the amount described in subparagraph (B) of paragraph (1) of this subsection by a fraction, the numerator of which is the gross income from such trading assets and activities which are properly assigned to a fixed place of business of the taxpayer within this State and the denominator of which is the gross income from all such assets and activities.

(D) Properly assigned, for purposes of this paragraph (2) of this subsection, means the investment or trading asset or activity is assigned to the fixed place of business with which it has a preponderance of substantive contacts. An investment or trading asset or activity assigned by the taxpayer to a fixed place of business without the State shall be presumed to have been properly assigned if:

(i) the taxpayer has assigned, in the regular course of its business, such asset or activity on its records to a fixed place of business consistent with federal or state regulatory requirements;

(ii) such assignment on its records is based upon substantive contacts of the asset or activity to such fixed place of business; and

(iii) the taxpayer uses such records reflecting assignment of such assets or activities for the filing of all state and local tax returns for which an assignment of such assets or activities to a fixed place of business is required.

(E) The presumption of proper assignment of an investment or trading asset or activity provided in subparagraph (D) of paragraph (2) of this subsection may be rebutted upon a showing by the Department, supported by a preponderance of the evidence, that the preponderance of substantive contacts regarding such asset or activity did not occur at the fixed place of business to which it was assigned on the taxpayer's records. If the fixed place of business that has a preponderance of substantive contacts cannot be determined for an investment or trading asset or activity to which the presumption in subparagraph (D) of paragraph (2) of this subsection does not apply or with respect to which that presumption has been rebutted, that asset or activity is properly assigned to the state in which the taxpayer's commercial domicile is located. For purposes of this subparagraph (E), it shall be presumed, subject to rebuttal, that taxpayer's commercial domicile is in the state of the United States or the District of Columbia to which the greatest number of employees are regularly connected with the management of the investment or trading income or out of which they are working, irrespective of where the services of such employees are performed, as of the last day of the taxable year. In the case of a financial organization that accepts deposits, receipts from investments and from money market instruments are apportioned to this State based on the ratio that the total deposits of the financial organization (including all members of the financial organization's unitary group) from this State, its residents, (including businesses with an office or other place of business in this State), and its political subdivisions, agencies, and instrumentalities bear to total deposits everywhere. For purposes of this subdivision, deposits must be attributed to this State under the preceding sentence, whether or not the deposits are accepted or maintained by the financial organization at locations within this State. In the case of a financial organization that does not accept deposits, receipts from investments in securities and from money market instruments shall be excluded from the numerator and the denominator of the gross receipts factor.

(4) (Blank). As used in subparagraph (3), "deposit" includes but is not limited to:

(i) the unpaid balance of money or its equivalent received or held by a financial institution in the usual course of business and for which it has given or is obligated to give credit, either conditionally or unconditionally, to a commercial, checking, savings, time, or thrift account whether or not advance notice is required to withdraw the credited funds, or which is evidenced by its certificate of deposit, thrift certificate, investment certificate, or certificate of indebtedness, or other similar name, or a check or draft drawn against a deposit account and certified by the financial organization, or a letter of credit or a traveler's check on which the financial organization is primarily liable. However, without limiting the generality of the term "money or its equivalent", any such account or instrument must be regarded as evidencing the receipt of the equivalent of money when credited or issued in exchange for checks or drafts or for a promissory note upon which the person obtaining the credit or instrument is primarily or secondarily liable, or for a charge against a deposit account, or in settlement of checks, drafts, or other instruments forwarded to the bank for collection;

(ii) trust funds received or held by the financial organization, whether held in the trust department or held or deposited in any other department of the financial organization;

(iii) money received or held by a financial organization, or the credit given for money or its equivalent received or held by a financial organization, in the usual course of business for a special or specific purpose, regardless of the legal relationship so established. Under this paragraph, "deposit" includes, but is not limited to, escrow funds, funds held as security for an obligation due to the financial organization or others, including funds held as dealers reserves, or for securities loaned by the financial organization, funds deposited by a debtor to meet maturing obligations, funds deposited as advance payment on subscriptions to United States government securities, funds held for distribution or purchase of securities, funds held to meet its acceptances or letters of credit, and withheld taxes. It does not include funds received by the financial organization for immediate application to the reduction of an indebtedness to the receiving financial organization, or under condition that the receipt of the funds immediately reduces or extinguishes the indebtedness;

(iv) outstanding drafts, including advice of another financial organization, cashier's checks, money orders, or other officer's checks issued in the usual course of business for any purpose, but not including those issued in payment for services, dividends, or purchases or other costs or expenses of the financial organization itself; and

(v) money or its equivalent held as a credit balance by a financial organization on behalf of its customer if the entity is engaged in soliciting and holding such balances in the regular course of its business.

(5) (Blank). As used in subparagraph (3), "money market instruments" includes but is not limited to:

(i) Interest-bearing deposits, federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell, commercial paper, banker's acceptances, and purchased certificates of deposit and similar instruments to the extent that the instruments are reflected as assets under generally accepted accounting principles.

"Securities" means corporate stock, bonds, and other securities (including, for purposes of taxation of gains on securities and for purchases under agreements to resell, United States Treasury securities, obligations of United States government agencies and corporations, obligations of state and political subdivisions, the interest on which is exempt from Illinois income tax), participations in securities backed by mortgages held by United States or state government agencies, loan-backed securities, and similar investments to the extent the investments are reflected as assets under generally accepted accounting principles.

(ii) For purposes of subparagraph (3), "money market instruments" shall include investments in investment partnerships, trusts, pools, funds, investment companies, or any similar entity in proportion to the investment of the entity in money market instruments, and "securities" shall include investments in investment partnerships, trusts, pools, funds, investment companies, or any similar entity in proportion to the investment of the entity in securities.

(d) Transportation services. For taxable years ending before December 31, 2008, business income derived from furnishing transportation services shall be apportioned to this State in accordance with paragraphs (1) and (2):

(1) Such business income (other than that derived from transportation by pipeline) shall be apportioned to this State by multiplying such income by a fraction, the numerator of which is the revenue miles of the person in this State, and the denominator of which is the revenue miles of the person everywhere. For purposes of this paragraph, a revenue mile is the transportation of 1 passenger or 1 net ton of freight the distance of 1 mile for a consideration. Where a person is engaged in the transportation of both passengers and freight, the fraction above referred to shall be determined by means of an average of the passenger revenue mile fraction and the freight revenue mile fraction, weighted to reflect the person's

(A) relative railway operating income from total passenger and total freight service, as reported to the Interstate Commerce Commission, in the case of transportation by railroad, and

(B) relative gross receipts from passenger and freight transportation, in case of transportation other than by railroad.

(2) Such business income derived from transportation by pipeline shall be apportioned to this State by multiplying such income by a fraction, the numerator of which is the revenue miles of the person in this State, and the denominator of which is the revenue miles of the person everywhere. For the purposes of this paragraph, a revenue mile is the transportation by pipeline of 1 barrel of oil, 1,000 cubic feet of gas, or of any specified quantity of any other substance, the distance of 1 mile for a consideration.

(3) For taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2008, business income derived from providing transportation services other than airline services shall be apportioned to this State by using a fraction, (a) the numerator of which shall be (i) all receipts from any movement or shipment of people, goods, mail, oil, gas, or any other substance (other than by airline) that both originates and terminates in this State, plus (ii) that portion of the person's gross receipts from movements or shipments of people, goods, mail, oil, gas, or any other substance (other than by airline) that originates in one state or jurisdiction and terminates in another state or jurisdiction passing through, into, or out of this State, that is determined by the ratio that the miles traveled in this State bears to total miles everywhere from point of origin to point of destination and (b) the denominator of which shall be all revenue derived from the movement or shipment of people, goods, mail, oil, gas, or any other substance (other than by airline). Where a taxpayer is engaged in the transportation of both passengers and freight, the fraction above referred to shall first be determined separately for passenger miles and freight miles. Then an average of the passenger miles fraction and the freight miles fraction shall be weighted to reflect the taxpayer's:

(A) relative railway operating income from total passenger and total freight service, as reported to the Surface Transportation Board, in the case of transportation by railroad; and

(B) relative gross receipts from passenger and freight transportation, in case of transportation other than by railroad. If a person derives business income from activities in addition to the provision of transportation services (other than by airline), this subsection shall apply only to its business income from transportation services and its other business income shall be apportioned to this State according to the applicable provisions of this Section.

(4) For taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2008, business income derived from furnishing airline transportation services shall be apportioned to this State by multiplying such income by a fraction, the numerator of which is the revenue miles of the person in this State, and the denominator of which is the revenue miles of the person everywhere. For purposes of this paragraph, a revenue mile is the transportation of one passenger or one net ton of freight the distance of one mile for a consideration. If a person is engaged in the transportation of both passengers and freight, the fraction above referred to shall be determined by means of an average of the passenger revenue mile fraction and the freight revenue mile fraction, weighted to reflect the person's relative gross receipts from passenger and freight airline transportation. For taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2008, business income derived from providing airline services shall be apportioned to this State by using a fraction, (a) the numerator of which shall be arrivals of aircraft to and departures from this State weighted as to cost of aircraft by type and (b) the denominator of which shall be total arrivals and departures of aircraft weighted as to cost of aircraft by type. If a person derives business income from activities in addition to the provision of airline services, this subsection shall apply only to its business income from airline services and its other business income shall be apportioned to this State under the applicable provisions of this Section.

(e) Combined apportionment. Where 2 or more persons are engaged in a unitary business as described in subsection (a)(27) of Section 1501, a part of which is conducted in this State by one or more members of the group, the business income attributable to this State by any such member or members shall be apportioned by means of the combined apportionment method.

(f) Alternative allocation. If the allocation and apportionment provisions of subsections (a) through (e) and of subsection (h) do not fairly represent the extent of a person's business activity in this State, the person may petition for, or the Director may, without a petition, permit or require, in respect of all or any part of the person's business activity, if reasonable:

(1) Separate accounting;

(2) The exclusion of any one or more factors;

(3) The inclusion of one or more additional factors which will fairly represent the person's business activities in this State; or

(4) The employment of any other method to effectuate an equitable allocation and apportionment of the person's business income.

(g) Cross reference. For allocation of business income by residents, see Section 301(a).

(h) For tax years ending on or after December 31, 1998, the apportionment factor of persons who apportion their business income to this State under subsection (a) shall be equal to:

(1) for tax years ending on or after December 31, 1998 and before December 31, 1999, 16 2/3% of the property factor plus 16 2/3% of the payroll factor plus 66 2/3% of the sales factor;

(2) for tax years ending on or after December 31, 1999 and before December 31, 2000, 8 1/3% of the property factor plus 8 1/3% of the payroll factor plus 83 1/3% of the sales factor;

(3) for tax years ending on or after December 31, 2000, the sales factor.

If, in any tax year ending on or after December 31, 1998 and before December 31, 2000, the denominator of the payroll, property, or sales factor is zero, the apportionment factor computed in paragraph (1) or (2) of this subsection for that year shall be divided by an amount equal to 100% minus the percentage weight given to each factor whose denominator is equal to zero.

(Source: P.A. 94-247, eff. 1-1-06; 95-233, eff. 8-16-07.)

(35 ILCS 5/704A)

Sec. 704A. Employer's return and payment of tax withheld.

(a) In general, every employer who deducts and withholds or is required to deduct and withhold tax under this Act on or after January 1, 2008 shall make those payments and returns as provided in this Section.

(b) Returns. Every employer shall, in the form and manner required by the Department, make returns with respect to taxes withheld or required to be withheld under this Article 7 for each quarter beginning on or after January 1, 2008, on or before the last day of the first month following the close of that quarter.

(c) Payments. With respect to amounts withheld or required to be withheld on or after January 1, 2008:

(1) Semi-weekly payments. For each calendar year, each employer who withheld or was required to withhold more than $12,000 during the one-year period ending on June 30 of the immediately preceding calendar year, payment must be made:

(A) on or before each Friday of the calendar year, for taxes withheld or required to be withheld on the immediately preceding Saturday, Sunday, Monday, or Tuesday;

(B) on or before each Wednesday of the calendar year, for taxes withheld or required to be withheld on the immediately preceding Wednesday, Thursday, or Friday.

(2) Semi-weekly payments. Any employer who withholds or is required to withhold more than $12,000 in any quarter of a calendar year is required to make payments on the dates set forth under item (1) of this subsection (c) for each remaining quarter of that calendar year and for the subsequent calendar year.

(3) Monthly payments. Each employer, other than an employer described in items (1) or (2) of this subsection, shall pay to the Department, on or before the 15th day of each month the taxes withheld or required to be withheld during the immediately preceding month.

(4) Payments with returns. Each employer shall pay to the Department, on or before the due date for each return required to be filed under this Section, any tax withheld or required to be withheld during the period for which the return is due and not previously paid to the Department.

(d) Regulatory authority. The Department may, by rule:

(1) If the aggregate amounts required to be withheld under this Article 7 do not exceed $1,000 for the calendar year, permit employers, in lieu of the requirements of subsections (b) and (c), to file annual returns due on or before January 31 of the following year for taxes withheld or required to be withheld during that calendar year and to pay the taxes required to be shown on each such return no later than the due date for such return.

(2) Provide that any payment required to be made under subsection (c)(1) or (c)(2) is deemed to be timely to the extent paid by electronic funds transfer on or before the due date for deposit of federal income taxes withheld from, or federal employment taxes due with respect to, the wages from which the Illinois taxes were withheld.

(3) Designate one or more depositories to which payment of taxes required to be withheld under this Article 7 must be paid by some or all employers.

(4) Increase the threshold dollar amounts at which employers are required to make semi-weekly payments under subsection (c)(1) or (c)(2).

(e) Annual return and payment. Every employer who deducts and withholds or is required to deduct and withhold tax from a person engaged in domestic service employment, as that term is defined in Section 3510 of the Internal Revenue Code, may comply with the requirements of this Section with respect to such employees by filing an annual return and paying the taxes required to be deducted and withheld on or before the 15th day of the fourth month following the close of the employer's taxable year. The Department may allow the employer's return to be submitted with the employer's individual income tax return or to be submitted with a return due from the employer under Section 1400.2 of the Unemployment Insurance Act.

(f) Magnetic media and electronic filing. Any W-2 Form that, under the Internal Revenue Code and regulations promulgated thereunder, is required to be submitted to the Internal Revenue Service on magnetic media or electronically must also be submitted to the Department on magnetic media or electronically for Illinois purposes, if required by the Department.

(Source: P.A. 95-8, eff. 6-29-07.)

(35 ILCS 5/709.5)

Sec. 709.5. Withholding by partnerships, Subchapter S corporations, and trusts.

(a) In general. For each taxable year ending on or after December 31, 2008, every partnership (other than a publicly traded partnership under Section 7704 of the Internal Revenue Code or investment partnership), Subchapter S corporation, and trust must withhold from each nonresident partner, shareholder, or beneficiary (other than a partner, shareholder, or beneficiary who is exempt from tax under Section 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code or under Section 205 of this Act or who is included on a composite return filed by the partnership or Subchapter S corporation for the taxable year under subsection (f) of Section 502 of this Act) an amount equal to the distributable share of the business income of the partnership, Subchapter S corporation, or trust apportionable to Illinois of that partner, shareholder, or beneficiary under Sections 702 and 704 and Subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code, whether or not distributed, multiplied by the applicable rates of tax for that partner or shareholder under subsections (a) through (d) of Section 201 of this Act.

(b) Credit for taxes withheld. Any amount withheld under subsection (a) of this Section and paid to the Department shall be treated as a payment of the estimated tax liability or of the liability for withholding under this Section of the partner, shareholder, or beneficiary to whom the income is distributable for the taxable year in which that person incurred a liability under this Act with respect to that income. The Department shall adopt rules pursuant to which a partner, shareholder, or beneficiary may claim a credit against its obligation for withholding under this Section for amounts withheld under this Section with respect to income distributable to it by a partnership, Subchapter S corporation, or trust and allowing its partners, shareholders, or beneficiaries to claim a credit under this subsection (b) for those withheld amounts.

(c) Exemption from withholding.

(1) A partnership, Subchapter S corporation, or trust shall not be required to withhold tax under subsection (a) of this Section with respect to any nonresident partner, shareholder, or beneficiary (other than an individual) from whom the partnership, S corporation, or trust has received a certificate, completed in the form and manner prescribed by the Department, stating that such nonresident partner, shareholder, or beneficiary shall:

(A) file all returns that the partner, shareholder, or beneficiary is required to file under Section 502 of this Act and make timely payment of all taxes imposed under Section 201 of this Act or under this Section on the partner, shareholder, or beneficiary with respect to income of the partnership, S corporation, or trust; and

(B) be subject to personal jurisdiction in this State for purposes of the collection of income taxes, together with related interest and penalties, imposed on the partner, shareholder, or beneficiary with respect to the income of the partnership, S corporation, or trust.

(2) The Department may revoke the exemption provided by this subsection (c) at any time that it determines that the nonresident partner, shareholder, or beneficiary is not abiding by the terms of the certificate. The Department shall notify the partnership, S corporation, or trust that it has revoked a certificate by notice left at the usual place of business of the partnership, S corporation, or trust or by mail to the last known address of the partnership, S corporation, or trust.

(3) A partnership, S corporation, or trust that receives a certificate under this subsection (c) properly completed by a nonresident partner, shareholder, or beneficiary shall not be required to withhold any amount from that partner, shareholder, or beneficiary, the payment of which would be due under Section 711(a-5) of this Act after the receipt of the certificate and no earlier than 60 days after the Department has notified the partnership, S corporation, or trust that the certificate has been revoked.

(4) Certificates received by a the partnership, S corporation, or trust under this subsection (c) must be retained by the partnership, S corporation, or trust and a record of such certificates must be provided to the Department, in a format in which the record is available for review by the Department, upon request by the Department. The Department may, by rule, require the record of certificates to be maintained and provided to the Department electronically.

(Source: P.A. 95-233, eff. 8-16-07.)

(35 ILCS 5/901) (from Ch. 120, par. 9-901)

Sec. 901. Collection Authority.

(a) In general.

The Department shall collect the taxes imposed by this Act. The Department shall collect certified past due child support amounts under Section 2505-650 of the Department of Revenue Law (20 ILCS 2505/2505-650). Except as provided in subsections (c) and (e) of this Section, money collected pursuant to subsections (a) and (b) of Section 201 of this Act shall be paid into the General Revenue Fund in the State treasury; money collected pursuant to subsections (c) and (d) of Section 201 of this Act shall be paid into the Personal Property Tax Replacement Fund, a special fund in the State Treasury; and money collected under Section 2505-650 of the Department of Revenue Law (20 ILCS 2505/2505-650) shall be paid into the Child Support Enforcement Trust Fund, a special fund outside the State Treasury, or to the State Disbursement Unit established under Section 10-26 of the Illinois Public Aid Code, as directed by the Department of Healthcare and Family Services.

(b) Local Governmental Distributive Fund.

Beginning August 1, 1969, and continuing through June 30, 1994, the Treasurer shall transfer each month from the General Revenue Fund to a special fund in the State treasury, to be known as the "Local Government Distributive Fund", an amount equal to 1/12 of the net revenue realized from the tax imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of Section 201 of this Act during the preceding month. Beginning July 1, 1994, and continuing through June 30, 1995, the Treasurer shall transfer each month from the General Revenue Fund to the Local Government Distributive Fund an amount equal to 1/11 of the net revenue realized from the tax imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of Section 201 of this Act during the preceding month. Beginning July 1, 1995, the Treasurer shall transfer each month from the General Revenue Fund to the Local Government Distributive Fund an amount equal to the net of (i) 1/10 of the net revenue realized from the tax imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of Section 201 of the Illinois Income Tax Act during the preceding month (ii) minus, beginning July 1, 2003 and ending June 30, 2004, $6,666,666, and beginning July 1, 2004, zero. Net revenue realized for a month shall be defined as the revenue from the tax imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of Section 201 of this Act which is deposited in the General Revenue Fund, the Educational Assistance Fund and the Income Tax Surcharge Local Government Distributive Fund during the month minus the amount paid out of the General Revenue Fund in State warrants during that same month as refunds to taxpayers for overpayment of liability under the tax imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of Section 201 of this Act.

(c) Deposits Into Income Tax Refund Fund.

(1) Beginning on January 1, 1989 and thereafter, the Department shall deposit a percentage of the amounts collected pursuant to subsections (a) and (b)(1), (2), and (3), of Section 201 of this Act into a fund in the State treasury known as the Income Tax Refund Fund. The Department shall deposit 6% of such amounts during the period beginning January 1, 1989 and ending on June 30, 1989. Beginning with State fiscal year 1990 and for each fiscal year thereafter, the percentage deposited into the Income Tax Refund Fund during a fiscal year shall be the Annual Percentage. For fiscal years 1999 through 2001, the Annual Percentage shall be 7.1%. For fiscal year 2003, the Annual Percentage shall be 8%. For fiscal year 2004, the Annual Percentage shall be 11.7%. Upon the effective date of this amendatory Act of the 93rd General Assembly, the Annual Percentage shall be 10% for fiscal year 2005. For fiscal year 2006, the Annual Percentage shall be 9.75%. For fiscal year 2007, the Annual Percentage shall be 9.75%. For fiscal year 2008, the Annual Percentage shall be 7.75%. For all other fiscal years, the Annual Percentage shall be calculated as a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the amount of refunds approved for payment by the Department during the preceding fiscal year as a result of overpayment of tax liability under subsections (a) and (b)(1), (2), and (3) of Section 201 of this Act plus the amount of such refunds remaining approved but unpaid at the end of the preceding fiscal year, minus the amounts transferred into the Income Tax Refund Fund from the Tobacco Settlement Recovery Fund, and the denominator of which shall be the amounts which will be collected pursuant to subsections (a) and (b)(1), (2), and (3) of Section 201 of this Act during the preceding fiscal year; except that in State fiscal year 2002, the Annual Percentage shall in no event exceed 7.6%. The Director of Revenue shall certify the Annual Percentage to the Comptroller on the last business day of the fiscal year immediately preceding the fiscal year for which it is to be effective.

(2) Beginning on January 1, 1989 and thereafter, the Department shall deposit a percentage of the amounts collected pursuant to subsections (a) and (b)(6), (7), and (8), (c) and (d) of Section 201 of this Act into a fund in the State treasury known as the Income Tax Refund Fund. The Department shall deposit 18% of such amounts during the period beginning January 1, 1989 and ending on June 30, 1989. Beginning with State fiscal year 1990 and for each fiscal year thereafter, the percentage deposited into the Income Tax Refund Fund during a fiscal year shall be the Annual Percentage. For fiscal years 1999, 2000, and 2001, the Annual Percentage shall be 19%. For fiscal year 2003, the Annual Percentage shall be 27%. For fiscal year 2004, the Annual Percentage shall be 32%. Upon the effective date of this amendatory Act of the 93rd General Assembly, the Annual Percentage shall be 24% for fiscal year 2005. For fiscal year 2006, the Annual Percentage shall be 20%. For fiscal year 2007, the Annual Percentage shall be 17.5%. For fiscal year 2008, the Annual Percentage shall be 15.5%. For all other fiscal years, the Annual Percentage shall be calculated as a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the amount of refunds approved for payment by the Department during the preceding fiscal year as a result of overpayment of tax liability under subsections (a) and (b)(6), (7), and (8), (c) and (d) of Section 201 of this Act plus the amount of such refunds remaining approved but unpaid at the end of the preceding fiscal year, and the denominator of which shall be the amounts which will be collected pursuant to subsections (a) and (b)(6), (7), and (8), (c) and (d) of Section 201 of this Act during the preceding fiscal year; except that in State fiscal year 2002, the Annual Percentage shall in no event exceed 23%. The Director of Revenue shall certify the Annual Percentage to the Comptroller on the last business day of the fiscal year immediately preceding the fiscal year for which it is to be effective.

(3) The Comptroller shall order transferred and the Treasurer shall transfer from the Tobacco Settlement Recovery Fund to the Income Tax Refund Fund (i) $35,000,000 in January, 2001, (ii) $35,000,000 in January, 2002, and (iii) $35,000,000 in January, 2003.

(d) Expenditures from Income Tax Refund Fund.

(1) Beginning January 1, 1989, money in the Income Tax Refund Fund shall be expended exclusively for the purpose of paying refunds resulting from overpayment of tax liability under Section 201 of this Act, for paying rebates under Section 208.1 in the event that the amounts in the Homeowners' Tax Relief Fund are insufficient for that purpose, and for making transfers pursuant to this subsection (d).

(2) The Director shall order payment of refunds resulting from overpayment of tax liability under Section 201 of this Act from the Income Tax Refund Fund only to the extent that amounts collected pursuant to Section 201 of this Act and transfers pursuant to this subsection (d) and item (3) of subsection (c) have been deposited and retained in the Fund.

(3) As soon as possible after the end of each fiscal year, the Director shall order transferred and the State Treasurer and State Comptroller shall transfer from the Income Tax Refund Fund to the Personal Property Tax Replacement Fund an amount, certified by the Director to the Comptroller, equal to the excess of the amount collected pursuant to subsections (c) and (d) of Section 201 of this Act deposited into the Income Tax Refund Fund during the fiscal year over the amount of refunds resulting from overpayment of tax liability under subsections (c) and (d) of Section 201 of this Act paid from the Income Tax Refund Fund during the fiscal year.

(4) As soon as possible after the end of each fiscal year, the Director shall order transferred and the State Treasurer and State Comptroller shall transfer from the Personal Property Tax Replacement Fund to the Income Tax Refund Fund an amount, certified by the Director to the Comptroller, equal to the excess of the amount of refunds resulting from overpayment of tax liability under subsections (c) and (d) of Section 201 of this Act paid from the Income Tax Refund Fund during the fiscal year over the amount collected pursuant to subsections (c) and (d) of Section 201 of this Act deposited into the Income Tax Refund Fund during the fiscal year.

(4.5) As soon as possible after the end of fiscal year 1999 and of each fiscal year thereafter, the Director shall order transferred and the State Treasurer and State Comptroller shall transfer from the Income Tax Refund Fund to the General Revenue Fund any surplus remaining in the Income Tax Refund Fund as of the end of such fiscal year; excluding for fiscal years 2000, 2001, and 2002 amounts attributable to transfers under item (3) of subsection (c) less refunds resulting from the earned income tax credit.

(5) This Act shall constitute an irrevocable and continuing appropriation from the Income Tax Refund Fund for the purpose of paying refunds upon the order of the Director in accordance with the provisions of this Section.

(e) Deposits into the Education Assistance Fund and the Income Tax Surcharge Local Government Distributive Fund.

On July 1, 1991, and thereafter, of the amounts collected pursuant to subsections (a) and (b) of Section 201 of this Act, minus deposits into the Income Tax Refund Fund, the Department shall deposit 7.3% into the Education Assistance Fund in the State Treasury. Beginning July 1, 1991, and continuing through January 31, 1993, of the amounts collected pursuant to subsections (a) and (b) of Section 201 of the Illinois Income Tax Act, minus deposits into the Income Tax Refund Fund, the Department shall deposit 3.0% into the Income Tax Surcharge Local Government Distributive Fund in the State Treasury. Beginning February 1, 1993 and continuing through June 30, 1993, of the amounts collected pursuant to subsections (a) and (b) of Section 201 of the Illinois Income Tax Act, minus deposits into the Income Tax Refund Fund, the Department shall deposit 4.4% into the Income Tax Surcharge Local Government Distributive Fund in the State Treasury. Beginning July 1, 1993, and continuing through June 30, 1994, of the amounts collected under subsections (a) and (b) of Section 201 of this Act, minus deposits into the Income Tax Refund Fund, the Department shall deposit 1.475% into the Income Tax Surcharge Local Government Distributive Fund in the State Treasury.

(Source: P.A. 93-32, eff. 6-20-03; 93-839, eff. 7-30-04; 94-91, eff. 7-1-05; 94-839, eff. 6-6-06.)

(35 ILCS 5/1001) (from Ch. 120, par. 10-1001)

Sec. 1001. Failure to File Tax Returns.

(a) Failure to file tax return. In case of failure to file any tax return required under this Act on the date prescribed therefor, (determined with regard to any extensions of time for filing) there shall be added as a penalty the amount prescribed by Section 3-3 of the Uniform Penalty and Interest Act.

(b) Failure to disclose reportable transaction. Any taxpayer who fails to include on any return or statement any information with respect to a reportable transaction that is required under Section 501(b) of this Act to be included with such return or statement shall pay a penalty in the amount determined under this subsection who fails to comply with the requirements of Section 501(b) of this Act shall pay a penalty in the amount determined under this subsection. Such penalty shall be deemed assessed upon the date of filing of the return for the taxable year in which the taxpayer participates in the reportable transaction. A taxpayer shall not be considered to have complied with the requirements of Section 501(b) of this Act unless the disclosure statement filed with the Department includes all of the information required to be disclosed with respect to a reportable transaction pursuant to Section 6011 of the Internal Revenue Code, the regulations promulgated under that statute, Treasury Regulations Section 1.6011-4 (26 CFR 1.6011-4) and regulations promulgated by the Department under Section 501(b) of this Act.

(1) Amount of penalty. Except as provided in paragraph (2), the amount of the penalty under this subsection shall be $15,000 for each failure to comply with the requirements of Section 501(b).

(2) Increase in penalty for listed transactions. In the case of a failure to comply with the requirements of Section 501(b) with respect to a "listed transaction", the penalty under this subsection shall be $30,000 for each failure.

(3) Authority to rescind penalty. The Department may rescind all or any portion of any penalty imposed by this subsection with respect to any violation, if any of the following apply:

(A) the violation is with respect to a reportable transaction other than a listed transaction, and

(B) rescinding the penalty would promote compliance with the requirements of this Act and effective tax administration.

(A) It is determined that failure to comply did not jeopardize the best interests of the State and is not due to any willful neglect or any intent not to comply;

(B) The person on whom the penalty is imposed has a history of complying with the requirements of this Act;

(C) It is shown that the violation is due to an unintentional mistake of fact;

(D) Imposing the penalty would be against equity and good conscience;

(E) Rescinding the penalty would promote compliance with the requirements of this Act and effective tax administration; or

(F) The taxpayer can show that there was a reasonable cause for the failure to disclose and that the taxpayer acted in good faith.

A determination made under this subparagraph (3) may be reviewed in any administrative or judicial proceeding.

(4) Coordination with other penalties. The penalty imposed by this subsection is in addition to any penalty imposed by this Act or the Uniform Penalty and Interest Act. The doubling of penalties and interest authorized by the Illinois Tax Delinquency Amnesty Act (P.A. 93-26) are not applicable to the reportable penalties under subsection (b).

(c) The total penalty imposed under subsection (b) of this Section with respect to any taxable year shall not exceed 10% of the increase in net income (or reduction in Illinois net loss under Section 207 of this Act) that would result had the taxpayer not participated in any reportable transaction affecting its net income for such taxable year.

(Source: P.A. 93-840, eff. 7-30-04.)

(35 ILCS 5/1007)

Sec. 1007. Failure to register tax shelter or maintain list.

(a) Penalty Imposed. Any person that fails to comply with the requirements of Section 1405.5 or Section 1405.6 shall incur a penalty as provided in subsection (b) this Section. A person shall not be in compliance with the requirements of Section 1405.5 unless and until the required return registration has been filed and that return contains all of the information required to be included by the Secretary under federal law. with such registration under Section 6111 of the Internal Revenue Code or such Section 1405.5. A person shall not be in compliance with the requirements of Section 1405.6 unless, at the time the required list is made available to the Department, such list contains all of the information required to be maintained under Section 6112 of the Internal Revenue Code or such Section 1405.6.

(b) Amount of Penalty. The following penalties apply:

(1) Except as provided in paragraph (2), the penalty imposed under subsection (a) with respect to any failure is $15,000. In the case of each failure to comply with the requirements of subsection (a), subsection (b), or subsection (e) of Section 1405.5, the penalty shall be $15,000.

(2) If the failure is with respect to a listed transaction under subsection (c) of Section 1405.5, the penalty shall be $100,000.

(3) In the case of each failure to comply with the requirements of subsection (a) or subsection (b) of Section 1405.6, the penalty shall be $15,000.

(4) If the failure is with respect to a listed transaction under subsection (c) of Section 1405.6, the penalty shall be $100,000.

(c) Authority to rescind penalty. The Department may rescind all or any portion of any penalty imposed by this subsection with respect to any violation, if

(1) the violation is with respect to a reportable transaction other than a listed transaction, and

(2) rescinding the penalty would promote compliance with the requirements of this Act and effective tax administration. The Director of the Board of Appeals may rescind all or any portion of any penalty imposed by this Section with respect to any violation, if any of the following apply:

(1) It is determined that failure to comply did not jeopardize the best interests of the State and is not due to any willful neglect or any intent not to comply;

(2) The person on whom the penalty is imposed has a history of complying with the requirements of this Act;

(3) It is shown that the violation is due to an unintentional mistake of fact;

(4) Imposing the penalty would be against equity and good conscience;

(5) Rescinding the penalty would promote compliance with the requirements of this Act and effective tax administration; or

(6) The taxpayer can show that there was reasonable cause for the failure to disclose and that the taxpayer acted in good faith.

(d) Coordination with other penalties. The penalty imposed by this Section is in addition to any penalty imposed by this Act or the Uniform Penalty and Interest Act.

(Source: P.A. 93-840, eff. 7-30-04.)

(35 ILCS 5/1405.5)

Sec. 1405.5. Registration of tax shelters.

(a) Federal tax shelter. Any material advisor tax shelter organizer required to make a return register a tax shelter under Section 6111 of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to a reportable transaction shall send a duplicate of the return federal registration information to the Department not later than the day on which the return registration is required to be filed under federal law. Any person required to register under Section 6111 of the Internal Revenue Code who receives a tax registration number from the Secretary of the Treasury shall, within 30 days after request by the Department, file a statement of that registration number.

(b) (Blank). Additional requirements for listed transactions. In addition to the requirements of subsection (a), for any transactions entered into on or after February 28, 2000 that become listed transactions (as defined under Treasury Regulations Section 1.6011-4) at any time, those transactions shall be registered with the Department (in the form and manner prescribed by the Department) by the later of (i) 60 days after entering into the transaction, (ii) 60 days after the transaction becomes a listed transaction, or (iii) December 31, 2004.

(c) Transactions Tax shelters subject to this Section. The provisions of this Section apply to any reportable transaction having a nexus with this State. For returns that must be filed under this Section on or after January 1, 2008, a reportable transaction has nexus with this State if, at the time the transaction is entered into, the transaction has one or more investors that is an Illinois taxpayer. For returns that must be filed under this Section prior to January 1, 2008, a tax shelter has a nexus with this State if it herein described that additionally satisfies any of the following conditions: (1) is organized in this State; (2) is doing business in this State; or (3) is deriving income from sources in this State.

(d) (Blank). Tax shelter identification number. Any person required to file a return under this Act and required to include on the person's federal tax return a tax shelter identification number pursuant to Section 6111 of the Internal Revenue Code shall furnish such number upon filing of the person's Illinois return.

(Source: P.A. 93-840, eff. 7-30-04.)

(35 ILCS 5/1405.6)

Sec. 1405.6. Investor lists.

(a) Federal abusive tax shelter. Any person required to maintain a list under Section 6112 of the Internal Revenue Code and Treasury Regulations Section 301.6112-1 with respect to a potentially abusive tax shelter shall furnish a duplicate of such list to the Department not later than the earlier of the time such list is required to be furnished to the Internal Revenue Service for inspection under Section 6112 of the Internal Revenue Code or the date of written request by the Department under federal income tax law.

The list required under this Section shall include the same information required with respect to a potentially abusive tax shelter under Treasury Regulations Section 301.6112-1 and any other information as the Department may require.

(b) (Blank). Additional requirements for listed transactions. For transactions entered into on or after February 28, 2000 that become listed transactions (as defined under Treasury Regulations Section 1.6011-4) at any time, the list shall be furnished to the Department by the later of (i) 60 days after entering into the transaction, (ii) 60 days after the transaction becomes a listed transaction, or (iii) December 31, 2004.

(c) Transactions subject to this Section. The provisions of this Section apply to any reportable transaction having a nexus with this State. For lists that must be filed with the Department on or after January 1, 2008, a reportable transaction has nexus with this State if, at the time the transaction is entered into, the transaction has one or more investors that is an Illinois taxpayer. For lists that must be filed with the Department prior to January 1, 2008, a reportable transaction has nexus with this State if, at the time the transaction is: (d) Tax Shelters subject to this Section. The provisions of this Section apply to any tax shelter herein described that additionally satisfies any of the following conditions:

(1) Organized in this State;

(2) Doing Business in this State; or

(3) Deriving income from sources in this State.

(Source: P.A. 93-840, eff. 7-30-04.)

(35 ILCS 5/1501) (from Ch. 120, par. 15-1501)

Sec. 1501. Definitions.

(a) In general. When used in this Act, where not otherwise distinctly expressed or manifestly incompatible with the intent thereof:

(1) Business income. The term "business income" means all income that may be treated as apportionable business income under the Constitution of the United States. Business income is net of the deductions allocable thereto. Such term does not include compensation or the deductions allocable thereto. For each taxable year beginning on or after January 1, 2003, a taxpayer may elect to treat all income other than compensation as business income. This election shall be made in accordance with rules adopted by the Department and, once made, shall be irrevocable.

(1.5) Captive real estate investment trust:

(A) The term "captive real estate investment trust" means a corporation, trust, or association:

(i) that is considered a real estate investment trust for the taxable year under Section 856 of the Internal Revenue Code;

(ii) the certificates of beneficial interest or shares of which are that is not regularly traded on an established securities market; and

(iii) of which more than 50% of the voting power or value of the beneficial interest or shares, at any time during the last half of the taxable year, is owned or controlled, directly, or indirectly, or constructively, by a single person entity that is subject to the provisions of Subchapter C of Chapter 1 of the Internal Revenue Code.

(B) The term "captive real estate investment trust" does not include:

(i) a real estate investment trust corporation, trust, or association of which more than 50% of the voting power or value of the beneficial interest or shares is owned or controlled, directly, indirectly, or constructively, at any time during which the corporation, trust, or association satisfies item (A)(iii) of this subsection (1.5), by:

(a) a real estate investment trust, other than a captive real estate investment trust described in item (A) of this subsection;

(b) a person who is exempt from taxation under Section 501 of the Internal Revenue Code, and who is not required to treat income received from the real estate investment trust as unrelated business taxable income under Section 512 of the Internal Revenue Code;

(c) a listed Australian property trust, if no more than 50% of the voting power or value of the beneficial interest or shares of that trust, at any time during the last half of the taxable year, is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by a single person; or

(d) an entity organized as a trust, provided a listed Australian property trust described in subparagraph (c) owns or controls, directly or indirectly, or constructively, 75% or more of the voting power or value of the beneficial interests or shares of such entity; or

(ii) during its first taxable year for which it elects to be treated as a real estate investment trust under Section 856(c)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code, a real estate investment trust the certificates of beneficial interest or shares of which are not regularly traded on an established securities market, but only if the certificates of beneficial interest or shares of the real estate investment trust are regularly traded on an established securities market prior to the earlier of the due date (including extensions) for filing its return under this Act for that first taxable year or the date it actually files that return.

(c) a listed Australian property trust; or

(d) a real estate investment trust that, subject to rules of the Secretary of State, is intended to become regularly traded on an established securities market and that satisfies the requirements of Sections 856(A)(5) and 856(A)(6) of the Internal Revenue Code by reason of Section 856(H)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code.

(C) For the purposes of this subsection (1.5), the constructive ownership rules prescribed under Section 318(a) 318(A) of the Internal Revenue Code, as modified by Section 856(d)(5) 856(D)(5) of the Internal Revenue Code, apply in determining the ownership of stock, assets, or net profits of any person.

(2) Commercial domicile. The term "commercial domicile" means the principal place from which the trade or business of the taxpayer is directed or managed.

(3) Compensation. The term "compensation" means wages, salaries, commissions and any other form of remuneration paid to employees for personal services.

(4) Corporation. The term "corporation" includes associations, joint-stock companies, insurance companies and cooperatives. Any entity, including a limited liability company formed under the Illinois Limited Liability Company Act, shall be treated as a corporation if it is so classified for federal income tax purposes.

(5) Department. The term "Department" means the Department of Revenue of this State.

(6) Director. The term "Director" means the Director of Revenue of this State.

(7) Fiduciary. The term "fiduciary" means a guardian, trustee, executor, administrator, receiver, or any person acting in any fiduciary capacity for any person.

(8) Financial organization.

(A) The term "financial organization" means any bank, bank holding company, trust company, savings bank, industrial bank, land bank, safe deposit company, private banker, savings and loan association, building and loan association, credit union, currency exchange, cooperative bank, small loan company, sales finance company, investment company, or any person which is owned by a bank or bank holding company. For the purpose of this Section a "person" will include only those persons which a bank holding company may acquire and hold an interest in, directly or indirectly, under the provisions of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841, et seq.), except where interests in any person must be disposed of within certain required time limits under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956.

(B) For purposes of subparagraph (A) of this paragraph, the term "bank" includes (i) any entity that is regulated by the Comptroller of the Currency under the National Bank Act, or by the Federal Reserve Board, or by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and (ii) any federally or State chartered bank operating as a credit card bank.

(C) For purposes of subparagraph (A) of this paragraph, the term "sales finance company" has the meaning provided in the following item (i) or (ii):

(i) A person primarily engaged in one or more of the following businesses: the business of purchasing customer receivables, the business of making loans upon the security of customer receivables, the business of making loans for the express purpose of funding purchases of tangible personal property or services by the borrower, or the business of finance leasing. For purposes of this item (i), "customer receivable" means:

(a) a retail installment contract or retail charge agreement within the meaning of the Sales Finance Agency Act, the Retail Installment Sales Act, or the Motor Vehicle Retail Installment Sales Act;

(b) an installment, charge, credit, or similar contract or agreement arising from the sale of tangible personal property or services in a transaction involving a deferred payment price payable in one or more installments subsequent to the sale; or

(c) the outstanding balance of a contract or agreement described in provisions (a) or (b) of this item (i).

A customer receivable need not provide for payment of interest on deferred payments. A sales finance company may purchase a customer receivable from, or make a loan secured by a customer receivable to, the seller in the original transaction or to a person who purchased the customer receivable directly or indirectly from that seller.

(ii) A corporation meeting each of the following criteria:

(a) the corporation must be a member of an "affiliated group" within the meaning of Section 1504(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, determined without regard to Section 1504(b) of the Internal Revenue Code;

(b) more than 50% of the gross income of the corporation for the taxable year must be interest income derived from qualifying loans. A "qualifying loan" is a loan made to a member of the corporation's affiliated group that originates customer receivables (within the meaning of item (i)) or to whom customer receivables originated by a member of the affiliated group have been transferred, to the extent the average outstanding balance of loans from that corporation to members of its affiliated group during the taxable year do not exceed the limitation amount for that corporation. The "limitation amount" for a corporation is the average outstanding balances during the taxable year of customer receivables (within the meaning of item (i)) originated by all members of the affiliated group. If the average outstanding balances of the loans made by a corporation to members of its affiliated group exceed the limitation amount, the interest income of that corporation from qualifying loans shall be equal to its interest income from loans to members of its affiliated groups times a fraction equal to the limitation amount divided by the average outstanding balances of the loans made by that corporation to members of its affiliated group;

(c) the total of all shareholder's equity (including, without limitation, paid-in capital on common and preferred stock and retained earnings) of the corporation plus the total of all of its loans, advances, and other obligations payable or owed to members of its affiliated group may not exceed 20% of the total assets of the corporation at any time during the tax year; and

(d) more than 50% of all interest-bearing obligations of the affiliated group payable to persons outside the group determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles must be obligations of the corporation.

This amendatory Act of the 91st General Assembly is declaratory of existing law.

(D) Subparagraphs (B) and (C) of this paragraph are declaratory of existing law and apply retroactively, for all tax years beginning on or before December 31, 1996, to all original returns, to all amended returns filed no later than 30 days after the effective date of this amendatory Act of 1996, and to all notices issued on or before the effective date of this amendatory Act of 1996 under subsection (a) of Section 903, subsection (a) of Section 904, subsection (e) of Section 909, or Section 912. A taxpayer that is a "financial organization" that engages in any transaction with an affiliate shall be a "financial organization" for all purposes of this Act.

(E) For all tax years beginning on or before December 31, 1996, a taxpayer that falls within the definition of a "financial organization" under subparagraphs (B) or (C) of this paragraph, but who does not fall within the definition of a "financial organization" under the Proposed Regulations issued by the Department of Revenue on July 19, 1996, may irrevocably elect to apply the Proposed Regulations for all of those years as though the Proposed Regulations had been lawfully promulgated, adopted, and in effect for all of those years. For purposes of applying subparagraphs (B) or (C) of this paragraph to all of those years, the election allowed by this subparagraph applies only to the taxpayer making the election and to those members of the taxpayer's unitary business group who are ordinarily required to apportion business income under the same subsection of Section 304 of this Act as the taxpayer making the election. No election allowed by this subparagraph shall be made under a claim filed under subsection (d) of Section 909 more than 30 days after the effective date of this amendatory Act of 1996.

(F) Finance Leases. For purposes of this subsection, a finance lease shall be treated as a loan or other extension of credit, rather than as a lease, regardless of how the transaction is characterized for any other purpose, including the purposes of any regulatory agency to which the lessor is subject. A finance lease is any transaction in the form of a lease in which the lessee is treated as the owner of the leased asset entitled to any deduction for depreciation allowed under Section 167 of the Internal Revenue Code.

(9) Fiscal year. The term "fiscal year" means an accounting period of 12 months ending on the last day of any month other than December.

(9.5) Fixed place of business. The term "fixed place of business" has the same meaning as that term is given in Section 864 of the Internal Revenue Code and the related Treasury regulations.

(10) Includes and including. The terms "includes" and "including" when used in a definition contained in this Act shall not be deemed to exclude other things otherwise within the meaning of the term defined.

(11) Internal Revenue Code. The term "Internal Revenue Code" means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1954 or any successor law or laws relating to federal income taxes in effect for the taxable year.

(11.5) Investment partnership.

(A) The term "investment partnership" means any entity that is treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes that meets the following requirements:

(i) no less than 90% of the partnership's cost of its total assets consists of qualifying investment securities, deposits at banks or other financial institutions, and office space and equipment reasonably necessary to carry on its activities as an investment partnership;

(ii) no less than 90% of its gross income consists of interest, dividends, and gains from the sale or exchange of qualifying investment securities; and

(iii) the partnership is not a dealer in qualifying investment securities.

(B) For purposes of this paragraph (11.5), the term "qualifying investment securities" includes all of the following:

(i) common stock, including preferred or debt securities convertible into common stock, and preferred stock;

(ii) bonds, debentures, and other debt securities;

(iii) foreign and domestic currency deposits secured by federal, state, or local governmental agencies;

(iv) mortgage or asset-backed securities secured by federal, state, or local governmental agencies;

(v) repurchase agreements and loan participations;

(vi) foreign currency exchange contracts and forward and futures contracts on foreign currencies;

(vii) stock and bond index securities and futures contracts and other similar financial securities and futures contracts on those securities;

(viii) options for the purchase or sale of any of the securities, currencies, contracts, or financial instruments described in items (i) to (vii), inclusive;

(ix) regulated futures contracts;

(x) commodities (not described in Section 1221(a)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code) or futures, forwards, and options with respect to such commodities, provided, however, that any item of a physical commodity to which title is actually acquired in the partnership's capacity as a dealer in such commodity shall not be a qualifying investment security;

(xi) derivatives; and

(xii) a partnership interest in another partnership that is an investment partnership.

(12) Mathematical error. The term "mathematical error" includes the following types of errors, omissions, or defects in a return filed by a taxpayer which prevents acceptance of the return as filed for processing:

(A) arithmetic errors or incorrect computations on the return or supporting schedules;

(B) entries on the wrong lines;

(C) omission of required supporting forms or schedules or the omission of the information in whole or in part called for thereon; and

(D) an attempt to claim, exclude, deduct, or improperly report, in a manner directly contrary to the provisions of the Act and regulations thereunder any item of income, exemption, deduction, or credit.

(13) Nonbusiness income. The term "nonbusiness income" means all income other than business income or compensation.

(14) Nonresident. The term "nonresident" means a person who is not a resident.

(15) Paid, incurred and accrued. The terms "paid", "incurred" and "accrued" shall be construed according to the method of accounting upon the basis of which the person's base income is computed under this Act.

(16) Partnership and partner. The term "partnership" includes a syndicate, group, pool, joint venture or other unincorporated organization, through or by means of which any business, financial operation, or venture is carried on, and which is not, within the meaning of this Act, a trust or estate or a corporation; and the term "partner" includes a member in such syndicate, group, pool, joint venture or organization.

The term "partnership" includes any entity, including a limited liability company formed under the Illinois Limited Liability Company Act, classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes.

The term "partnership" does not include a syndicate, group, pool, joint venture, or other unincorporated organization established for the sole purpose of playing the Illinois State Lottery.

(17) Part-year resident. The term "part-year resident" means an individual who became a resident during the taxable year or ceased to be a resident during the taxable year. Under Section 1501(a)(20)(A)(i) residence commences with presence in this State for other than a temporary or transitory purpose and ceases with absence from this State for other than a temporary or transitory purpose. Under Section 1501(a)(20)(A)(ii) residence commences with the establishment of domicile in this State and ceases with the establishment of domicile in another State.

(18) Person. The term "person" shall be construed to mean and include an individual, a trust, estate, partnership, association, firm, company, corporation, limited liability company, or fiduciary. For purposes of Section 1301 and 1302 of this Act, a "person" means (i) an individual, (ii) a corporation, (iii) an officer, agent, or employee of a corporation, (iv) a member, agent or employee of a partnership, or (v) a member, manager, employee, officer, director, or agent of a limited liability company who in such capacity commits an offense specified in Section 1301 and 1302.

(18A) Records. The term "records" includes all data maintained by the taxpayer, whether on paper, microfilm, microfiche, or any type of machine-sensible data compilation.

(19) Regulations. The term "regulations" includes rules promulgated and forms prescribed by the Department.

(20) Resident. The term "resident" means:

(A) an individual (i) who is in this State for other than a temporary or transitory purpose during the taxable year; or (ii) who is domiciled in this State but is absent from the State for a temporary or transitory purpose during the taxable year;

(B) The estate of a decedent who at his or her death was domiciled in this State;

(C) A trust created by a will of a decedent who at his death was domiciled in this State; and

(D) An irrevocable trust, the grantor of which was domiciled in this State at the time such trust became irrevocable. For purpose of this subparagraph, a trust shall be considered irrevocable to the extent that the grantor is not treated as the owner thereof under Sections 671 through 678 of the Internal Revenue Code.

(21) Sales. The term "sales" means all gross receipts of the taxpayer not allocated under Sections 301, 302 and 303.

(22) State. The term "state" when applied to a jurisdiction other than this State means any state of the United States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, any Territory or Possession of the United States, and any foreign country, or any political subdivision of any of the foregoing. For purposes of the foreign tax credit under Section 601, the term "state" means any state of the United States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and any territory or possession of the United States, or any political subdivision of any of the foregoing, effective for tax years ending on or after December 31, 1989.

(23) Taxable year. The term "taxable year" means the calendar year, or the fiscal year ending during such calendar year, upon the basis of which the base income is computed under this Act. "Taxable year" means, in the case of a return made for a fractional part of a year under the provisions of this Act, the period for which such return is made.

(24) Taxpayer. The term "taxpayer" means any person subject to the tax imposed by this Act.

(25) International banking facility. The term international banking facility shall have the same meaning as is set forth in the Illinois Banking Act or as is set forth in the laws of the United States or regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

(26) Income Tax Return Preparer.

(A) The term "income tax return preparer" means any person who prepares for compensation, or who employs one or more persons to prepare for compensation, any return of tax imposed by this Act or any claim for refund of tax imposed by this Act. The preparation of a substantial portion of a return or claim for refund shall be treated as the preparation of that return or claim for refund.

(B) A person is not an income tax return preparer if all he or she does is

(i) furnish typing, reproducing, or other mechanical assistance;

(ii) prepare returns or claims for refunds for the employer by whom he or she is regularly and continuously employed;

(iii) prepare as a fiduciary returns or claims for refunds for any person; or

(iv) prepare claims for refunds for a taxpayer in response to any notice of deficiency issued to that taxpayer or in response to any waiver of restriction after the commencement of an audit of that taxpayer or of another taxpayer if a determination in the audit of the other taxpayer directly or indirectly affects the tax liability of the taxpayer whose claims he or she is preparing.

(27) Unitary business group. The term "unitary business group" means a group of persons related through common ownership whose business activities are integrated with, dependent upon and contribute to each other. The group will not include those members whose business activity outside the United States is 80% or more of any such member's total business activity; for purposes of this paragraph and clause (a)(3)(B)(ii) of Section 304, business activity within the United States shall be measured by means of the factors ordinarily applicable under subsections (a), (b), (c), (d), or (h) of Section 304 except that, in the case of members ordinarily required to apportion business income by means of the 3 factor formula of property, payroll and sales specified in subsection (a) of Section 304, including the formula as weighted in subsection (h) of Section 304, such members shall not use the sales factor in the computation and the results of the property and payroll factor computations of subsection (a) of Section 304 shall be divided by 2 (by one if either the property or payroll factor has a denominator of zero). The computation required by the preceding sentence shall, in each case, involve the division of the member's property, payroll, or revenue miles in the United States, insurance premiums on property or risk in the United States, or financial organization business income from sources within the United States, as the case may be, by the respective worldwide figures for such items. Common ownership in the case of corporations is the direct or indirect control or ownership of more than 50% of the outstanding voting stock of the persons carrying on unitary business activity. Unitary business activity can ordinarily be illustrated where the activities of the members are: (1) in the same general line (such as manufacturing, wholesaling, retailing of tangible personal property, insurance, transportation or finance); or (2) are steps in a vertically structured enterprise or process (such as the steps involved in the production of natural resources, which might include exploration, mining, refining, and marketing); and, in either instance, the members are functionally integrated through the exercise of strong centralized management (where, for example, authority over such matters as purchasing, financing, tax compliance, product line, personnel, marketing and capital investment is not left to each member). In no event, however, will any unitary business group include members which are ordinarily required to apportion business income under different subsections of Section 304 except that for tax years ending on or after December 31, 1987 this prohibition shall not apply to a unitary business group composed of one or more taxpayers all of which apportion business income pursuant to subsection (b) of Section 304, or all of which apportion business income pursuant to subsection (d) of Section 304, and a holding company of such single-factor taxpayers (see definition of "financial organization" for rule regarding holding companies of financial organizations). If a unitary business group would, but for the preceding sentence, include members that are ordinarily required to apportion business income under different subsections of Section 304, then for each subsection of Section 304 for which there are two or more members, there shall be a separate unitary business group composed of such members. For purposes of the preceding two sentences, a member is "ordinarily required to apportion business income" under a particular subsection of Section 304 if it would be required to use the apportionment method prescribed by such subsection except for the fact that it derives business income solely from Illinois. As used in this paragraph, the phrase "United States" means only the 50 states and the District of Columbia, but does not include any territory or possession of the United States or any area over which the United States has asserted jurisdiction or claimed exclusive rights with respect to the exploration for or exploitation of natural resources.

If the unitary business group members' accounting periods differ, the common parent's accounting period or, if there is no common parent, the accounting period of the member that is expected to have, on a recurring basis, the greatest Illinois income tax liability must be used to determine whether to use the apportionment method provided in subsection (a) or subsection (h) of Section 304. The prohibition against membership in a unitary business group for taxpayers ordinarily required to apportion income under different subsections of Section 304 does not apply to taxpayers required to apportion income under subsection (a) and subsection (h) of Section 304. The provisions of this amendatory Act of 1998 apply to tax years ending on or after December 31, 1998.

(28) Subchapter S corporation. The term "Subchapter S corporation" means a corporation for which there is in effect an election under Section 1362 of the Internal Revenue Code, or for which there is a federal election to opt out of the provisions of the Subchapter S Revision Act of 1982 and have applied instead the prior federal Subchapter S rules as in effect on July 1, 1982.

(30) Foreign person. The term "foreign person" means any person who is a nonresident alien individual and any nonindividual entity, regardless of where created or organized, whose business activity outside the United States is 80% or more of the entity's total business activity.

(b) Other definitions.

(1) Words denoting number, gender, and so forth, when used in this Act, where not otherwise distinctly expressed or manifestly incompatible with the intent thereof:

(A) Words importing the singular include and apply to several persons, parties or things;

(B) Words importing the plural include the singular; and

(C) Words importing the masculine gender include the feminine as well.

(2) "Company" or "association" as including successors and assigns. The word "company" or "association", when used in reference to a corporation, shall be deemed to embrace the words "successors and assigns of such company or association", and in like manner as if these last-named words, or words of similar import, were expressed.

(3) Other terms. Any term used in any Section of this Act with respect to the application of, or in connection with, the provisions of any other Section of this Act shall have the same meaning as in such other Section.

(Source: P.A. 95-233, eff. 8-16-07.)

Section 5-16. The Use Tax Act is amended by changing Section 3-50 as follows:

(35 ILCS 105/3-50) (from Ch. 120, par. 439.3-50)

Sec. 3-50. Manufacturing and assembly exemption. The manufacturing and assembling machinery and equipment exemption includes machinery and equipment that replaces machinery and equipment in an existing manufacturing facility as well as machinery and equipment that are for use in an expanded or new manufacturing facility. The machinery and equipment exemption also includes machinery and equipment used in the general maintenance or repair of exempt machinery and equipment or for in-house manufacture of exempt machinery and equipment. For the purposes of this exemption, terms have the following meanings:

(1) "Manufacturing process" means the production of an article of tangible personal property, whether the article is a finished product or an article for use in the process of manufacturing or assembling a different article of tangible personal property, by a procedure commonly regarded as manufacturing, processing, fabricating, or refining that changes some existing material into a material with a different form, use, or name. In relation to a recognized integrated business composed of a series of operations that collectively constitute manufacturing, or individually constitute manufacturing operations, the manufacturing process commences with the first operation or stage of production in the series and does not end until the completion of the final product in the last operation or stage of production in the series. For purposes of this exemption, photoprocessing is a manufacturing process of tangible personal property for wholesale or retail sale.

(2) "Assembling process" means the production of an article of tangible personal property, whether the article is a finished product or an article for use in the process of manufacturing or assembling a different article of tangible personal property, by the combination of existing materials in a manner commonly regarded as assembling that results in an article or material of a different form, use, or name.

(3) "Machinery" means major mechanical machines or major components of those machines contributing to a manufacturing or assembling process.

(4) "Equipment" includes an independent device or tool separate from machinery but essential to an integrated manufacturing or assembly process; including computers used primarily in a manufacturer's computer assisted design, computer assisted manufacturing (CAD/CAM) system; any subunit or assembly comprising a component of any machinery or auxiliary, adjunct, or attachment parts of machinery, such as tools, dies, jigs, fixtures, patterns, and molds; and any parts that require periodic replacement in the course of normal operation; but does not include hand tools. Equipment includes chemicals or chemicals acting as catalysts but only if the chemicals or chemicals acting as catalysts effect a direct and immediate change upon a product being manufactured or assembled for wholesale or retail sale or lease.

(5) "Production related tangible personal property" means all tangible personal property that is used or consumed by the purchaser in a manufacturing facility in which a manufacturing process takes place and includes, without limitation, tangible personal property that is purchased for incorporation into real estate within a manufacturing facility and tangible personal property that is used or consumed in activities such as research and development, preproduction material handling, receiving, quality control, inventory control, storage, staging, and packaging for shipping and transportation purposes. "Production related tangible personal property" does not include (i) tangible personal property that is used, within or without a manufacturing facility, in sales, purchasing, accounting, fiscal management, marketing, personnel recruitment or selection, or landscaping or (ii) tangible personal property that is required to be titled or registered with a department, agency, or unit of federal, State, or local government.

The manufacturing and assembling machinery and equipment exemption includes production related tangible personal property that is purchased on or after July 1, 2007 and on or before June 30, 2008. The exemption for production related tangible personal property is subject to both of the following limitations:

(1) The maximum amount of the exemption for any one taxpayer may not exceed 5% of the purchase price of production related tangible personal property that is purchased on or after July 1, 2007 and on or before June 30, 2008. A credit under Section 3-85 of this Act may not be earned by the purchase of production related tangible personal property for which an exemption is received under this Section.

(2) The maximum aggregate amount of the exemptions for production related tangible personal property awarded under this Act and the Retailers' Occupation Tax Act to all taxpayers may not exceed $10,000,000. If the claims for the exemption exceed $10,000,000, then the Department shall reduce the amount of the exemption to each taxpayer on a pro rata basis. The Department may adopt rules to implement and administer the exemption for production related tangible personal property.

The manufacturing and assembling machinery and equipment exemption includes the sale of materials to a purchaser who produces exempted types of machinery, equipment, or tools and who rents or leases that machinery, equipment, or tools to a manufacturer of tangible personal property. This exemption also includes the sale of materials to a purchaser who manufactures those materials into an exempted type of machinery, equipment, or tools that the purchaser uses himself or herself in the manufacturing of tangible personal property. This exemption includes the sale of exempted types of machinery or equipment to a purchaser who is not the manufacturer, but who rents or leases the use of the property to a manufacturer. The purchaser of the machinery and equipment who has an active resale registration number shall furnish that number to the seller at the time of purchase. A user of the machinery, equipment, or tools without an active resale registration number shall prepare a certificate of exemption for each transaction stating facts establishing the exemption for that transaction, and that certificate shall be available to the Department for inspection or audit. The Department shall prescribe the form of the certificate. Informal rulings, opinions, or letters issued by the Department in response to an inquiry or request for an opinion from any person regarding the coverage and applicability of this exemption to specific devices shall be published, maintained as a public record, and made available for public inspection and copying. If the informal ruling, opinion, or letter contains trade secrets or other confidential information, where possible, the Department shall delete that information before publication. Whenever informal rulings, opinions, or letters contain a policy of general applicability, the Department shall formulate and adopt that policy as a rule in accordance with the Illinois Administrative Procedure Act.

(Source: P.A. 91-51, eff. 6-30-99; 92-484, eff. 8-23-01.)

Section 5-17. The Retailers' Occupation Tax Act is amended by changing Sections 2-5 and 2-45 as follows:

(35 ILCS 120/2-5) (from Ch. 120, par. 441-5)

Sec. 2-5. Exemptions. Gross receipts from proceeds from the sale of the following tangible personal property are exempt from the tax imposed by this Act:

(1) Farm chemicals.

(2) Farm machinery and equipment, both new and used, including that manufactured on special order, certified by the purchaser to be used primarily for production agriculture or State or federal agricultural programs, including individual replacement parts for the machinery and equipment, including machinery and equipment purchased for lease, and including implements of husbandry defined in Section 1-130 of the Illinois Vehicle Code, farm machinery and agricultural chemical and fertilizer spreaders, and nurse wagons required to be registered under Section 3-809 of the Illinois Vehicle Code, but excluding other motor vehicles required to be registered under the Illinois Vehicle Code. Horticultural polyhouses or hoop houses used for propagating, growing, or overwintering plants shall be considered farm machinery and equipment under this item (2). Agricultural chemical tender tanks and dry boxes shall include units sold separately from a motor vehicle required to be licensed and units sold mounted on a motor vehicle required to be licensed, if the selling price of the tender is separately stated.

Farm machinery and equipment shall include precision farming equipment that is installed or purchased to be installed on farm machinery and equipment including, but not limited to, tractors, harvesters, sprayers, planters, seeders, or spreaders. Precision farming equipment includes, but is not limited to, soil testing sensors, computers, monitors, software, global positioning and mapping systems, and other such equipment.

Farm machinery and equipment also includes computers, sensors, software, and related equipment used primarily in the computer-assisted operation of production agriculture facilities, equipment, and activities such as, but not limited to, the collection, monitoring, and correlation of animal and crop data for the purpose of formulating animal diets and agricultural chemicals. This item (7) is exempt from the provisions of Section 2-70.

(3) Until July 1, 2003, distillation machinery and equipment, sold as a unit or kit, assembled or installed by the retailer, certified by the user to be used only for the production of ethyl alcohol that will be used for consumption as motor fuel or as a component of motor fuel for the personal use of the user, and not subject to sale or resale.

(4) Until July 1, 2003 and beginning again September 1, 2004, graphic arts machinery and equipment, including repair and replacement parts, both new and used, and including that manufactured on special order or purchased for lease, certified by the purchaser to be used primarily for graphic arts production. Equipment includes chemicals or chemicals acting as catalysts but only if the chemicals or chemicals acting as catalysts effect a direct and immediate change upon a graphic arts product.

(5) A motor vehicle of the first division, a motor vehicle of the second division that is a self contained motor vehicle designed or permanently converted to provide living quarters for recreational, camping, or travel use, with direct walk through access to the living quarters from the driver's seat, or a motor vehicle of the second division that is of the van configuration designed for the transportation of not less than 7 nor more than 16 passengers, as defined in Section 1-146 of the Illinois Vehicle Code, that is used for automobile renting, as defined in the Automobile Renting Occupation and Use Tax Act. This paragraph is exempt from the provisions of Section 2-70. (Blank).

(6) Personal property sold by a teacher-sponsored student organization affiliated with an elementary or secondary school located in Illinois.

(7) Until July 1, 2003, proceeds of that portion of the selling price of a passenger car the sale of which is subject to the Replacement Vehicle Tax.

(8) Personal property sold to an Illinois county fair association for use in conducting, operating, or promoting the county fair.

(9) Personal property sold to a not-for-profit arts or cultural organization that establishes, by proof required by the Department by rule, that it has received an exemption under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code and that is organized and operated primarily for the presentation or support of arts or cultural programming, activities, or services. These organizations include, but are not limited to, music and dramatic arts organizations such as symphony orchestras and theatrical groups, arts and cultural service organizations, local arts councils, visual arts organizations, and media arts organizations. On and after the effective date of this amendatory Act of the 92nd General Assembly, however, an entity otherwise eligible for this exemption shall not make tax-free purchases unless it has an active identification number issued by the Department.

(10) Personal property sold by a corporation, society, association, foundation, institution, or organization, other than a limited liability company, that is organized and operated as a not-for-profit service enterprise for the benefit of persons 65 years of age or older if the personal property was not purchased by the enterprise for the purpose of resale by the enterprise.

(11) Personal property sold to a governmental body, to a corporation, society, association, foundation, or institution organized and operated exclusively for charitable, religious, or educational purposes, or to a not-for-profit corporation, society, association, foundation, institution, or organization that has no compensated officers or employees and that is organized and operated primarily for the recreation of persons 55 years of age or older. A limited liability company may qualify for the exemption under this paragraph only if the limited liability company is organized and operated exclusively for educational purposes. On and after July 1, 1987, however, no entity otherwise eligible for this exemption shall make tax-free purchases unless it has an active identification number issued by the Department.

(12) Tangible personal property sold to interstate carriers for hire for use as rolling stock moving in interstate commerce or to lessors under leases of one year or longer executed or in effect at the time of purchase by interstate carriers for hire for use as rolling stock moving in interstate commerce and equipment operated by a telecommunications provider, licensed as a common carrier by the Federal Communications Commission, which is permanently installed in or affixed to aircraft moving in interstate commerce.

(12-5) On and after July 1, 2003 and through June 30, 2004, motor vehicles of the second division with a gross vehicle weight in excess of 8,000 pounds that are subject to the commercial distribution fee imposed under Section 3-815.1 of the Illinois Vehicle Code. Beginning on July 1, 2004 and through June 30, 2005, the use in this State of motor vehicles of the second division: (i) with a gross vehicle weight rating in excess of 8,000 pounds; (ii) that are subject to the commercial distribution fee imposed under Section 3-815.1 of the Illinois Vehicle Code; and (iii) that are primarily used for commercial purposes. Through June 30, 2005, this exemption applies to repair and replacement parts added after the initial purchase of such a motor vehicle if that motor vehicle is used in a manner that would qualify for the rolling stock exemption otherwise provided for in this Act. For purposes of this paragraph, "used for commercial purposes" means the transportation of persons or property in furtherance of any commercial or industrial enterprise whether for-hire or not.

(13) Proceeds from sales to owners, lessors, or shippers of tangible personal property that is utilized by interstate carriers for hire for use as rolling stock moving in interstate commerce and equipment operated by a telecommunications provider, licensed as a common carrier by the Federal Communications Commission, which is permanently installed in or affixed to aircraft moving in interstate commerce.

(14) Machinery and equipment that will be used by the purchaser, or a lessee of the purchaser, primarily in the process of manufacturing or assembling tangible personal property for wholesale or retail sale or lease, whether the sale or lease is made directly by the manufacturer or by some other person, whether the materials used in the process are owned by the manufacturer or some other person, or whether the sale or lease is made apart from or as an incident to the seller's engaging in the service occupation of producing machines, tools, dies, jigs, patterns, gauges, or other similar items of no commercial value on special order for a particular purchaser.

(15) Proceeds of mandatory service charges separately stated on customers' bills for purchase and consumption of food and beverages, to the extent that the proceeds of the service charge are in fact turned over as tips or as a substitute for tips to the employees who participate directly in preparing, serving, hosting or cleaning up the food or beverage function with respect to which the service charge is imposed.

(16) Petroleum products sold to a purchaser if the seller is prohibited by federal law from charging tax to the purchaser.

(17) Tangible personal property sold to a common carrier by rail or motor that receives the physical possession of the property in Illinois and that transports the property, or shares with another common carrier in the transportation of the property, out of Illinois on a standard uniform bill of lading showing the seller of the property as the shipper or consignor of the property to a destination outside Illinois, for use outside Illinois.

(18) Legal tender, currency, medallions, or gold or silver coinage issued by the State of Illinois, the government of the United States of America, or the government of any foreign country, and bullion.

(19) Until July 1 2003, oil field exploration, drilling, and production equipment, including (i) rigs and parts of rigs, rotary rigs, cable tool rigs, and workover rigs, (ii) pipe and tubular goods, including casing and drill strings, (iii) pumps and pump-jack units, (iv) storage tanks and flow lines, (v) any individual replacement part for oil field exploration, drilling, and production equipment, and (vi) machinery and equipment purchased for lease; but excluding motor vehicles required to be registered under the Illinois Vehicle Code.

(20) Photoprocessing machinery and equipment, including repair and replacement parts, both new and used, including that manufactured on special order, certified by the purchaser to be used primarily for photoprocessing, and including photoprocessing machinery and equipment purchased for lease.

(21) Until July 1, 2003, coal exploration, mining, offhighway hauling, processing, maintenance, and reclamation equipment, including replacement parts and equipment, and including equipment purchased for lease, but excluding motor vehicles required to be registered under the Illinois Vehicle Code.

(22) Fuel and petroleum products sold to or used by an air carrier, certified by the carrier to be used for consumption, shipment, or storage in the conduct of its business as an air common carrier, for a flight destined for or returning from a location or locations outside the United States without regard to previous or subsequent domestic stopovers.

(23) A transaction in which the purchase order is received by a florist who is located outside Illinois, but who has a florist located in Illinois deliver the property to the purchaser or the purchaser's donee in Illinois.

(24) Fuel consumed or used in the operation of ships, barges, or vessels that are used primarily in or for the transportation of property or the conveyance of persons for hire on rivers bordering on this State if the fuel is delivered by the seller to the purchaser's barge, ship, or vessel while it is afloat upon that bordering river.

(25) Except as provided in item (25-5) of this Section, a motor vehicle sold in this State to a nonresident even though the motor vehicle is delivered to the nonresident in this State, if the motor vehicle is not to be titled in this State, and if a drive-away permit is issued to the motor vehicle as provided in Section 3-603 of the Illinois Vehicle Code or if the nonresident purchaser has vehicle registration plates to transfer to the motor vehicle upon returning to his or her home state. The issuance of the drive-away permit or having the out-of-state registration plates to be transferred is prima facie evidence that the motor vehicle will not be titled in this State.

(25-5) The exemption under item (25) does not apply if the state in which the motor vehicle will be titled does not allow a reciprocal exemption for a motor vehicle sold and delivered in that state to an Illinois resident but titled in Illinois. The tax collected under this Act on the sale of a motor vehicle in this State to a resident of another state that does not allow a reciprocal exemption shall be imposed at a rate equal to the state's rate of tax on taxable property in the state in which the purchaser is a resident, except that the tax shall not exceed the tax that would otherwise be imposed under this Act. At the time of the sale, the purchaser shall execute a statement, signed under penalty of perjury, of his or her intent to title the vehicle in the state in which the purchaser is a resident within 30 days after the sale and of the fact of the payment to the State of Illinois of tax in an amount equivalent to the state's rate of tax on taxable property in his or her state of residence and shall submit the statement to the appropriate tax collection agency in his or her state of residence. In addition, the retailer must retain a signed copy of the statement in his or her records. Nothing in this item shall be construed to require the removal of the vehicle from this state following the filing of an intent to title the vehicle in the purchaser's state of residence if the purchaser titles the vehicle in his or her state of residence within 30 days after the date of sale. The tax collected under this Act in accordance with this item (25-5) shall be proportionately distributed as if the tax were collected at the 6.25% general rate imposed under this Act.

(25-7) Beginning on July 1, 2007, no tax is imposed under this Act on the sale of an aircraft, as defined in Section 3 of the Illinois Aeronautics Act, if all of the following conditions are met:

(1) the aircraft leaves this State within 15 days after the later of either the issuance of the final billing for the sale of the aircraft, or the authorized approval for return to service, completion of the maintenance record entry, and completion of the test flight and ground test for inspection, as required by 14 C.F.R. 91.407;

(2) the aircraft is not based or registered in this State after the sale of the aircraft; and

(3) the seller retains in his or her books and records and provides to the Department a signed and dated certification from the purchaser, on a form prescribed by the Department, certifying that the requirements of this item (25-7) are met. The certificate must also include the name and address of the purchaser, the address of the location where the aircraft is to be titled or registered, the address of the primary physical location of the aircraft, and other information that the Department may reasonably require.

For purposes of this item (25-7):

"Based in this State" means hangared, stored, or otherwise used, excluding post-sale customizations as defined in this Section, for 10 or more days in each 12-month period immediately following the date of the sale of the aircraft.

"Registered in this State" means an aircraft registered with the Department of Transportation, Aeronautics Division, or titled or registered with the Federal Aviation Administration to an address located in this State.

This paragraph (25-7) is exempt from the provisions of Section 2-70.

(26) Semen used for artificial insemination of livestock for direct agricultural production.

(27) Horses, or interests in horses, registered with and meeting the requirements of any of the Arabian Horse Club Registry of America, Appaloosa Horse Club, American Quarter Horse Association, United States Trotting Association, or Jockey Club, as appropriate, used for purposes of breeding or racing for prizes. This item (27) is exempt from the provisions of Section 2-70, and the exemption provided for under this item (27) applies for all periods beginning May 30, 1995, but no claim for credit or refund is allowed on or after January 1, 2008 (the effective date of Public Act 95-88) this amendatory Act of the 95th General Assembly for such taxes paid during the period beginning May 30, 2000 and ending on January 1, 2008 (the effective date of Public Act 95-88) this amendatory Act of the 95th General Assembly.

(28) Computers and communications equipment utilized for any hospital purpose and equipment used in the diagnosis, analysis, or treatment of hospital patients sold to a lessor who leases the equipment, under a lease of one year or longer executed or in effect at the time of the purchase, to a hospital that has been issued an active tax exemption identification number by the Department under Section 1g of this Act.

(29) Personal property sold to a lessor who leases the property, under a lease of one year or longer executed or in effect at the time of the purchase, to a governmental body that has been issued an active tax exemption identification number by the Department under Section 1g of this Act.

(30) Beginning with taxable years ending on or after December 31, 1995 and ending with taxable years ending on or before December 31, 2004, personal property that is donated for disaster relief to be used in a State or federally declared disaster area in Illinois or bordering Illinois by a manufacturer or retailer that is registered in this State to a corporation, society, association, foundation, or institution that has been issued a sales tax exemption identification number by the Department that assists victims of the disaster who reside within the declared disaster area.

(31) Beginning with taxable years ending on or after December 31, 1995 and ending with taxable years ending on or before December 31, 2004, personal property that is used in the performance of infrastructure repairs in this State, including but not limited to municipal roads and streets, access roads, bridges, sidewalks, waste disposal systems, water and sewer line extensions, water distribution and purification facilities, storm water drainage and retention facilities, and sewage treatment facilities, resulting from a State or federally declared disaster in Illinois or bordering Illinois when such repairs are initiated on facilities located in the declared disaster area within 6 months after the disaster.

(32) Beginning July 1, 1999, game or game birds sold at a "game breeding and hunting preserve area" or an "exotic game hunting area" as those terms are used in the Wildlife Code or at a hunting enclosure approved through rules adopted by the Department of Natural Resources. This paragraph is exempt from the provisions of Section 2-70.

(33) A motor vehicle, as that term is defined in Section 1-146 of the Illinois Vehicle Code, that is donated to a corporation, limited liability company, society, association, foundation, or institution that is determined by the Department to be organized and operated exclusively for educational purposes. For purposes of this exemption, "a corporation, limited liability company, society, association, foundation, or institution organized and operated exclusively for educational purposes" means all tax-supported public schools, private schools that offer systematic instruction in useful branches of learning by methods common to public schools and that compare favorably in their scope and intensity with the course of study presented in tax-supported schools, and vocational or technical schools or institutes organized and operated exclusively to provide a course of study of not less than 6 weeks duration and designed to prepare individuals to follow a trade or to pursue a manual, technical, mechanical, industrial, business, or commercial occupation.

(34) Beginning January 1, 2000, personal property, including food, purchased through fundraising events for the benefit of a public or private elementary or secondary school, a group of those schools, or one or more school districts if the events are sponsored by an entity recognized by the school district that consists primarily of volunteers and includes parents and teachers of the school children. This paragraph does not apply to fundraising events (i) for the benefit of private home instruction or (ii) for which the fundraising entity purchases the personal property sold at the events from another individual or entity that sold the property for the purpose of resale by the fundraising entity and that profits from the sale to the fundraising entity. This paragraph is exempt from the provisions of Section 2-70.

(35) Beginning January 1, 2000 and through December 31, 2001, new or used automatic vending machines that prepare and serve hot food and beverages, including coffee, soup, and other items, and replacement parts for these machines. Beginning January 1, 2002 and through June 30, 2003, machines and parts for machines used in commercial, coin-operated amusement and vending business if a use or occupation tax is paid on the gross receipts derived from the use of the commercial, coin-operated amusement and vending machines. This paragraph is exempt from the provisions of Section 2-70.

(35-5) Beginning August 23, 2001 and through June 30, 2011, food for human consumption that is to be consumed off the premises where it is sold (other than alcoholic beverages, soft drinks, and food that has been prepared for immediate consumption) and prescription and nonprescription medicines, drugs, medical appliances, and insulin, urine testing materials, syringes, and needles used by diabetics, for human use, when purchased for use by a person receiving medical assistance under Article 5 of the Illinois Public Aid Code who resides in a licensed long-term care facility, as defined in the Nursing Home Care Act.

(36) Beginning August 2, 2001, computers and communications equipment utilized for any hospital purpose and equipment used in the diagnosis, analysis, or treatment of hospital patients sold to a lessor who leases the equipment, under a lease of one year or longer executed or in effect at the time of the purchase, to a hospital that has been issued an active tax exemption identification number by the Department under Section 1g of this Act. This paragraph is exempt from the provisions of Section 2-70.

(37) Beginning August 2, 2001, personal property sold to a lessor who leases the property, under a lease of one year or longer executed or in effect at the time of the purchase, to a governmental body that has been issued an active tax exemption identification number by the Department under Section 1g of this Act. This paragraph is exempt from the provisions of Section 2-70.

(38) Beginning on January 1, 2002 and through June 30, 2011, tangible personal property purchased from an Illinois retailer by a taxpayer engaged in centralized purchasing activities in Illinois who will, upon receipt of the property in Illinois, temporarily store the property in Illinois (i) for the purpose of subsequently transporting it outside this State for use or consumption thereafter solely outside this State or (ii) for the purpose of being processed, fabricated, or manufactured into, attached to, or incorporated into other tangible personal property to be transported outside this State and thereafter used or consumed solely outside this State. The Director of Revenue shall, pursuant to rules adopted in accordance with the Illinois Administrative Procedure Act, issue a permit to any taxpayer in good standing with the Department who is eligible for the exemption under this paragraph (38). The permit issued under this paragraph (38) shall authorize the holder, to the extent and in the manner specified in the rules adopted under this Act, to purchase tangible personal property from a retailer exempt from the taxes imposed by this Act. Taxpayers shall maintain all necessary books and records to substantiate the use and consumption of all such tangible personal property outside of the State of Illinois.

(39) Beginning January 1, 2008, tangible personal property used in the construction or maintenance of a community water supply, as defined under Section 3.145 of the Environmental Protection Act, that is operated by a not-for-profit corporation that holds a valid water supply permit issued under Title IV of the Environmental Protection Act. This paragraph is exempt from the provisions of Section 2-70.

(Source: P.A. 94-1002, eff. 7-3-06; 95-88, eff. 1-1-08; 95-233, eff. 8-16-07; 95-304, eff. 8-20-07; 95-538, eff. 1-1-08; revised 9-11-07.)

(35 ILCS 120/2-45) (from Ch. 120, par. 441-45)

Sec. 2-45. Manufacturing and assembly exemption. The manufacturing and assembly machinery and equipment exemption includes machinery and equipment that replaces machinery and equipment in an existing manufacturing facility as well as machinery and equipment that are for use in an expanded or new manufacturing facility.

The machinery and equipment exemption also includes machinery and equipment used in the general maintenance or repair of exempt machinery and equipment or for in-house manufacture of exempt machinery and equipment. For the purposes of this exemption, terms have the following meanings:

(1) "Manufacturing process" means the production of an article of tangible personal property, whether the article is a finished product or an article for use in the process of manufacturing or assembling a different article of tangible personal property, by a procedure commonly regarded as manufacturing, processing, fabricating, or refining that changes some existing material or materials into a material with a different form, use, or name. In relation to a recognized integrated business composed of a series of operations that collectively constitute manufacturing, or individually constitute manufacturing operations, the manufacturing process commences with the first operation or stage of production in the series and does not end until the completion of the final product in the last operation or stage of production in the series. For purposes of this exemption, photoprocessing is a manufacturing process of tangible personal property for wholesale or retail sale.

(2) "Assembling process" means the production of an article of tangible personal property, whether the article is a finished product or an article for use in the process of manufacturing or assembling a different article of tangible personal property, by the combination of existing materials in a manner commonly regarded as assembling that results in a material of a different form, use, or name.

(3) "Machinery" means major mechanical machines or major components of those machines contributing to a manufacturing or assembling process.

(4) "Equipment" includes an independent device or tool separate from machinery but essential to an integrated manufacturing or assembly process; including computers used primarily in a manufacturer's computer assisted design, computer assisted manufacturing (CAD/CAM) system; any subunit or assembly comprising a component of any machinery or auxiliary, adjunct, or attachment parts of machinery, such as tools, dies, jigs, fixtures, patterns, and molds; and any parts that require periodic replacement in the course of normal operation; but does not include hand tools. Equipment includes chemicals or chemicals acting as catalysts but only if the chemicals or chemicals acting as catalysts effect a direct and immediate change upon a product being manufactured or assembled for wholesale or retail sale or lease.

(5) "Production related tangible personal property" means all tangible personal property that is used or consumed by the purchaser in a manufacturing facility in which a manufacturing process takes place and includes, without limitation, tangible personal property that is purchased for incorporation into real estate within a manufacturing facility and tangible personal property that is used or consumed in activities such as research and development, preproduction material handling, receiving, quality control, inventory control, storage, staging, and packaging for shipping and transportation purposes. "Production related tangible personal property" does not include (i) tangible personal property that is used, within or without a manufacturing facility, in sales, purchasing, accounting, fiscal management, marketing, personnel recruitment or selection, or landscaping or (ii) tangible personal property that is required to be titled or registered with a department, agency, or unit of federal, State, or local government.

The manufacturing and assembling machinery and equipment exemption includes production related tangible personal property that is purchased on or after July 1, 2007 and on or before June 30, 2008. The exemption for production related tangible personal property is subject to both of the following limitations:

(1) The maximum amount of the exemption for any one taxpayer may not exceed 5% of the purchase price of production related tangible personal property that is purchased on or after July 1, 2007 and on or before June 30, 2008. A credit under Section 3-85 of this Act may not be earned by the purchase of production related tangible personal property for which an exemption is received under this Section.

(2) The maximum aggregate amount of the exemptions for production related tangible personal property awarded under this Act and the Retailers' Occupation Tax Act to all taxpayers may not exceed $10,000,000. If the claims for the exemption exceed $10,000,000, then the Department shall reduce the amount of the exemption to each taxpayer on a pro rata basis. The Department may adopt rules to implement and administer the exemption for production related tangible personal property.

The manufacturing and assembling machinery and equipment exemption includes the sale of materials to a purchaser who produces exempted types of machinery, equipment, or tools and who rents or leases that machinery, equipment, or tools to a manufacturer of tangible personal property. This exemption also includes the sale of materials to a purchaser who manufactures those materials into an exempted type of machinery, equipment, or tools that the purchaser uses himself or herself in the manufacturing of tangible personal property. The purchaser of the machinery and equipment who has an active resale registration number shall furnish that number to the seller at the time of purchase. A purchaser of the machinery, equipment, and tools without an active resale registration number shall furnish to the seller a certificate of exemption for each transaction stating facts establishing the exemption for that transaction, and that certificate shall be available to the Department for inspection or audit. Informal rulings, opinions, or letters issued by the Department in response to an inquiry or request for an opinion from any person regarding the coverage and applicability of this exemption to specific devices shall be published, maintained as a public record, and made available for public inspection and copying. If the informal ruling, opinion, or letter contains trade secrets or other confidential information, where possible, the Department shall delete that information before publication. Whenever informal rulings, opinions, or letters contain a policy of general applicability, the Department shall formulate and adopt that policy as a rule in accordance with the Illinois Administrative Procedure Act.

(Source: P.A. 91-51, eff. 6-30-99; 92-484, eff. 8-23-01.)

Section 5-20. The School Code is amended by adding Sections 2-3.143, 2-3.146, 10-20.40, 10-20.41, and 21-29 and by changing Sections 2-3.51.5, 2-3.127a, 2-3.131 (as added by Public Act 93-21), 7-14A, 11E-135, 14-13.01, and 18-8.05 as follows:

(105 ILCS 5/2-3.51.5)

Sec. 2-3.51.5. School Safety and Educational Improvement Block Grant Program. To improve the level of education and safety of students from kindergarten through grade 12 in school districts and State-recognized, non-public schools. The State Board of Education is authorized to fund a School Safety and Educational Improvement Block Grant Program.

(1) For school districts, the The program shall provide funding for school safety, textbooks and software, teacher training and curriculum development, school improvements, remediation programs under subsection (a) of Section 2-3.64, school report cards under Section 10-17a, and criminal history records checks under Sections 10-21.9 and 34-18.5. For State-recognized, non-public schools, the program shall provide funding for secular textbooks and software, criminal history records checks, and health and safety mandates to the extent that the funds are expended for purely secular purposes. A school district or laboratory school as defined in Section 18-8 or 18-8.05 is not required to file an application in order to receive the categorical funding to which it is entitled under this Section. Funds for the School Safety and Educational Improvement Block Grant Program shall be distributed to school districts and laboratory schools based on the prior year's best 3 months average daily attendance. Funds for the School Safety and Educational Improvement Block Grant Program shall be distributed to State-recognized, non-public schools based on the average daily attendance figure for the previous school year provided to the State Board of Education. The State Board of Education shall develop an application that requires State-recognized, non-public schools to submit average daily attendance figures. A State-recognized, non-public school must submit the application and average daily attendance figure prior to receiving funds under this Section. The State Board of Education shall promulgate rules and regulations necessary for the implementation of this program.

(2) Distribution of moneys to school districts and State-recognized, non-public schools shall be made in 2 semi-annual installments, one payment on or before October 30, and one payment prior to April 30, of each fiscal year.

(3) Grants under the School Safety and Educational Improvement Block Grant Program shall be awarded provided there is an appropriation for the program, and funding levels for each district shall be prorated according to the amount of the appropriation.

(4) The provisions of this Section are in the public interest, are for the public benefit, and serve secular public purposes.

(Source: P.A. 93-909, eff. 8-12-04.)

(105 ILCS 5/2-3.127a)

Sec. 2-3.127a. The State Board of Education Special Purpose Trust Fund. The State Board of Education Special Purpose Trust Fund is created as a special fund in the State treasury. The State Board of Education shall deposit all indirect costs recovered from federal programs into the State Board of Education Special Purpose Trust Fund. These funds may be used by the State Board of Education for its ordinary and contingent expenses. Additionally and unless Unless specifically directed to be deposited into other funds, all moneys received by the State Board of Education from gifts, grants, or donations from any source, public or private, shall be deposited into the State Board of Education Special Purpose Trust Fund this Fund. These funds Moneys in this Fund shall be used, subject to appropriation by the General Assembly, by the State Board of Education for the purposes established by the gifts, grants, or donations.

(Source: P.A. 94-69, eff. 7-1-05.)

(105 ILCS 5/2-3.131)

Sec. 2-3.131. Transitional assistance payments.

(a) If the amount that the State Board of Education will pay to a school district from fiscal year 2004 appropriations, as estimated by the State Board of Education on April 1, 2004, is less than the amount that the State Board of Education paid to the school district from fiscal year 2003 appropriations, then, subject to appropriation, the State Board of Education shall make a fiscal year 2004 transitional assistance payment to the school district in an amount equal to the difference between the estimated amount to be paid from fiscal year 2004 appropriations and the amount paid from fiscal year 2003 appropriations.

(b) If the amount that the State Board of Education will pay to a school district from fiscal year 2005 appropriations, as estimated by the State Board of Education on April 1, 2005, is less than the amount that the State Board of Education paid to the school district from fiscal year 2004 appropriations, then the State Board of Education shall make a fiscal year 2005 transitional assistance payment to the school district in an amount equal to the difference between the estimated amount to be paid from fiscal year 2005 appropriations and the amount paid from fiscal year 2004 appropriations.

(c) If the amount that the State Board of Education will pay to a school district from fiscal year 2006 appropriations, as estimated by the State Board of Education on April 1, 2006, is less than the amount that the State Board of Education paid to the school district from fiscal year 2005 appropriations, then the State Board of Education shall make a fiscal year 2006 transitional assistance payment to the school district in an amount equal to the difference between the estimated amount to be paid from fiscal year 2006 appropriations and the amount paid from fiscal year 2005 appropriations.

(d) If the amount that the State Board of Education will pay to a school district from fiscal year 2007 appropriations, as estimated by the State Board of Education on April 1, 2007, is less than the amount that the State Board of Education paid to the school district from fiscal year 2006 appropriations, then the State Board of Education, subject to appropriation, shall make a fiscal year 2007 transitional assistance payment to the school district in an amount equal to the difference between the estimated amount to be paid from fiscal year 2007 appropriations and the amount paid from fiscal year 2006 appropriations.

(e) Subject to appropriation, beginning on July 1, 2007, the State Board of Education shall adjust prior year information for the transitional assistance calculations under this Section in the event of the creation or reorganization of any school district pursuant to Article 11E of this Code, the dissolution of an entire district and the annexation of all of its territory to one or more other districts pursuant to Article 7 of this Code, or a boundary change whereby the enrollment of the annexing district increases by 90% or more as a result of annexing territory detached from another district pursuant to Article 7 of this Code.

(f) If the amount that the State Board of Education will pay to a school district from fiscal year 2008 appropriations, as estimated by the State Board of Education on April 1, 2008, is less than the amount that the State Board of Education paid to the school district from fiscal year 2007 appropriations, then the State Board of Education, subject to appropriation, shall make a fiscal year 2008 transitional assistance payment to the school district in an amount equal to the difference between the estimated amount to be paid from fiscal year 2008 appropriations and the amount paid from fiscal year 2007 appropriations.

(Source: P.A. 93-21, eff. 7-1-03; 93-838, eff. 7-30-04; 94-69, eff. 7-1-05; 94-835, eff. 6-6-06.)

(105 ILCS 5/2-3.143 new)

Sec. 2-3.143. Lincoln's ChalleNGe Academy study. The State Board of Education shall conduct a study to consider the need for an expansion of enrollment at or the replication of services in other portions of this State for the Lincoln's ChalleNGe Academy as an alternative program for students who have dropped out of traditional school.

(105 ILCS 5/2-3.146 new)

Sec. 2-3.146. Severely overcrowded schools grant program. There is created a grant program, subject to appropriation, for severely overcrowded schools. The State Board of Education shall administer the program. Grant funds may be used for purposes of relieving overcrowding. In order for a school district to be eligible for a grant under this Section, (i) the main administrative office of the district must be located in a city of 85,000 or more in population, according to the 2000 U.S. Census, (ii) the school district must have a district-wide percentage of low-income students of 70% or more, as identified by the 2005-2006 School Report Cards published by the State Board of Education, and (iii) the school district must not be eligible for a fast growth grant under Section 18-8.10 of this Code. The State Board of Education shall distribute the funds on a proportional basis with no single district receiving more than 75% of the funds in any given year. The State Board of Education may adopt rules as needed for the implementation and distribution of grants under this Section.

(105 ILCS 5/7-14A) (from Ch. 122, par. 7-14A)

Sec. 7-14A. Annexation Compensation. There shall be no accounting made after a mere change in boundaries when no new district is created, except that those districts whose enrollment increases by 90% or more as a result of annexing territory detached from another district pursuant to this Article are eligible for supplementary State aid payments in accordance with Section 11E-135 of this Code. Eligible annexing districts shall apply to the State Board of Education for supplementary State aid payments by submitting enrollment figures for the year immediately preceding and the year immediately following the effective date of the boundary change for both the district gaining territory and the district losing territory. Copies of any intergovernmental agreements between the district gaining territory and the district losing territory detailing any transfer of fund balances and staff must also be submitted. In all instances of changes in boundaries, . However, the district losing territory shall not count the average daily attendance of pupils living in the territory during the year preceding the effective date of the boundary change in its claim for reimbursement under Section 18-8 for the school year following the effective date of the change in boundaries and the district receiving the territory shall count the average daily attendance of pupils living in the territory during the year preceding the effective date of the boundary change in its claim for reimbursement under Section 18-8 for the school year following the effective date of the change in boundaries. The changes to this Section made by this amendatory Act of the 95th General Assembly are intended to be retroactive and applicable to any annexation taking effect on or after July 1, 2004.

(Source: P.A. 84-1250.)

(105 ILCS 5/10-20.40 new)

Sec. 10-20.40. Report on contracts.

(a) This Section applies to all school districts, including a school district organized under Article 34 of this Code.

(b) A school board must list on the district's Internet website, if any, all contracts over $25,000 and any contract that the school board enters into with an exclusive bargaining representative.

(c) Each year, in conjunction with the submission of the Statement of Affairs to the State Board of Education prior to December, 1 provided for in Section 10-17, each school district shall submit to the State Board of Education an annual report on all contracts over $25,000 awarded by the school district during the previous fiscal year. The report shall include at least the following:

(1) the total number of all contracts awarded by the school district;

(2) the total value of all contracts awarded;

(3) the number of contracts awarded to minority owned businesses, female owned businesses, and businesses owned by persons with disabilities, as defined in the Business Enterprise for Minorities, Females and Persons with Disabilities Act, and locally owned businesses; and

(4) the total value of contracts awarded to minority owned businesses, female owned businesses, and businesses owned by persons with disabilities, as defined in the Business Enterprise for Minorities, Females and Persons with Disabilities Act, and locally owned businesses.

The report shall be made available to the public, including publication on the school district's Internet website, if any.

(105 ILCS 5/10-20.41 new)

Sec. 10-20.41. Pay for performance.

(a) Beginning with all newly-negotiated collective bargaining agreements entered into after the effective date of this amendatory Act of the 95th General Assembly, a school board and the exclusive bargaining representative, if any, may include a performance-based teacher compensation plan in the subject of its collective bargaining agreement. Nothing in this Section shall preclude the school board and the exclusive bargaining representative from agreeing to and implementing a new performance-based teacher compensation plan prior to the termination of the current collective bargaining agreement.

(b) The new teacher compensation plan bargained and agreed to by the school board and the exclusive bargaining representative under subsection (a) of this Section shall provide certificated personnel with base salaries and shall also provide that any increases in the compensation of individual teachers or groups of teachers beyond base salaries shall be pursuant, but not limited to, any of the following elements:

(1) Superior teacher evaluations based on multiple evaluations of their classroom teaching.

(2) Evaluation of a teacher's student classroom-level achievement growth as measured using a value-added model. "Value-added" means the improvement gains in student achievement that are made each year based on pre-test and post-test outcomes.

(3) Evaluation of school-level achievement growth as measured using a value-added model. "Value-added" means the improvement gains in student achievement that are made each year based on pre-test and post-test outcomes.

(4) Demonstration of superior, outstanding performance by an individual teacher or groups of teachers through the meeting of unique and specific teaching practice objectives defined and agreed to in advance in any given school year.

(5) Preparation for meeting and contribution to the broader needs of the school organization (e.g., curriculum development, family liaison and community outreach, implementation of a professional development program for faculty, and participation in school management).

(c) A school board and exclusive bargaining representative that initiate their own performance-based teacher compensation program shall submit the new plan to the State Board of Education for review not later than 150 days before the plan is to become effective. If the plan does not conform to this Section, the State Board of Education shall return the plan to the school board and the exclusive bargaining representative for modification. The school board and the exclusive bargaining representative shall then have 30 days after the plan is returned to them to submit a modified plan.

(105 ILCS 5/11E-135)

Sec. 11E-135. Incentives. For districts reorganizing under this Article and for a district or districts that annex all of the territory of one or more entire other school districts in accordance with Article 7 of this Code, the following payments shall be made from appropriations made for these purposes:

(a)(1) For a combined school district, as defined in Section 11E-20 of this Code, or for a unit district, as defined in Section 11E-25 of this Code, for its first year of existence, the general State aid and supplemental general State aid calculated under Section 18-8.05 of this Code shall be computed for the new district and for the previously existing districts for which property is totally included within the new district. If the computation on the basis of the previously existing districts is greater, a supplementary payment equal to the difference shall be made for the first 4 years of existence of the new district.

(2) For a school district that annexes all of the territory of one or more entire other school districts as defined in Article 7 of this Code, for the first year during which the change of boundaries attributable to the annexation becomes effective for all purposes, as determined under Section 7-9 of this Code, the general State aid and supplemental general State aid calculated under Section 18-8.05 of this Code shall be computed for the annexing district as constituted after the annexation and for the annexing and each annexed district as constituted prior to the annexation; and if the computation on the basis of the annexing and annexed districts as constituted prior to the annexation is greater, then a supplementary payment equal to the difference shall be made for the first 4 years of existence of the annexing school district as constituted upon the annexation.

(3) For 2 or more school districts that annex all of the territory of one or more entire other school districts, as defined in Article 7 of this Code, for the first year during which the change of boundaries attributable to the annexation becomes effective for all purposes, as determined under Section 7-9 of this Code, the general State aid and supplemental general State aid calculated under Section 18-8.05 of this Code shall be computed for each annexing district as constituted after the annexation and for each annexing and annexed district as constituted prior to the annexation; and if the aggregate of the general State aid and supplemental general State aid as so computed for the annexing districts as constituted after the annexation is less than the aggregate of the general State aid and supplemental general State aid as so computed for the annexing and annexed districts, as constituted prior to the annexation, then a supplementary payment equal to the difference shall be made and allocated between or among the annexing districts, as constituted upon the annexation, for the first 4 years of their existence. The total difference payment shall be allocated between or among the annexing districts in the same ratio as the pupil enrollment from that portion of the annexed district or districts that is annexed to each annexing district bears to the total pupil enrollment from the entire annexed district or districts, as such pupil enrollment is determined for the school year last ending prior to the date when the change of boundaries attributable to the annexation becomes effective for all purposes. The amount of the total difference payment and the amount thereof to be allocated to the annexing districts shall be computed by the State Board of Education on the basis of pupil enrollment and other data that shall be certified to the State Board of Education, on forms that it shall provide for that purpose, by the regional superintendent of schools for each educational service region in which the annexing and annexed districts are located.

(4) For a school district conversion, as defined in Section 11E-15 of this Code, or a multi-unit conversion, as defined in subsection (b) of Section 11E-30 of this Code, if in their first year of existence the newly created elementary districts and the newly created high school district, from a school district conversion, or the newly created elementary district or districts and newly created combined high school - unit district, from a multi-unit conversion, qualify for less general State aid under Section 18-8.05 of this Code than would have been payable under Section 18-8.05 for that same year to the previously existing districts, then a supplementary payment equal to that difference shall be made for the first 4 years of existence of the newly created districts. The aggregate amount of each supplementary payment shall be allocated among the newly created districts in the proportion that the deemed pupil enrollment in each district during its first year of existence bears to the actual aggregate pupil enrollment in all of the districts during their first year of existence. For purposes of each allocation:

(A) the deemed pupil enrollment of the newly created high school district from a school district conversion shall be an amount equal to its actual pupil enrollment for its first year of existence multiplied by 1.25;

(B) the deemed pupil enrollment of each newly created elementary district from a school district conversion shall be an amount equal to its actual pupil enrollment for its first year of existence reduced by an amount equal to the product obtained when the amount by which the newly created high school district's deemed pupil enrollment exceeds its actual pupil enrollment for its first year of existence is multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the actual pupil enrollment of the newly created elementary district for its first year of existence and the denominator of which is the actual aggregate pupil enrollment of all of the newly created elementary districts for their first year of existence;

(C) the deemed high school pupil enrollment of the newly created combined high school - unit district from a multi-unit conversion shall be an amount equal to its actual grades 9 through 12 pupil enrollment for its first year of existence multiplied by 1.25; and

(D) the deemed elementary pupil enrollment of each newly created district from a multi-unit conversion shall be an amount equal to each district's actual grade K through 8 pupil enrollment for its first year of existence, reduced by an amount equal to the product obtained when the amount by which the newly created combined high school - unit district's deemed high school pupil enrollment exceeds its actual grade 9 through 12 pupil enrollment for its first year of existence is multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the actual grade K through 8 pupil enrollment of each newly created district for its first year of existence and the denominator of which is the actual aggregate grade K through 8 pupil enrollment of all such newly created districts for their first year of existence.

The aggregate amount of each supplementary payment under this subdivision (4) and the amount thereof to be allocated to the newly created districts shall be computed by the State Board of Education on the basis of pupil enrollment and other data, which shall be certified to the State Board of Education, on forms that it shall provide for that purpose, by the regional superintendent of schools for each educational service region in which the newly created districts are located.

(5) For a partial elementary unit district, as defined in subsection (a) or (c) of Section 11E-30 of this Code, if, in the first year of existence, the newly created partial elementary unit district qualifies for less general State aid and supplemental general State aid under Section 18-8.05 of this Code than would have been payable under that Section for that same year to the previously existing districts that formed the partial elementary unit district, then a supplementary payment equal to that difference shall be made to the partial elementary unit district for the first 4 years of existence of that newly created district.

(6) For an elementary opt-in, as described in subsection (d) of Section 11E-30 of this Code, the general State aid difference shall be computed in accordance with paragraph (5) of this subsection (a) as if the elementary opt-in was included in an optional elementary unit district at the optional elementary unit district's original effective date. If the calculation in this paragraph (6) is less than that calculated in paragraph (5) of this subsection (a) at the optional elementary unit district's original effective date, then no adjustments may be made. If the calculation in this paragraph (6) is more than that calculated in paragraph (5) of this subsection (a) at the optional elementary unit district's original effective date, then the excess must be paid as follows:

(A) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is one year after the effective date for the optional elementary unit district, 100% of the calculated excess shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in each of the first 4 years after the effective date of the elementary opt-in.

(B) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is 2 years after the effective date for the optional elementary unit district, 75% of the calculated excess shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in each of the first 4 years after the effective date of the elementary opt-in.

(C) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is 3 years after the effective date for the optional elementary unit district, 50% of the calculated excess shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in each of the first 4 years after the effective date of the elementary opt-in.

(D) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is 4 years after the effective date for the optional elementary unit district, 25% of the calculated excess shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in each of the first 4 years after the effective date of the elementary opt-in.

(E) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is 5 years after the effective date for the optional elementary unit district, the optional elementary unit district is not eligible for any additional incentives due to the elementary opt-in.

(6.5) For a school district that annexes territory detached from another school district whereby the enrollment of the annexing district increases by 90% or more as a result of the annexation, for the first year during which the change of boundaries attributable to the annexation becomes effective for all purposes as determined under Section 7-9 of this Code, the general State aid and supplemental general State aid calculated under this Section shall be computed for the district gaining territory and the district losing territory as constituted after the annexation and for the same districts as constituted prior to the annexation; and if the aggregate of the general State aid and supplemental general State aid as so computed for the district gaining territory and the district losing territory as constituted after the annexation is less than the aggregate of the general State aid and supplemental general State aid as so computed for the district gaining territory and the district losing territory as constituted prior to the annexation, then a supplementary payment shall be made to the annexing district for the first 4 years of existence after the annexation, equal to the difference multiplied by the ratio of student enrollment in the territory detached to the total student enrollment in the district losing territory for the year prior to the effective date of the annexation. The amount of the total difference and the proportion paid to the annexing district shall be computed by the State Board of Education on the basis of pupil enrollment and other data that must be submitted to the State Board of Education in accordance with Section 7-14A of this Code. The changes to this Section made by this amendatory Act of the 95th General Assembly are intended to be retroactive and applicable to any annexation taking effect on or after July 1, 2004. For annexations that are eligible for payments under this paragraph (6.5) and that are effective on or after July 1, 2004, but before the effective date of this amendatory Act of the 95th General Assembly, the first required yearly payment under this paragraph (6.5) shall be paid in the fiscal year of the effective date of this amendatory Act of the 95th General Assembly. Subsequent required yearly payments shall be paid in subsequent fiscal years until the payment obligation under this paragraph (6.5) is complete.

(7) Claims for financial assistance under this subsection (a) may not be recomputed except as expressly provided under Section 18-8.05 of this Code.

(8) Any supplementary payment made under this subsection (a) must be treated as separate from all other payments made pursuant to Section 18-8.05 of this Code.

(b)(1) After the formation of a combined school district, as defined in Section 11E-20 of this Code, or a unit district, as defined in Section 11E-25 of this Code, a computation shall be made to determine the difference between the salaries effective in each of the previously existing districts on June 30, prior to the creation of the new district. For the first 4 years after the formation of the new district, a supplementary State aid reimbursement shall be paid to the new district equal to the difference between the sum of the salaries earned by each of the certificated members of the new district, while employed in one of the previously existing districts during the year immediately preceding the formation of the new district, and the sum of the salaries those certificated members would have been paid during the year immediately prior to the formation of the new district if placed on the salary schedule of the previously existing district with the highest salary schedule.

(2) After the territory of one or more school districts is annexed by one or more other school districts as defined in Article 7 of this Code, a computation shall be made to determine the difference between the salaries effective in each annexed district and in the annexing district or districts as they were each constituted on June 30 preceding the date when the change of boundaries attributable to the annexation became effective for all purposes, as determined under Section 7-9 of this Code. For the first 4 years after the annexation, a supplementary State aid reimbursement shall be paid to each annexing district as constituted after the annexation equal to the difference between the sum of the salaries earned by each of the certificated members of the annexing district as constituted after the annexation, while employed in an annexed or annexing district during the year immediately preceding the annexation, and the sum of the salaries those certificated members would have been paid during the immediately preceding year if placed on the salary schedule of whichever of the annexing or annexed districts had the highest salary schedule during the immediately preceding year.

(3) For each new high school district formed under a school district conversion, as defined in Section 11E-15 of this Code, the State shall make a supplementary payment for 4 years equal to the difference between the sum of the salaries earned by each certified member of the new high school district, while employed in one of the previously existing districts, and the sum of the salaries those certified members would have been paid if placed on the salary schedule of the previously existing district with the highest salary schedule.

(4) For each newly created partial elementary unit district, the State shall make a supplementary payment for 4 years equal to the difference between the sum of the salaries earned by each certified member of the newly created partial elementary unit district, while employed in one of the previously existing districts that formed the partial elementary unit district, and the sum of the salaries those certified members would have been paid if placed on the salary schedule of the previously existing district with the highest salary schedule. The salary schedules used in the calculation shall be those in effect in the previously existing districts for the school year prior to the creation of the new partial elementary unit district.

(5) For an elementary district opt-in, as described in subsection (d) of Section 11E-30 of this Code, the salary difference incentive shall be computed in accordance with paragraph (4) of this subsection (b) as if the opted-in elementary district was included in the optional elementary unit district at the optional elementary unit district's original effective date. If the calculation in this paragraph (5) is less than that calculated in paragraph (4) of this subsection (b) at the optional elementary unit district's original effective date, then no adjustments may be made. If the calculation in this paragraph (5) is more than that calculated in paragraph (4) of this subsection (b) at the optional elementary unit district's original effective date, then the excess must be paid as follows:

(A) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is one year after the effective date for the optional elementary unit district, 100% of the calculated excess shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in each of the first 4 years after the effective date of the elementary opt-in.

(B) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is 2 years after the effective date for the optional elementary unit district, 75% of the calculated excess shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in each of the first 4 years after the effective date of the elementary opt-in.

(C) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is 3 years after the effective date for the optional elementary unit district, 50% of the calculated excess shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in each of the first 4 years after the effective date of the elementary opt-in.

(D) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is 4 years after the effective date for the partial elementary unit district, 25% of the calculated excess shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in each of the first 4 years after the effective date of the elementary opt-in.

(E) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is 5 years after the effective date for the optional elementary unit district, the optional elementary unit district is not eligible for any additional incentives due to the elementary opt-in.

(5.5) (b-5) After the formation of a cooperative high school by 2 or more school districts under Section 10-22.22c of this Code, a computation shall be made to determine the difference between the salaries effective in each of the previously existing high schools on June 30 prior to the formation of the cooperative high school. For the first 4 years after the formation of the cooperative high school, a supplementary State aid reimbursement shall be paid to the cooperative high school equal to the difference between the sum of the salaries earned by each of the certificated members of the cooperative high school while employed in one of the previously existing high schools during the year immediately preceding the formation of the cooperative high school and the sum of the salaries those certificated members would have been paid during the year immediately prior to the formation of the cooperative high school if placed on the salary schedule of the previously existing high school with the highest salary schedule.

(5.10) After the annexation of territory detached from another school district whereby the enrollment of the annexing district increases by 90% or more as a result of the annexation, a computation shall be made to determine the difference between the salaries effective in the district gaining territory and the district losing territory as they each were constituted on June 30 preceding the date when the change of boundaries attributable to the annexation became effective for all purposes as determined under Section 7-9 of this Code. For the first 4 years after the annexation, a supplementary State aid reimbursement shall be paid to the annexing district equal to the difference between the sum of the salaries earned by each of the certificated members of the annexing district as constituted after the annexation while employed in the district gaining territory or the district losing territory during the year immediately preceding the annexation and the sum of the salaries those certificated members would have been paid during such immediately preceding year if placed on the salary schedule of whichever of the district gaining territory or district losing territory had the highest salary schedule during the immediately preceding year. To be eligible for supplementary State aid reimbursement under this Section, the intergovernmental agreement to be submitted pursuant to Section 7-14A of this Code must show that staff members were transferred from the control of the district losing territory to the control of the district gaining territory in the annexation. The changes to this Section made by this amendatory Act of the 95th General Assembly are intended to be retroactive and applicable to any annexation taking effect on or after July 1, 2004. For annexations that are eligible for payments under this paragraph (5.10) and that are effective on or after July 1, 2004, but before the effective date of this amendatory Act of the 95th General Assembly, the first required yearly payment under this paragraph (5.10) shall be paid in the fiscal year of the effective date of this amendatory Act of the 95th General Assembly. Subsequent required yearly payments shall be paid in subsequent fiscal years until the payment obligation under this paragraph (5.10) is complete.

(6) The supplementary State aid reimbursement under this subsection (b) shall be treated as separate from all other payments made pursuant to Section 18-8.05 of this Code. In the case of the formation of a new district or cooperative high school, reimbursement shall begin during the first year of operation of the new district or cooperative high school, and in the case of an annexation of the territory of one or more school districts by one or more other school districts or the annexation of territory detached from a school district whereby the enrollment of the annexing district increases by 90% or more as a result of the annexation, reimbursement shall begin during the first year when the change in boundaries attributable to the annexation or division becomes effective for all purposes as determined pursuant to Section 7-9 of this Code, except that for an annexation of territory detached from a school district that is effective on or after July 1, 2004, but before the effective date of this amendatory Act of the 95th General Assembly, whereby the enrollment of the annexing district increases by 90% or more as a result of the annexation, reimbursement shall begin during the fiscal year of the effective date of this amendatory Act of the 95th General Assembly. Each year that the new, annexing, or resulting district or cooperative high school, as the case may be, is entitled to receive reimbursement, the number of eligible certified members who are employed on October 1 in the district or cooperative high school shall be certified to the State Board of Education on prescribed forms by October 15 and payment shall be made on or before November 15 of that year.

(c)(1) For the first year after the formation of a combined school district, as defined in Section 11E-20 of this Code or a unit district, as defined in Section 11E-25 of this Code, a computation shall be made totaling each previously existing district's audited fund balances in the educational fund, working cash fund, operations and maintenance fund, and transportation fund for the year ending June 30 prior to the referendum for the creation of the new district. The new district shall be paid supplementary State aid equal to the sum of the differences between the deficit of the previously existing district with the smallest deficit and the deficits of each of the other previously existing districts.

(2) For the first year after the annexation of all of the territory of one or more entire school districts by another school district, as defined in Article 7 of this Code, computations shall be made, for the year ending June 30 prior to the date that the change of boundaries attributable to the annexation is allowed by the affirmative decision issued by the regional board of school trustees under Section 7-6 of this Code, notwithstanding any effort to seek administrative review of the decision, totaling the annexing district's and totaling each annexed district's audited fund balances in their respective educational, working cash, operations and maintenance, and transportation funds. The annexing district as constituted after the annexation shall be paid supplementary State aid equal to the sum of the differences between the deficit of whichever of the annexing or annexed districts as constituted prior to the annexation had the smallest deficit and the deficits of each of the other districts as constituted prior to the annexation.

(3) For the first year after the annexation of all of the territory of one or more entire school districts by 2 or more other school districts, as defined by Article 7 of this Code, computations shall be made, for the year ending June 30 prior to the date that the change of boundaries attributable to the annexation is allowed by the affirmative decision of the regional board of school trustees under Section 7-6 of this Code, notwithstanding any action for administrative review of the decision, totaling each annexing and annexed district's audited fund balances in their respective educational, working cash, operations and maintenance, and transportation funds. The annexing districts as constituted after the annexation shall be paid supplementary State aid, allocated as provided in this paragraph (3), in an aggregate amount equal to the sum of the differences between the deficit of whichever of the annexing or annexed districts as constituted prior to the annexation had the smallest deficit and the deficits of each of the other districts as constituted prior to the annexation. The aggregate amount of the supplementary State aid payable under this paragraph (3) shall be allocated between or among the annexing districts as follows:

(A) the regional superintendent of schools for each educational service region in which an annexed district is located prior to the annexation shall certify to the State Board of Education, on forms that it shall provide for that purpose, the value of all taxable property in each annexed district, as last equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue prior to the annexation, and the equalized assessed value of each part of the annexed district that was annexed to or included as a part of an annexing district;

(B) using equalized assessed values as certified by the regional superintendent of schools under clause (A) of this paragraph (3), the combined audited fund balance deficit of each annexed district as determined under this Section shall be apportioned between or among the annexing districts in the same ratio as the equalized assessed value of that part of the annexed district that was annexed to or included as a part of an annexing district bears to the total equalized assessed value of the annexed district; and

(C) the aggregate supplementary State aid payment under this paragraph (3) shall be allocated between or among, and shall be paid to, the annexing districts in the same ratio as the sum of the combined audited fund balance deficit of each annexing district as constituted prior to the annexation, plus all combined audited fund balance deficit amounts apportioned to that annexing district under clause (B) of this subsection, bears to the aggregate of the combined audited fund balance deficits of all of the annexing and annexed districts as constituted prior to the annexation.

(4) For the new elementary districts and new high school district formed through a school district conversion, as defined in subsection (b) of Section 11E-15 of this Code or the new elementary district or districts and new combined high school - unit district formed through a multi-unit conversion, as defined in subsection (b) of Section 11E-30 of this Code, a computation shall be made totaling each previously existing district's audited fund balances in the educational fund, working cash fund, operations and maintenance fund, and transportation fund for the year ending June 30 prior to the referendum establishing the new districts. In the first year of the new districts, the State shall make a one-time supplementary payment equal to the sum of the differences between the deficit of the previously existing district with the smallest deficit and the deficits of each of the other previously existing districts. A district with a combined balance among the 4 funds that is positive shall be considered to have a deficit of zero. The supplementary payment shall be allocated among the newly formed high school and elementary districts in the manner provided by the petition for the formation of the districts, in the form in which the petition is approved by the regional superintendent of schools or State Superintendent of Education under Section 11E-50 of this Code.

(5) For each newly created partial elementary unit district, as defined in subsection (a) or (c) of Section 11E-30 of this Code, a computation shall be made totaling the audited fund balances of each previously existing district that formed the new partial elementary unit district in the educational fund, working cash fund, operations and maintenance fund, and transportation fund for the year ending June 30 prior to the referendum for the formation of the partial elementary unit district. In the first year of the new partial elementary unit district, the State shall make a one-time supplementary payment to the new district equal to the sum of the differences between the deficit of the previously existing district with the smallest deficit and the deficits of each of the other previously existing districts. A district with a combined balance among the 4 funds that is positive shall be considered to have a deficit of zero.

(6) For an elementary opt-in as defined in subsection (d) of Section 11E-30 of this Code, the deficit fund balance incentive shall be computed in accordance with paragraph (5) of this subsection (c) as if the opted-in elementary was included in the optional elementary unit district at the optional elementary unit district's original effective date. If the calculation in this paragraph (6) is less than that calculated in paragraph (5) of this subsection (c) at the optional elementary unit district's original effective date, then no adjustments may be made. If the calculation in this paragraph (6) is more than that calculated in paragraph (5) of this subsection (c) at the optional elementary unit district's original effective date, then the excess must be paid as follows:

(A) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is one year after the effective date for the optional elementary unit district, 100% of the calculated excess shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in the first year after the effective date of the elementary opt-in.

(B) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is 2 years after the effective date for the optional elementary unit district, 75% of the calculated excess shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in the first year after the effective date of the elementary opt-in.

(C) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is 3 years after the effective date for the optional elementary unit district, 50% of the calculated excess shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in the first year after the effective date of the elementary opt-in.

(D) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is 4 years after the effective date for the optional elementary unit district, 25% of the calculated excess shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district in the first year after the effective date of the elementary opt-in.

(E) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is 5 years after the effective date for the optional elementary unit district, the optional elementary unit district is not eligible for any additional incentives due to the elementary opt-in.

(6.5) For the first year after the annexation of territory detached from another school district whereby the enrollment of the annexing district increases by 90% or more as a result of the annexation, a computation shall be made totaling the audited fund balances of the district gaining territory and the audited fund balances of the district losing territory in the educational fund, working cash fund, operations and maintenance fund, and transportation fund for the year ending June 30 prior to the date that the change of boundaries attributable to the annexation is allowed by the affirmative decision of the regional board of school trustees under Section 7-6 of this Code, notwithstanding any action for administrative review of the decision. The annexing district as constituted after the annexation shall be paid supplementary State aid equal to the difference between the deficit of whichever district included in this calculation as constituted prior to the annexation had the smallest deficit and the deficit of each other district included in this calculation as constituted prior to the annexation, multiplied by the ratio of equalized assessed value of the territory detached to the total equalized assessed value of the district losing territory. The regional superintendent of schools for the educational service region in which a district losing territory is located prior to the annexation shall certify to the State Board of Education the value of all taxable property in the district losing territory and the value of all taxable property in the territory being detached, as last equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue prior to the annexation. To be eligible for supplementary State aid reimbursement under this Section, the intergovernmental agreement to be submitted pursuant to Section 7-14A of this Code must show that fund balances were transferred from the district losing territory to the district gaining territory in the annexation. The changes to this Section made by this amendatory Act of the 95th General Assembly are intended to be retroactive and applicable to any annexation taking effect on or after July 1, 2004. For annexations that are eligible for payments under this paragraph (6.5) and that are effective on or after July 1, 2004, but before the effective date of this amendatory Act of the 95th General Assembly, the required payment under this paragraph (6.5) shall be paid in the fiscal year of the effective date of this amendatory Act of the 95th General Assembly.

(7) For purposes of any calculation required under paragraph (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), or (6), or (6.5) of this subsection (c), a district with a combined fund balance that is positive shall be considered to have a deficit of zero. For purposes of determining each district's audited fund balances in its educational fund, working cash fund, operations and maintenance fund, and transportation fund for the specified year ending June 30, as provided in paragraphs (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), and (6), and (6.5) of this subsection (c), the balance of each fund shall be deemed decreased by an amount equal to the amount of the annual property tax theretofore levied in the fund by the district for collection and payment to the district during the calendar year in which the June 30 fell, but only to the extent that the tax so levied in the fund actually was received by the district on or before or comprised a part of the fund on such June 30. For purposes of determining each district's audited fund balances, a calculation shall be made for each fund to determine the average for the 3 years prior to the specified year ending June 30, as provided in paragraphs (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), and (6), and (6.5) of this subsection (c), of the district's expenditures in the categories "purchased services", "supplies and materials", and "capital outlay", as those categories are defined in rules of the State Board of Education. If this 3-year average is less than the district's expenditures in these categories for the specified year ending June 30, as provided in paragraphs (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), and (6), and (6.5) of this subsection (c), then the 3-year average shall be used in calculating the amounts payable under this Section in place of the amounts shown in these categories for the specified year ending June 30, as provided in paragraphs (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), and (6), and (6.5) of this subsection (c). Any deficit because of State aid not yet received may not be considered in determining the June 30 deficits. The same basis of accounting shall be used by all previously existing districts and by all annexing or annexed districts, as constituted prior to the annexation, in making any computation required under paragraphs (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), and (6), and (6.5) of this subsection (c).

(8) The supplementary State aid payments under this subsection (c) shall be treated as separate from all other payments made pursuant to Section 18-8.05 of this Code.

(d)(1) Following the formation of a combined school district, as defined in Section 11E-20 of this Code, a new elementary district or districts and a new high school district formed through a school district conversion, as defined in subsection (b) of Section 11E-15 of this Code, a new partial elementary unit district, as defined in Section 11E-30 of this Code, or a new elementary district or districts formed through a multi-unit conversion, as defined in subsection (b) of Section 11E-30 of this Code, or the annexation of all of the territory of one or more entire school districts by one or more other school districts, as defined in Article 7 of this Code, a supplementary State aid reimbursement shall be paid for the number of school years determined under the following table to each new or annexing district equal to the sum of $4,000 for each certified employee who is employed by the district on a full-time basis for the regular term of the school year:

The State Board of Education shall make a one-time calculation of a reorganized district's quintile ranks. The average daily attendance used in this calculation shall be the best 3 months' average daily attendance for the district's first year. The equalized assessed value per pupil shall be the district's real property equalized assessed value used in calculating the district's first-year general State aid claim, under Section 18-8.05 of this Code, divided by the best 3 months' average daily attendance.

No annexing or resulting school district shall be entitled to supplementary State aid under this subsection (d) unless the district acquires at least 30% of the average daily attendance of the district from which the territory is being detached or divided.

If a district results from multiple reorganizations that would otherwise qualify the district for multiple payments under this subsection (d) in any year, then the district shall receive a single payment only for that year based solely on the most recent reorganization.

(2) For an elementary opt-in, as defined in subsection (d) of Section 11E-30 of this Code, the full-time certified staff incentive shall be computed in accordance with paragraph (1) of this subsection (d), equal to the sum of $4,000 for each certified employee of the elementary district that opts-in who is employed by the optional elementary unit district on a full-time basis for the regular term of the school year. The calculation from this paragraph (2) must be paid as follows:

(A) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is one year after the effective date for the optional elementary unit district, 100% of the amount calculated in this paragraph (2) shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district for the number of years calculated in paragraph (1) of this subsection (d) at the optional elementary unit district's original effective date, starting in the second year after the effective date of the elementary opt-in.

(B) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is 2 years after the effective date for the optional elementary unit district, 75% of the amount calculated in this paragraph (2) shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district for the number of years calculated in paragraph (1) of this subsection (d) at the optional elementary unit district's original effective date, starting in the second year after the effective date of the elementary opt-in.

(C) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is 3 years after the effective date for the optional elementary unit district, 50% of the amount calculated in this paragraph (2) shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district for the number of years calculated in paragraph (1) of this subsection (d) at the optional elementary unit district's original effective date, starting in the second year after the effective date of the elementary opt-in.

(D) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is 4 years after the effective date for the optional elementary unit district, 25% of the amount calculated in this paragraph (2) shall be paid to the optional elementary unit district for the number of years calculated in paragraph (1) of this subsection (d) at the optional elementary unit district's original effective date, starting in the second year after the effective date of the elementary opt-in.

(E) If the effective date for the elementary opt-in is 5 years after the effective date for the optional elementary unit district, the optional elementary unit district is not eligible for any additional incentives due to the elementary opt-in.

(2.5) (a-5) Following the formation of a cooperative high school by 2 or more school districts under Section 10-22.22c of this Code, a supplementary State aid reimbursement shall be paid for 3 school years to the cooperative high school equal to the sum of $4,000 for each certified employee who is employed by the cooperative high school on a full-time basis for the regular term of any such school year. If a cooperative high school results from multiple agreements that would otherwise qualify the cooperative high school for multiple payments under this Section in any year, the cooperative high school shall receive a single payment for that year based solely on the most recent agreement.

(2.10) Following the annexation of territory detached from another school district whereby the enrollment of the annexing district increases 90% or more as a result of the annexation, a supplementary State aid reimbursement shall be paid to the annexing district equal to the sum of $4,000 for each certified employee who is employed by the annexing district on a full-time basis and shall be calculated in accordance with subsection (a) of this Section. To be eligible for supplementary State aid reimbursement under this Section, the intergovernmental agreement to be submitted pursuant to Section 7-14A of this Code must show that certified staff members were transferred from the control of the district losing territory to the control of the district gaining territory in the annexation. The changes to this Section made by this amendatory Act of the 95th General Assembly are intended to be retroactive and applicable to any annexation taking effect on or after July 1, 2004. For annexations that are eligible for payments under this paragraph (2.10) and that are effective on or after July 1, 2004, but before the effective date of this amendatory Act of the 95th General Assembly, the first required yearly payment under this paragraph (2.10) shall be paid in the second fiscal year after the effective date of this amendatory Act of the 95th General Assembly. Any subsequent required yearly payments shall be paid in subsequent fiscal years until the payment obligation under this paragraph (2.10) is complete.

(3) The supplementary State aid reimbursement payable under this subsection (d) shall be separate from and in addition to all other payments made to the district pursuant to any other Section of this Article.

(4) During May of each school year for which a supplementary State aid reimbursement is to be paid to a new or annexing school district or cooperative high school pursuant to this subsection (d), the school board or governing board shall certify to the State Board of Education, on forms furnished to the school board or governing board by the State Board of Education for purposes of this subsection (d), the number of certified employees for which the district or cooperative high school is entitled to reimbursement under this Section, together with the names, certificate numbers, and positions held by the certified employees.

(5) Upon certification by the State Board of Education to the State Comptroller of the amount of the supplementary State aid reimbursement to which a school district or cooperative high school is entitled under this subsection (d), the State Comptroller shall draw his or her warrant upon the State Treasurer for the payment thereof to the school district or cooperative high school and shall promptly transmit the payment to the school district or cooperative high school through the appropriate school treasurer.

(Source: P.A. 94-1019, eff. 7-10-06; incorporates P.A. 94-902, eff. 7-1-06; revised 9-13-06.)

(105 ILCS 5/14-13.01) (from Ch. 122, par. 14-13.01)

Sec. 14-13.01. Reimbursement payable by State; Amounts. Reimbursement for furnishing special educational facilities in a recognized school to the type of children defined in Section 14-1.02 shall be paid to the school districts in accordance with Section 14-12.01 for each school year ending June 30 by the State Comptroller out of any money in the treasury appropriated for such purposes on the presentation of vouchers by the State Board of Education.

The reimbursement shall be limited to funds expended for construction and maintenance of special education facilities designed and utilized to house instructional programs, diagnostic services, other special education services for children with disabilities and reimbursement as provided in Section 14-13.01. There shall be no reimbursement for construction and maintenance of any administrative facility separated from special education facilities designed and utilized to house instructional programs, diagnostic services and other special education services for children with disabilities.

(a) For children who have not been identified as eligible for special education and for eligible children with physical disabilities, including all eligible children whose placement has been determined under Section 14-8.02 in hospital or home instruction, 1/2 of the teacher's salary but not more than $1,000 annually per child or $8,000 per teacher for the 1985-1986 school year through the 2005-2006 school year and $1,000 per child or $9,000 per teacher for the 2006-2007 school year and for each school year and thereafter, whichever is less. Children to be included in any reimbursement under this paragraph must regularly receive a minimum of one hour of instruction each school day, or in lieu thereof of a minimum of 5 hours of instruction in each school week in order to qualify for full reimbursement under this Section. If the attending physician for such a child has certified that the child should not receive as many as 5 hours of instruction in a school week, however, reimbursement under this paragraph on account of that child shall be computed proportionate to the actual hours of instruction per week for that child divided by 5.

(b) For children described in Section 14-1.02, 4/5 of the cost of transportation for each such child, whom the State Superintendent of Education determined in advance requires special transportation service in order to take advantage of special educational facilities. Transportation costs shall be determined in the same fashion as provided in Section 29-5. For purposes of this subsection (b), the dates for processing claims specified in Section 29-5 shall apply.

(c) For each professional worker excluding those included in subparagraphs (a), (d), (e), and (f) of this Section, the annual sum of $8,000 for the 1985-1986 school year through the 2005-2006 school year and $9,000 for the 2006-2007 school year and for each school year and thereafter.

(d) For one full time qualified director of the special education program of each school district which maintains a fully approved program of special education the annual sum of $8,000 for the 1985-1986 school year through the 2005-2006 school year and $9,000 for the 2006-2007 school year and for each school year and thereafter. Districts participating in a joint agreement special education program shall not receive such reimbursement if reimbursement is made for a director of the joint agreement program.

(e) For each school psychologist as defined in Section 14-1.09 the annual sum of $8,000 for the 1985-1986 school year through the 2005-2006 school year and $9,000 for the 2006-2007 school year and for each school year and thereafter.

(f) For each qualified teacher working in a fully approved program for children of preschool age who are deaf or hard-of-hearing the annual sum of $8,000 for the 1985-1986 school year through the 2005-2006 school year and $9,000 for the 2006-2007 school year and for each school year and thereafter.

(g) For readers, working with blind or partially seeing children 1/2 of their salary but not more than $400 annually per child. Readers may be employed to assist such children and shall not be required to be certified but prior to employment shall meet standards set up by the State Board of Education.

(h) For necessary non-certified employees working in any class or program for children defined in this Article, 1/2 of the salary paid or $2,800 annually per employee through the 2005-2006 school year and $3,500 per employee for the 2006-2007 school year and for each school year thereafter, whichever is less.

The State Board of Education shall set standards and prescribe rules for determining the allocation of reimbursement under this section on less than a full time basis and for less than a school year.

When any school district eligible for reimbursement under this Section operates a school or program approved by the State Superintendent of Education for a number of days in excess of the adopted school calendar but not to exceed 235 school days, such reimbursement shall be increased by 1/180 of the amount or rate paid hereunder for each day such school is operated in excess of 180 days per calendar year.

Notwithstanding any other provision of law, any school district receiving a payment under this Section or under Section 14-7.02, 14-7.02b, or 29-5 of this Code may classify all or a portion of the funds that it receives in a particular fiscal year or from general State aid pursuant to Section 18-8.05 of this Code as funds received in connection with any funding program for which it is entitled to receive funds from the State in that fiscal year (including, without limitation, any funding program referenced in this Section), regardless of the source or timing of the receipt. The district may not classify more funds as funds received in connection with the funding program than the district is entitled to receive in that fiscal year for that program. Any classification by a district must be made by a resolution of its board of education. The resolution must identify the amount of any payments or general State aid to be classified under this paragraph and must specify the funding program to which the funds are to be treated as received in connection therewith. This resolution is controlling as to the classification of funds referenced therein. A certified copy of the resolution must be sent to the State Superintendent of Education. The resolution shall still take effect even though a copy of the resolution has not been sent to the State Superintendent of Education in a timely manner. No classification under this paragraph by a district shall affect the total amount or timing of money the district is entitled to receive under this Code. No classification under this paragraph by a district shall in any way relieve the district from or affect any requirements that otherwise would apply with respect to that funding program, including any accounting of funds by source, reporting expenditures by original source and purpose, reporting requirements, or requirements of providing services.

(Source: P.A. 95-415, eff. 8-24-07.)

(105 ILCS 5/18-8.05)

Sec. 18-8.05. Basis for apportionment of general State financial aid and supplemental general State aid to the common schools for the 1998-1999 and subsequent school years.

(A) General Provisions.

(1) The provisions of this Section apply to the 1998-1999 and subsequent school years. The system of general State financial aid provided for in this Section is designed to assure that, through a combination of State financial aid and required local resources, the financial support provided each pupil in Average Daily Attendance equals or exceeds a prescribed per pupil Foundation Level. This formula approach imputes a level of per pupil Available Local Resources and provides for the basis to calculate a per pupil level of general State financial aid that, when added to Available Local Resources, equals or exceeds the Foundation Level. The amount of per pupil general State financial aid for school districts, in general, varies in inverse relation to Available Local Resources. Per pupil amounts are based upon each school district's Average Daily Attendance as that term is defined in this Section.

(2) In addition to general State financial aid, school districts with specified levels or concentrations of pupils from low income households are eligible to receive supplemental general State financial aid grants as provided pursuant to subsection (H). The supplemental State aid grants provided for school districts under subsection (H) shall be appropriated for distribution to school districts as part of the same line item in which the general State financial aid of school districts is appropriated under this Section.

(3) To receive financial assistance under this Section, school districts are required to file claims with the State Board of Education, subject to the following requirements:

(a) Any school district which fails for any given school year to maintain school as required by law, or to maintain a recognized school is not eligible to file for such school year any claim upon the Common School Fund. In case of nonrecognition of one or more attendance centers in a school district otherwise operating recognized schools, the claim of the district shall be reduced in the proportion which the Average Daily Attendance in the attendance center or centers bear to the Average Daily Attendance in the school district. A "recognized school" means any public school which meets the standards as established for recognition by the State Board of Education. A school district or attendance center not having recognition status at the end of a school term is entitled to receive State aid payments due upon a legal claim which was filed while it was recognized.

(b) School district claims filed under this Section are subject to Sections 18-9 and 18-12, except as otherwise provided in this Section.

(c) If a school district operates a full year school under Section 10-19.1, the general State aid to the school district shall be determined by the State Board of Education in accordance with this Section as near as may be applicable.

(d) (Blank).

(4) Except as provided in subsections (H) and (L), the board of any district receiving any of the grants provided for in this Section may apply those funds to any fund so received for which that board is authorized to make expenditures by law.

School districts are not required to exert a minimum Operating Tax Rate in order to qualify for assistance under this Section.

(5) As used in this Section the following terms, when capitalized, shall have the meaning ascribed herein:

(a) "Average Daily Attendance": A count of pupil attendance in school, averaged as provided for in subsection (C) and utilized in deriving per pupil financial support levels.

(b) "Available Local Resources": A computation of local financial support, calculated on the basis of Average Daily Attendance and derived as provided pursuant to subsection (D).

(c) "Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes": Funds paid to local school districts pursuant to "An Act in relation to the abolition of ad valorem personal property tax and the replacement of revenues lost thereby, and amending and repealing certain Acts and parts of Acts in connection therewith", certified August 14, 1979, as amended (Public Act 81-1st S.S.-1).

(d) "Foundation Level": A prescribed level of per pupil financial support as provided for in subsection (B).

(e) "Operating Tax Rate": All school district property taxes extended for all purposes, except Bond and Interest, Summer School, Rent, Capital Improvement, and Vocational Education Building purposes.

(B) Foundation Level.

(1) The Foundation Level is a figure established by the State representing the minimum level of per pupil financial support that should be available to provide for the basic education of each pupil in Average Daily Attendance. As set forth in this Section, each school district is assumed to exert a sufficient local taxing effort such that, in combination with the aggregate of general State financial aid provided the district, an aggregate of State and local resources are available to meet the basic education needs of pupils in the district.

(2) For the 1998-1999 school year, the Foundation Level of support is $4,225. For the 1999-2000 school year, the Foundation Level of support is $4,325. For the 2000-2001 school year, the Foundation Level of support is $4,425. For the 2001-2002 school year and 2002-2003 school year, the Foundation Level of support is $4,560. For the 2003-2004 school year, the Foundation Level of support is $4,810. For the 2004-2005 school year, the Foundation Level of support is $4,964. For the 2005-2006 school year, the Foundation Level of support is $5,164. For the 2006-2007 school year, the Foundation Level of support is $5,334.

(3) For the 2007-2008 2006-2007 school year and each school year thereafter, the Foundation Level of support is $5,734 $5,334 or such greater amount as may be established by law by the General Assembly.

(C) Average Daily Attendance.

(1) For purposes of calculating general State aid pursuant to subsection (E), an Average Daily Attendance figure shall be utilized. The Average Daily Attendance figure for formula calculation purposes shall be the monthly average of the actual number of pupils in attendance of each school district, as further averaged for the best 3 months of pupil attendance for each school district. In compiling the figures for the number of pupils in attendance, school districts and the State Board of Education shall, for purposes of general State aid funding, conform attendance figures to the requirements of subsection (F).

(2) The Average Daily Attendance figures utilized in subsection (E) shall be the requisite attendance data for the school year immediately preceding the school year for which general State aid is being calculated or the average of the attendance data for the 3 preceding school years, whichever is greater. The Average Daily Attendance figures utilized in subsection (H) shall be the requisite attendance data for the school year immediately preceding the school year for which general State aid is being calculated.

(D) Available Local Resources.

(1) For purposes of calculating general State aid pursuant to subsection (E), a representation of Available Local Resources per pupil, as that term is defined and determined in this subsection, shall be utilized. Available Local Resources per pupil shall include a calculated dollar amount representing local school district revenues from local property taxes and from Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes, expressed on the basis of pupils in Average Daily Attendance. Calculation of Available Local Resources shall exclude any tax amnesty funds received as a result of Public Act 93-26.

(2) In determining a school district's revenue from local property taxes, the State Board of Education shall utilize the equalized assessed valuation of all taxable property of each school district as of September 30 of the previous year. The equalized assessed valuation utilized shall be obtained and determined as provided in subsection (G).

(3) For school districts maintaining grades kindergarten through 12, local property tax revenues per pupil shall be calculated as the product of the applicable equalized assessed valuation for the district multiplied by 3.00%, and divided by the district's Average Daily Attendance figure. For school districts maintaining grades kindergarten through 8, local property tax revenues per pupil shall be calculated as the product of the applicable equalized assessed valuation for the district multiplied by 2.30%, and divided by the district's Average Daily Attendance figure. For school districts maintaining grades 9 through 12, local property tax revenues per pupil shall be the applicable equalized assessed valuation of the district multiplied by 1.05%, and divided by the district's Average Daily Attendance figure.

For partial elementary unit districts created pursuant to Article 11E of this Code, local property tax revenues per pupil shall be calculated as the product of the equalized assessed valuation for property within the elementary and high school classification of the partial elementary unit district multiplied by 2.06% and divided by the Average Daily Attendance figure for grades kindergarten through 8, plus the product of the equalized assessed valuation for property within the high school only classification of the partial elementary unit district multiplied by 0.94% and divided by the Average Daily Attendance figure for grades 9 through 12.

(4) The Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes paid to each school district during the calendar year 2 years before the calendar year in which a school year begins, divided by the Average Daily Attendance figure for that district, shall be added to the local property tax revenues per pupil as derived by the application of the immediately preceding paragraph (3). The sum of these per pupil figures for each school district shall constitute Available Local Resources as that term is utilized in subsection (E) in the calculation of general State aid.

(E) Computation of General State Aid.

(1) For each school year, the amount of general State aid allotted to a school district shall be computed by the State Board of Education as provided in this subsection.

(2) For any school district for which Available Local Resources per pupil is less than the product of 0.93 times the Foundation Level, general State aid for that district shall be calculated as an amount equal to the Foundation Level minus Available Local Resources, multiplied by the Average Daily Attendance of the school district.

(3) For any school district for which Available Local Resources per pupil is equal to or greater than the product of 0.93 times the Foundation Level and less than the product of 1.75 times the Foundation Level, the general State aid per pupil shall be a decimal proportion of the Foundation Level derived using a linear algorithm. Under this linear algorithm, the calculated general State aid per pupil shall decline in direct linear fashion from 0.07 times the Foundation Level for a school district with Available Local Resources equal to the product of 0.93 times the Foundation Level, to 0.05 times the Foundation Level for a school district with Available Local Resources equal to the product of 1.75 times the Foundation Level. The allocation of general State aid for school districts subject to this paragraph 3 shall be the calculated general State aid per pupil figure multiplied by the Average Daily Attendance of the school district.

(4) For any school district for which Available Local Resources per pupil equals or exceeds the product of 1.75 times the Foundation Level, the general State aid for the school district shall be calculated as the product of $218 multiplied by the Average Daily Attendance of the school district.

(5) The amount of general State aid allocated to a school district for the 1999-2000 school year meeting the requirements set forth in paragraph (4) of subsection (G) shall be increased by an amount equal to the general State aid that would have been received by the district for the 1998-1999 school year by utilizing the Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation as calculated in paragraph (4) of subsection (G) less the general State aid allotted for the 1998-1999 school year. This amount shall be deemed a one time increase, and shall not affect any future general State aid allocations.

(F) Compilation of Average Daily Attendance.

(1) Each school district shall, by July 1 of each year, submit to the State Board of Education, on forms prescribed by the State Board of Education, attendance figures for the school year that began in the preceding calendar year. The attendance information so transmitted shall identify the average daily attendance figures for each month of the school year. Beginning with the general State aid claim form for the 2002-2003 school year, districts shall calculate Average Daily Attendance as provided in subdivisions (a), (b), and (c) of this paragraph (1).

(a) In districts that do not hold year-round classes, days of attendance in August shall be added to the month of September and any days of attendance in June shall be added to the month of May.

(b) In districts in which all buildings hold year-round classes, days of attendance in July and August shall be added to the month of September and any days of attendance in June shall be added to the month of May.

(c) In districts in which some buildings, but not all, hold year-round classes, for the non-year-round buildings, days of attendance in August shall be added to the month of September and any days of attendance in June shall be added to the month of May. The average daily attendance for the year-round buildings shall be computed as provided in subdivision (b) of this paragraph (1). To calculate the Average Daily Attendance for the district, the average daily attendance for the year-round buildings shall be multiplied by the days in session for the non-year-round buildings for each month and added to the monthly attendance of the non-year-round buildings.

Except as otherwise provided in this Section, days of attendance by pupils shall be counted only for sessions of not less than 5 clock hours of school work per day under direct supervision of: (i) teachers, or (ii) non-teaching personnel or volunteer personnel when engaging in non-teaching duties and supervising in those instances specified in subsection (a) of Section 10-22.34 and paragraph 10 of Section 34-18, with pupils of legal school age and in kindergarten and grades 1 through 12.

Days of attendance by tuition pupils shall be accredited only to the districts that pay the tuition to a recognized school.

(2) Days of attendance by pupils of less than 5 clock hours of school shall be subject to the following provisions in the compilation of Average Daily Attendance.

(a) Pupils regularly enrolled in a public school for only a part of the school day may be counted on the basis of 1/6 day for every class hour of instruction of 40 minutes or more attended pursuant to such enrollment, unless a pupil is enrolled in a block-schedule format of 80 minutes or more of instruction, in which case the pupil may be counted on the basis of the proportion of minutes of school work completed each day to the minimum number of minutes that school work is required to be held that day.

(b) Days of attendance may be less than 5 clock hours on the opening and closing of the school term, and upon the first day of pupil attendance, if preceded by a day or days utilized as an institute or teachers' workshop.

(c) A session of 4 or more clock hours may be counted as a day of attendance upon certification by the regional superintendent, and approved by the State Superintendent of Education to the extent that the district has been forced to use daily multiple sessions.

(d) A session of 3 or more clock hours may be counted as a day of attendance (1) when the remainder of the school day or at least 2 hours in the evening of that day is utilized for an in-service training program for teachers, up to a maximum of 5 days per school year of which a maximum of 4 days of such 5 days may be used for parent-teacher conferences, provided a district conducts an in-service training program for teachers which has been approved by the State Superintendent of Education; or, in lieu of 4 such days, 2 full days may be used, in which event each such day may be counted as a day of attendance; and (2) when days in addition to those provided in item (1) are scheduled by a school pursuant to its school improvement plan adopted under Article 34 or its revised or amended school improvement plan adopted under Article 2, provided that (i) such sessions of 3 or more clock hours are scheduled to occur at regular intervals, (ii) the remainder of the school days in which such sessions occur are utilized for in-service training programs or other staff development activities for teachers, and (iii) a sufficient number of minutes of school work under the direct supervision of teachers are added to the school days between such regularly scheduled sessions to accumulate not less than the number of minutes by which such sessions of 3 or more clock hours fall short of 5 clock hours. Any full days used for the purposes of this paragraph shall not be considered for computing average daily attendance. Days scheduled for in-service training programs, staff development activities, or parent-teacher conferences may be scheduled separately for different grade levels and different attendance centers of the district.

(e) A session of not less than one clock hour of teaching hospitalized or homebound pupils on-site or by telephone to the classroom may be counted as 1/2 day of attendance, however these pupils must receive 4 or more clock hours of instruction to be counted for a full day of attendance.

(f) A session of at least 4 clock hours may be counted as a day of attendance for first grade pupils, and pupils in full day kindergartens, and a session of 2 or more hours may be counted as 1/2 day of attendance by pupils in kindergartens which provide only 1/2 day of attendance.

(g) For children with disabilities who are below the age of 6 years and who cannot attend 2 or more clock hours because of their disability or immaturity, a session of not less than one clock hour may be counted as 1/2 day of attendance; however for such children whose educational needs so require a session of 4 or more clock hours may be counted as a full day of attendance.

(h) A recognized kindergarten which provides for only 1/2 day of attendance by each pupil shall not have more than 1/2 day of attendance counted in any one day. However, kindergartens may count 2 1/2 days of attendance in any 5 consecutive school days. When a pupil attends such a kindergarten for 2 half days on any one school day, the pupil shall have the following day as a day absent from school, unless the school district obtains permission in writing from the State Superintendent of Education. Attendance at kindergartens which provide for a full day of attendance by each pupil shall be counted the same as attendance by first grade pupils. Only the first year of attendance in one kindergarten shall be counted, except in case of children who entered the kindergarten in their fifth year whose educational development requires a second year of kindergarten as determined under the rules and regulations of the State Board of Education.

(i) On the days when the Prairie State Achievement Examination is administered under subsection (c) of Section 2-3.64 of this Code, the day of attendance for a pupil whose school day must be shortened to accommodate required testing procedures may be less than 5 clock hours and shall be counted towards the 176 days of actual pupil attendance required under Section 10-19 of this Code, provided that a sufficient number of minutes of school work in excess of 5 clock hours are first completed on other school days to compensate for the loss of school work on the examination days.

(G) Equalized Assessed Valuation Data.

(1) For purposes of the calculation of Available Local Resources required pursuant to subsection (D), the State Board of Education shall secure from the Department of Revenue the value as equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue of all taxable property of every school district, together with (i) the applicable tax rate used in extending taxes for the funds of the district as of September 30 of the previous year and (ii) the limiting rate for all school districts subject to property tax extension limitations as imposed under the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law.

The Department of Revenue shall add to the equalized assessed value of all taxable property of each school district situated entirely or partially within a county that is or was subject to the alternative general homestead exemption provisions of Section 15-176 of the Property Tax Code (a) an amount equal to the total amount by which the homestead exemption allowed under Section 15-176 of the Property Tax Code for real property situated in that school district exceeds the total amount that would have been allowed in that school district if the maximum reduction under Section 15-176 was (i) $4,500 in Cook County or $3,500 in all other counties in tax year 2003 or (ii) $5,000 in all counties in tax year 2004 and thereafter and (b) an amount equal to the aggregate amount for the taxable year of all additional exemptions under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for owners with a household income of $30,000 or less. The county clerk of any county that is or was subject to the alternative general homestead exemption provisions of Section 15-176 of the Property Tax Code shall annually calculate and certify to the Department of Revenue for each school district all homestead exemption amounts under Section 15-176 of the Property Tax Code and all amounts of additional exemptions under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for owners with a household income of $30,000 or less. It is the intent of this paragraph that if the general homestead exemption for a parcel of property is determined under Section 15-176 of the Property Tax Code rather than Section 15-175, then the calculation of Available Local Resources shall not be affected by the difference, if any, between the amount of the general homestead exemption allowed for that parcel of property under Section 15-176 of the Property Tax Code and the amount that would have been allowed had the general homestead exemption for that parcel of property been determined under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code. It is further the intent of this paragraph that if additional exemptions are allowed under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for owners with a household income of less than $30,000, then the calculation of Available Local Resources shall not be affected by the difference, if any, because of those additional exemptions.

This equalized assessed valuation, as adjusted further by the requirements of this subsection, shall be utilized in the calculation of Available Local Resources.

(2) The equalized assessed valuation in paragraph (1) shall be adjusted, as applicable, in the following manner:

(a) For the purposes of calculating State aid under this Section, with respect to any part of a school district within a redevelopment project area in respect to which a municipality has adopted tax increment allocation financing pursuant to the Tax Increment Allocation Redevelopment Act, Sections 11-74.4-1 through 11-74.4-11 of the Illinois Municipal Code or the Industrial Jobs Recovery Law, Sections 11-74.6-1 through 11-74.6-50 of the Illinois Municipal Code, no part of the current equalized assessed valuation of real property located in any such project area which is attributable to an increase above the total initial equalized assessed valuation of such property shall be used as part of the equalized assessed valuation of the district, until such time as all redevelopment project costs have been paid, as provided in Section 11-74.4-8 of the Tax Increment Allocation Redevelopment Act or in Section 11-74.6-35 of the Industrial Jobs Recovery Law. For the purpose of the equalized assessed valuation of the district, the total initial equalized assessed valuation or the current equalized assessed valuation, whichever is lower, shall be used until such time as all redevelopment project costs have been paid.

(b) The real property equalized assessed valuation for a school district shall be adjusted by subtracting from the real property value as equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue for the district an amount computed by dividing the amount of any abatement of taxes under Section 18-170 of the Property Tax Code by 3.00% for a district maintaining grades kindergarten through 12, by 2.30% for a district maintaining grades kindergarten through 8, or by 1.05% for a district maintaining grades 9 through 12 and adjusted by an amount computed by dividing the amount of any abatement of taxes under subsection (a) of Section 18-165 of the Property Tax Code by the same percentage rates for district type as specified in this subparagraph (b).

(3) For the 1999-2000 school year and each school year thereafter, if a school district meets all of the criteria of this subsection (G)(3), the school district's Available Local Resources shall be calculated under subsection (D) using the district's Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation as calculated under this subsection (G)(3).

For purposes of this subsection (G)(3) the following terms shall have the following meanings:

"Budget Year": The school year for which general State aid is calculated and awarded under subsection (E).

"Base Tax Year": The property tax levy year used to calculate the Budget Year allocation of general State aid.

"Preceding Tax Year": The property tax levy year immediately preceding the Base Tax Year.

"Base Tax Year's Tax Extension": The product of the equalized assessed valuation utilized by the County Clerk in the Base Tax Year multiplied by the limiting rate as calculated by the County Clerk and defined in the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law.

"Preceding Tax Year's Tax Extension": The product of the equalized assessed valuation utilized by the County Clerk in the Preceding Tax Year multiplied by the Operating Tax Rate as defined in subsection (A).

"Extension Limitation Ratio": A numerical ratio, certified by the County Clerk, in which the numerator is the Base Tax Year's Tax Extension and the denominator is the Preceding Tax Year's Tax Extension.

"Operating Tax Rate": The operating tax rate as defined in subsection (A).

If a school district is subject to property tax extension limitations as imposed under the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law, the State Board of Education shall calculate the Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation of that district. For the 1999-2000 school year, the Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation of a school district as calculated by the State Board of Education shall be equal to the product of the district's 1996 Equalized Assessed Valuation and the district's Extension Limitation Ratio. For the 2000-2001 school year and each school year thereafter, the Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation of a school district as calculated by the State Board of Education shall be equal to the product of the Equalized Assessed Valuation last used in the calculation of general State aid and the district's Extension Limitation Ratio. If the Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation of a school district as calculated under this subsection (G)(3) is less than the district's equalized assessed valuation as calculated pursuant to subsections (G)(1) and (G)(2), then for purposes of calculating the district's general State aid for the Budget Year pursuant to subsection (E), that Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation shall be utilized to calculate the district's Available Local Resources under subsection (D).

Partial elementary unit districts created in accordance with Article 11E of this Code shall not be eligible for the adjustment in this subsection (G)(3) until the fifth year following the effective date of the reorganization.

(4) For the purposes of calculating general State aid for the 1999-2000 school year only, if a school district experienced a triennial reassessment on the equalized assessed valuation used in calculating its general State financial aid apportionment for the 1998-1999 school year, the State Board of Education shall calculate the Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation that would have been used to calculate the district's 1998-1999 general State aid. This amount shall equal the product of the equalized assessed valuation used to calculate general State aid for the 1997-1998 school year and the district's Extension Limitation Ratio. If the Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation of the school district as calculated under this paragraph (4) is less than the district's equalized assessed valuation utilized in calculating the district's 1998-1999 general State aid allocation, then for purposes of calculating the district's general State aid pursuant to paragraph (5) of subsection (E), that Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation shall be utilized to calculate the district's Available Local Resources.

(5) For school districts having a majority of their equalized assessed valuation in any county except Cook, DuPage, Kane, Lake, McHenry, or Will, if the amount of general State aid allocated to the school district for the 1999-2000 school year under the provisions of subsection (E), (H), and (J) of this Section is less than the amount of general State aid allocated to the district for the 1998-1999 school year under these subsections, then the general State aid of the district for the 1999-2000 school year only shall be increased by the difference between these amounts. The total payments made under this paragraph (5) shall not exceed $14,000,000. Claims shall be prorated if they exceed $14,000,000.

(H) Supplemental General State Aid.

(1) In addition to the general State aid a school district is allotted pursuant to subsection (E), qualifying school districts shall receive a grant, paid in conjunction with a district's payments of general State aid, for supplemental general State aid based upon the concentration level of children from low-income households within the school district. Supplemental State aid grants provided for school districts under this subsection shall be appropriated for distribution to school districts as part of the same line item in which the general State financial aid of school districts is appropriated under this Section. If the appropriation in any fiscal year for general State aid and supplemental general State aid is insufficient to pay the amounts required under the general State aid and supplemental general State aid calculations, then the State Board of Education shall ensure that each school district receives the full amount due for general State aid and the remainder of the appropriation shall be used for supplemental general State aid, which the State Board of Education shall calculate and pay to eligible districts on a prorated basis.

(1.5) This paragraph (1.5) applies only to those school years preceding the 2003-2004 school year. For purposes of this subsection (H), the term "Low-Income Concentration Level" shall be the low-income eligible pupil count from the most recently available federal census divided by the Average Daily Attendance of the school district. If, however, (i) the percentage decrease from the 2 most recent federal censuses in the low-income eligible pupil count of a high school district with fewer than 400 students exceeds by 75% or more the percentage change in the total low-income eligible pupil count of contiguous elementary school districts, whose boundaries are coterminous with the high school district, or (ii) a high school district within 2 counties and serving 5 elementary school districts, whose boundaries are coterminous with the high school district, has a percentage decrease from the 2 most recent federal censuses in the low-income eligible pupil count and there is a percentage increase in the total low-income eligible pupil count of a majority of the elementary school districts in excess of 50% from the 2 most recent federal censuses, then the high school district's low-income eligible pupil count from the earlier federal census shall be the number used as the low-income eligible pupil count for the high school district, for purposes of this subsection (H). The changes made to this paragraph (1) by Public Act 92-28 shall apply to supplemental general State aid grants for school years preceding the 2003-2004 school year that are paid in fiscal year 1999 or thereafter and to any State aid payments made in fiscal year 1994 through fiscal year 1998 pursuant to subsection 1(n) of Section 18-8 of this Code (which was repealed on July 1, 1998), and any high school district that is affected by Public Act 92-28 is entitled to a recomputation of its supplemental general State aid grant or State aid paid in any of those fiscal years. This recomputation shall not be affected by any other funding.

(1.10) This paragraph (1.10) applies to the 2003-2004 school year and each school year thereafter. For purposes of this subsection (H), the term "Low-Income Concentration Level" shall, for each fiscal year, be the low-income eligible pupil count as of July 1 of the immediately preceding fiscal year (as determined by the Department of Human Services based on the number of pupils who are eligible for at least one of the following low income programs: Medicaid, KidCare, TANF, or Food Stamps, excluding pupils who are eligible for services provided by the Department of Children and Family Services, averaged over the 2 immediately preceding fiscal years for fiscal year 2004 and over the 3 immediately preceding fiscal years for each fiscal year thereafter) divided by the Average Daily Attendance of the school district.

(2) Supplemental general State aid pursuant to this subsection (H) shall be provided as follows for the 1998-1999, 1999-2000, and 2000-2001 school years only:

(a) For any school district with a Low Income Concentration Level of at least 20% and less than 35%, the grant for any school year shall be $800 multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.

(b) For any school district with a Low Income Concentration Level of at least 35% and less than 50%, the grant for the 1998-1999 school year shall be $1,100 multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.

(c) For any school district with a Low Income Concentration Level of at least 50% and less than 60%, the grant for the 1998-99 school year shall be $1,500 multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.

(d) For any school district with a Low Income Concentration Level of 60% or more, the grant for the 1998-99 school year shall be $1,900 multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.

(e) For the 1999-2000 school year, the per pupil amount specified in subparagraphs (b), (c), and (d) immediately above shall be increased to $1,243, $1,600, and $2,000, respectively.

(f) For the 2000-2001 school year, the per pupil amounts specified in subparagraphs (b), (c), and (d) immediately above shall be $1,273, $1,640, and $2,050, respectively.

(2.5) Supplemental general State aid pursuant to this subsection (H) shall be provided as follows for the 2002-2003 school year:

(a) For any school district with a Low Income Concentration Level of less than 10%, the grant for each school year shall be $355 multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.

(b) For any school district with a Low Income Concentration Level of at least 10% and less than 20%, the grant for each school year shall be $675 multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.

(c) For any school district with a Low Income Concentration Level of at least 20% and less than 35%, the grant for each school year shall be $1,330 multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.

(d) For any school district with a Low Income Concentration Level of at least 35% and less than 50%, the grant for each school year shall be $1,362 multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.

(e) For any school district with a Low Income Concentration Level of at least 50% and less than 60%, the grant for each school year shall be $1,680 multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.

(f) For any school district with a Low Income Concentration Level of 60% or more, the grant for each school year shall be $2,080 multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.

(2.10) Except as otherwise provided, supplemental general State aid pursuant to this subsection (H) shall be provided as follows for the 2003-2004 school year and each school year thereafter:

(a) For any school district with a Low Income Concentration Level of 15% or less, the grant for each school year shall be $355 multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.

(b) For any school district with a Low Income Concentration Level greater than 15%, the grant for each school year shall be $294.25 added to the product of $2,700 and the square of the Low Income Concentration Level, all multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.

For the 2003-2004 school year and each school year through the 2007-2008 school year , 2004-2005 school year, 2005-2006 school year, and 2006-2007 school year only, the grant shall be no less than the grant for the 2002-2003 school year. For the 2008-2009 2007-2008 school year only, the grant shall be no less than the grant for the 2002-2003 school year multiplied by 0.66. For the 2009-2010 2008-2009 school year only, the grant shall be no less than the grant for the 2002-2003 school year multiplied by 0.33. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph to the contrary, if for any school year supplemental general State aid grants are prorated as provided in paragraph (1) of this subsection (H), then the grants under this paragraph shall be prorated.

For the 2003-2004 school year only, the grant shall be no greater than the grant received during the 2002-2003 school year added to the product of 0.25 multiplied by the difference between the grant amount calculated under subsection (a) or (b) of this paragraph (2.10), whichever is applicable, and the grant received during the 2002-2003 school year. For the 2004-2005 school year only, the grant shall be no greater than the grant received during the 2002-2003 school year added to the product of 0.50 multiplied by the difference between the grant amount calculated under subsection (a) or (b) of this paragraph (2.10), whichever is applicable, and the grant received during the 2002-2003 school year. For the 2005-2006 school year only, the grant shall be no greater than the grant received during the 2002-2003 school year added to the product of 0.75 multiplied by the difference between the grant amount calculated under subsection (a) or (b) of this paragraph (2.10), whichever is applicable, and the grant received during the 2002-2003 school year.

(3) School districts with an Average Daily Attendance of more than 1,000 and less than 50,000 that qualify for supplemental general State aid pursuant to this subsection shall submit a plan to the State Board of Education prior to October 30 of each year for the use of the funds resulting from this grant of supplemental general State aid for the improvement of instruction in which priority is given to meeting the education needs of disadvantaged children. Such plan shall be submitted in accordance with rules and regulations promulgated by the State Board of Education.

(4) School districts with an Average Daily Attendance of 50,000 or more that qualify for supplemental general State aid pursuant to this subsection shall be required to distribute from funds available pursuant to this Section, no less than $261,000,000 in accordance with the following requirements:

(a) The required amounts shall be distributed to the attendance centers within the district in proportion to the number of pupils enrolled at each attendance center who are eligible to receive free or reduced-price lunches or breakfasts under the federal Child Nutrition Act of 1966 and under the National School Lunch Act during the immediately preceding school year.

(b) The distribution of these portions of supplemental and general State aid among attendance centers according to these requirements shall not be compensated for or contravened by adjustments of the total of other funds appropriated to any attendance centers, and the Board of Education shall utilize funding from one or several sources in order to fully implement this provision annually prior to the opening of school.

(c) Each attendance center shall be provided by the school district a distribution of noncategorical funds and other categorical funds to which an attendance center is entitled under law in order that the general State aid and supplemental general State aid provided by application of this subsection supplements rather than supplants the noncategorical funds and other categorical funds provided by the school district to the attendance centers.

(d) Any funds made available under this subsection that by reason of the provisions of this subsection are not required to be allocated and provided to attendance centers may be used and appropriated by the board of the district for any lawful school purpose.

(e) Funds received by an attendance center pursuant to this subsection shall be used by the attendance center at the discretion of the principal and local school council for programs to improve educational opportunities at qualifying schools through the following programs and services: early childhood education, reduced class size or improved adult to student classroom ratio, enrichment programs, remedial assistance, attendance improvement, and other educationally beneficial expenditures which supplement the regular and basic programs as determined by the State Board of Education. Funds provided shall not be expended for any political or lobbying purposes as defined by board rule.

(f) Each district subject to the provisions of this subdivision (H)(4) shall submit an acceptable plan to meet the educational needs of disadvantaged children, in compliance with the requirements of this paragraph, to the State Board of Education prior to July 15 of each year. This plan shall be consistent with the decisions of local school councils concerning the school expenditure plans developed in accordance with part 4 of Section 34-2.3. The State Board shall approve or reject the plan within 60 days after its submission. If the plan is rejected, the district shall give written notice of intent to modify the plan within 15 days of the notification of rejection and then submit a modified plan within 30 days after the date of the written notice of intent to modify. Districts may amend approved plans pursuant to rules promulgated by the State Board of Education.

Upon notification by the State Board of Education that the district has not submitted a plan prior to July 15 or a modified plan within the time period specified herein, the State aid funds affected by that plan or modified plan shall be withheld by the State Board of Education until a plan or modified plan is submitted.

If the district fails to distribute State aid to attendance centers in accordance with an approved plan, the plan for the following year shall allocate funds, in addition to the funds otherwise required by this subsection, to those attendance centers which were underfunded during the previous year in amounts equal to such underfunding.

For purposes of determining compliance with this subsection in relation to the requirements of attendance center funding, each district subject to the provisions of this subsection shall submit as a separate document by December 1 of each year a report of expenditure data for the prior year in addition to any modification of its current plan. If it is determined that there has been a failure to comply with the expenditure provisions of this subsection regarding contravention or supplanting, the State Superintendent of Education shall, within 60 days of receipt of the report, notify the district and any affected local school council. The district shall within 45 days of receipt of that notification inform the State Superintendent of Education of the remedial or corrective action to be taken, whether by amendment of the current plan, if feasible, or by adjustment in the plan for the following year. Failure to provide the expenditure report or the notification of remedial or corrective action in a timely manner shall result in a withholding of the affected funds.

The State Board of Education shall promulgate rules and regulations to implement the provisions of this subsection. No funds shall be released under this subdivision (H)(4) to any district that has not submitted a plan that has been approved by the State Board of Education.

(I) (Blank).

(J) Supplementary Grants in Aid.

(1) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section, the amount of the aggregate general State aid in combination with supplemental general State aid under this Section for which each school district is eligible shall be no less than the amount of the aggregate general State aid entitlement that was received by the district under Section 18-8 (exclusive of amounts received under subsections 5(p) and 5(p-5) of that Section) for the 1997-98 school year, pursuant to the provisions of that Section as it was then in effect. If a school district qualifies to receive a supplementary payment made under this subsection (J), the amount of the aggregate general State aid in combination with supplemental general State aid under this Section which that district is eligible to receive for each school year shall be no less than the amount of the aggregate general State aid entitlement that was received by the district under Section 18-8 (exclusive of amounts received under subsections 5(p) and 5(p-5) of that Section) for the 1997-1998 school year, pursuant to the provisions of that Section as it was then in effect.

(2) If, as provided in paragraph (1) of this subsection (J), a school district is to receive aggregate general State aid in combination with supplemental general State aid under this Section for the 1998-99 school year and any subsequent school year that in any such school year is less than the amount of the aggregate general State aid entitlement that the district received for the 1997-98 school year, the school district shall also receive, from a separate appropriation made for purposes of this subsection (J), a supplementary payment that is equal to the amount of the difference in the aggregate State aid figures as described in paragraph (1).

(3) (Blank).

(K) Grants to Laboratory and Alternative Schools.

In calculating the amount to be paid to the governing board of a public university that operates a laboratory school under this Section or to any alternative school that is operated by a regional superintendent of schools, the State Board of Education shall require by rule such reporting requirements as it deems necessary.

As used in this Section, "laboratory school" means a public school which is created and operated by a public university and approved by the State Board of Education. The governing board of a public university which receives funds from the State Board under this subsection (K) may not increase the number of students enrolled in its laboratory school from a single district, if that district is already sending 50 or more students, except under a mutual agreement between the school board of a student's district of residence and the university which operates the laboratory school. A laboratory school may not have more than 1,000 students, excluding students with disabilities in a special education program.

As used in this Section, "alternative school" means a public school which is created and operated by a Regional Superintendent of Schools and approved by the State Board of Education. Such alternative schools may offer courses of instruction for which credit is given in regular school programs, courses to prepare students for the high school equivalency testing program or vocational and occupational training. A regional superintendent of schools may contract with a school district or a public community college district to operate an alternative school. An alternative school serving more than one educational service region may be established by the regional superintendents of schools of the affected educational service regions. An alternative school serving more than one educational service region may be operated under such terms as the regional superintendents of schools of those educational service regions may agree.

Each laboratory and alternative school shall file, on forms provided by the State Superintendent of Education, an annual State aid claim which states the Average Daily Attendance of the school's students by month. The best 3 months' Average Daily Attendance shall be computed for each school. The general State aid entitlement shall be computed by multiplying the applicable Average Daily Attendance by the Foundation Level as determined under this Section.

(L) Payments, Additional Grants in Aid and Other Requirements.

(1) For a school district operating under the financial supervision of an Authority created under Article 34A, the general State aid otherwise payable to that district under this Section, but not the supplemental general State aid, shall be reduced by an amount equal to the budget for the operations of the Authority as certified by the Authority to the State Board of Education, and an amount equal to such reduction shall be paid to the Authority created for such district for its operating expenses in the manner provided in Section 18-11. The remainder of general State school aid for any such district shall be paid in accordance with Article 34A when that Article provides for a disposition other than that provided by this Article.

(2) (Blank).

(3) Summer school. Summer school payments shall be made as provided in Section 18-4.3.

(M) Education Funding Advisory Board.

The Education Funding Advisory Board, hereinafter in this subsection (M) referred to as the "Board", is hereby created. The Board shall consist of 5 members who are appointed by the Governor, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate. The members appointed shall include representatives of education, business, and the general public. One of the members so appointed shall be designated by the Governor at the time the appointment is made as the chairperson of the Board. The initial members of the Board may be appointed any time after the effective date of this amendatory Act of 1997. The regular term of each member of the Board shall be for 4 years from the third Monday of January of the year in which the term of the member's appointment is to commence, except that of the 5 initial members appointed to serve on the Board, the member who is appointed as the chairperson shall serve for a term that commences on the date of his or her appointment and expires on the third Monday of January, 2002, and the remaining 4 members, by lots drawn at the first meeting of the Board that is held after all 5 members are appointed, shall determine 2 of their number to serve for terms that commence on the date of their respective appointments and expire on the third Monday of January, 2001, and 2 of their number to serve for terms that commence on the date of their respective appointments and expire on the third Monday of January, 2000. All members appointed to serve on the Board shall serve until their respective successors are appointed and confirmed. Vacancies shall be filled in the same manner as original appointments. If a vacancy in membership occurs at a time when the Senate is not in session, the Governor shall make a temporary appointment until the next meeting of the Senate, when he or she shall appoint, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, a person to fill that membership for the unexpired term. If the Senate is not in session when the initial appointments are made, those appointments shall be made as in the case of vacancies.

The Education Funding Advisory Board shall be deemed established, and the initial members appointed by the Governor to serve as members of the Board shall take office, on the date that the Governor makes his or her appointment of the fifth initial member of the Board, whether those initial members are then serving pursuant to appointment and confirmation or pursuant to temporary appointments that are made by the Governor as in the case of vacancies.

The State Board of Education shall provide such staff assistance to the Education Funding Advisory Board as is reasonably required for the proper performance by the Board of its responsibilities.

For school years after the 2000-2001 school year, the Education Funding Advisory Board, in consultation with the State Board of Education, shall make recommendations as provided in this subsection (M) to the General Assembly for the foundation level under subdivision (B)(3) of this Section and for the supplemental general State aid grant level under subsection (H) of this Section for districts with high concentrations of children from poverty. The recommended foundation level shall be determined based on a methodology which incorporates the basic education expenditures of low-spending schools exhibiting high academic performance. The Education Funding Advisory Board shall make such recommendations to the General Assembly on January 1 of odd numbered years, beginning January 1, 2001.

(N) (Blank).

(O) References.

(1) References in other laws to the various subdivisions of Section 18-8 as that Section existed before its repeal and replacement by this Section 18-8.05 shall be deemed to refer to the corresponding provisions of this Section 18-8.05, to the extent that those references remain applicable.

(2) References in other laws to State Chapter 1 funds shall be deemed to refer to the supplemental general State aid provided under subsection (H) of this Section.

(P) Public Act 93-838 and Public Act 93-808 make inconsistent changes to this Section. Under Section 6 of the Statute on Statutes there is an irreconcilable conflict between Public Act 93-808 and Public Act 93-838. Public Act 93-838, being the last acted upon, is controlling. The text of Public Act 93-838 is the law regardless of the text of Public Act 93-808.

(Source: P.A. 93-21, eff. 7-1-03; 93-715, eff. 7-12-04; 93-808, eff. 7-26-04; 93-838, eff. 7-30-04; 93-875, eff. 8-6-04; 94-69, eff. 7-1-05; 94-438, eff. 8-4-05; 94-835, eff. 6-6-06; 94-1019, eff. 7-10-06; 94-1105, eff. 6-1-07; revised 2-18-07.)

(105 ILCS 5/21-29 new)

Sec. 21-29. Salary Incentive Program for Hard-to-Staff Schools.

(a) The Salary Incentive Program for Hard-to-Staff Schools is established to provide categorical funding for monetary incentives and bonuses for teachers and school administrators who are employed by school districts designated as hard-to-staff by the State Board of Education. The State Board of Education shall allocate and distribute to qualifying school districts an amount as annually appropriated by the General Assembly for the Salary Incentive Program for Hard-to-Staff Schools. The State Board of Education's annual budget must set out by separate line item the appropriation for the program.

(b) Unless otherwise provided by appropriation, each school district's annual allocation under the Salary Incentive Program for Hard-to-Staff Schools shall be the sum of the following incentives and bonuses:

(1) An annual payment of $3,000 to be paid to each certificated teacher employed as a school teacher by a school district. The school district shall distribute this payment to each eligible teacher as a single payment or in not more than 3 payments.

(2) An annual payment of $5,000 to each certificated principal that is employed as a school principal by a school district. The school district shall distribute this payment to each eligible principal as a single payment or in not more than 3 payments.

(c) Each regional superintendent of schools shall provide information about the Salary Incentive Program for Hard-to-Staff Schools to each individual seeking to register or renew a certificate.

Section 5-23. The Hospital Licensing Act is amended by changing Section 8 as follows:

(210 ILCS 85/8) (from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 149)

Sec. 8. Facility plan review; fees.

(a) Before commencing construction of new facilities or specified types of alteration or additions to an existing hospital involving major construction, as defined by rule by the Department, with an estimated cost greater than $100,000, architectural plans and specifications therefor shall be submitted by the licensee to the Department for review and approval. A hospital may submit architectural drawings and specifications for other construction projects for Department review according to subsection (b) that shall not be subject to fees under subsection (d). The Department must give a hospital that is planning to submit a construction project for review the opportunity to discuss its plans and specifications with the Department before the hospital formally submits the plans and specifications for Department review. Review of drawings and specifications shall be conducted by an employee of the Department meeting the qualifications established by the Department of Central Management Services class specifications for such an individual's position or by a person contracting with the Department who meets those class specifications. Final approval of the plans and specifications for compliance with design and construction standards shall be obtained from the Department before the alteration, addition, or new construction is begun. Subject to this Section 8, and prior to January 1, 2012, the Department shall consider the re-licensing of an existing hospital structure according to the standards for an existing hospital, as set forth in the Department's rules. Re-licensing under this provision shall occur only if that facility operated as a licensed hospital on July 1, 2005, has had no intervening use as other than a hospital, and exists in a county with a population of less than 20,000 that does not have another licensed hospital on the effective date of this amendatory Act of the 95th General Assembly.

(b) The Department shall inform an applicant in writing within 10 working days after receiving drawings and specifications and the required fee, if any, from the applicant whether the applicant's submission is complete or incomplete. Failure to provide the applicant with this notice within 10 working days shall result in the submission being deemed complete for purposes of initiating the 60-day review period under this Section. If the submission is incomplete, the Department shall inform the applicant of the deficiencies with the submission in writing. If the submission is complete and the required fee, if any, has been paid, the Department shall approve or disapprove drawings and specifications submitted to the Department no later than 60 days following receipt by the Department. The drawings and specifications shall be of sufficient detail, as provided by Department rule, to enable the Department to render a determination of compliance with design and construction standards under this Act. If the Department finds that the drawings are not of sufficient detail for it to render a determination of compliance, the plans shall be determined to be incomplete and shall not be considered for purposes of initiating the 60 day review period. If a submission of drawings and specifications is incomplete, the applicant may submit additional information. The 60-day review period shall not commence until the Department determines that a submission of drawings and specifications is complete or the submission is deemed complete. If the Department has not approved or disapproved the drawings and specifications within 60 days, the construction, major alteration, or addition shall be deemed approved. If the drawings and specifications are disapproved, the Department shall state in writing, with specificity, the reasons for the disapproval. The entity submitting the drawings and specifications may submit additional information in response to the written comments from the Department or request a reconsideration of the disapproval. A final decision of approval or disapproval shall be made within 45 days of the receipt of the additional information or reconsideration request. If denied, the Department shall state the specific reasons for the denial and the applicant may elect to seek dispute resolution pursuant to Section 25 of the Illinois Building Commission Act, which the Department must participate in.

(c) The Department shall provide written approval for occupancy pursuant to subsection (g) and shall not issue a violation to a facility as a result of a licensure or complaint survey based upon the facility's physical structure if:

(1) the Department reviewed and approved or deemed approved the drawing and specifications for compliance with design and construction standards;

(2) the construction, major alteration, or addition was built as submitted;

(3) the law or rules have not been amended since the original approval; and

(4) the conditions at the facility indicate that there is a reasonable degree of safety provided for the patients.

(c-5) The Department shall not issue a violation to a facility if the inspected aspects of the facility were previously found to be in compliance with applicable standards, the relevant law or rules have not been amended, conditions at the facility reasonably protect the safety of its patients, and alterations or new hazards have not been identified.

(d) The Department shall charge the following fees in connection with its reviews conducted before June 30, 2004 under this Section:

(1) (Blank).

(2) (Blank).

(3) If the estimated dollar value of the major construction is greater than $500,000, the fee shall be established by the Department pursuant to rules that reflect the reasonable and direct cost of the Department in conducting the architectural reviews required under this Section. The estimated dollar value of the major construction subject to review under this Section shall be annually readjusted to reflect the increase in construction costs due to inflation.

The fees provided in this subsection (d) shall not apply to major construction projects involving facility changes that are required by Department rule amendments or to projects related to homeland security.

The fees provided in this subsection (d) shall also not apply to major construction projects if 51% or more of the estimated cost of the project is attributed to capital equipment. For major construction projects where 51% or more of the estimated cost of the project is attributed to capital equipment, the Department shall by rule establish a fee that is reasonably related to the cost of reviewing the project.

Disproportionate share hospitals and rural hospitals shall only pay one-half of the fees required in this subsection (d). For the purposes of this subsection (d), (i) "disproportionate share hospital" means a hospital described in items (1) through (5) of subsection (b) of Section 5-5.02 of the Illinois Public Aid Code and (ii) "rural hospital" means a hospital that is (A) located outside a metropolitan statistical area or (B) located 15 miles or less from a county that is outside a metropolitan statistical area and is licensed to perform medical/surgical or obstetrical services and has a combined total bed capacity of 75 or fewer beds in these 2 service categories as of July 14, 1993, as determined by the Department.

The Department shall not commence the facility plan review process under this Section until the applicable fee has been paid.

(e) All fees received by the Department under this Section shall be deposited into the Health Facility Plan Review Fund, a special fund created in the State treasury. All fees paid by hospitals under subsection (d) shall be used only to cover the direct and reasonable costs relating to the Department's review of hospital projects under this Section. Moneys shall be appropriated from that Fund to the Department only to pay the costs of conducting reviews under this Section. None of the moneys in the Health Facility Plan Review Fund shall be used to reduce the amount of General Revenue Fund moneys appropriated to the Department for facility plan reviews conducted pursuant to this Section.

(f) (Blank).

(g) The Department shall conduct an on-site inspection of the completed project no later than 15 business days after notification from the applicant that the project has been completed and all certifications required by the Department have been received and accepted by the Department. The Department may extend this deadline only if a federally mandated survey time frame takes precedence. The Department shall provide written approval for occupancy to the applicant within 5 working days of the Department's final inspection, provided the applicant has demonstrated substantial compliance as defined by Department rule. Occupancy of new major construction is prohibited until Department approval is received, unless the Department has not acted within the time frames provided in this subsection (g), in which case the construction shall be deemed approved. Occupancy shall be authorized after any required health inspection by the Department has been conducted.

(h) The Department shall establish, by rule, a procedure to conduct interim on-site review of large or complex construction projects.

(i) The Department shall establish, by rule, an expedited process for emergency repairs or replacement of like equipment.

(j) Nothing in this Section shall be construed to apply to maintenance, upkeep, or renovation that does not affect the structural integrity of the building, does not add beds or services over the number for which the facility is licensed, and provides a reasonable degree of safety for the patients.

(Source: P.A. 92-563, eff. 6-24-02; 92-803, eff. 8-16-02; 93-41, eff. 6-27-03.)

Section 5-25. The Illinois Public Aid Code is amended by changing Sections 5-5.4, 5A-8, 5B-8, 5C-2, and 12-10.7 and by adding Section 12-10.8 as follows:

(305 ILCS 5/5-5.4) (from Ch. 23, par. 5-5.4)

Sec. 5-5.4. Standards of Payment - Department of Healthcare and Family Services. The Department of Healthcare and Family Services shall develop standards of payment of skilled nursing and intermediate care services in facilities providing such services under this Article which:

(1) Provide for the determination of a facility's payment for skilled nursing and intermediate care services on a prospective basis. The amount of the payment rate for all nursing facilities certified by the Department of Public Health under the Nursing Home Care Act as Intermediate Care for the Developmentally Disabled facilities, Long Term Care for Under Age 22 facilities, Skilled Nursing facilities, or Intermediate Care facilities under the medical assistance program shall be prospectively established annually on the basis of historical, financial, and statistical data reflecting actual costs from prior years, which shall be applied to the current rate year and updated for inflation, except that the capital cost element for newly constructed facilities shall be based upon projected budgets. The annually established payment rate shall take effect on July 1 in 1984 and subsequent years. No rate increase and no update for inflation shall be provided on or after July 1, 1994 and before July 1, 2008, unless specifically provided for in this Section. The changes made by Public Act 93-841 extending the duration of the prohibition against a rate increase or update for inflation are effective retroactive to July 1, 2004.

For facilities licensed by the Department of Public Health under the Nursing Home Care Act as Intermediate Care for the Developmentally Disabled facilities or Long Term Care for Under Age 22 facilities, the rates taking effect on July 1, 1998 shall include an increase of 3%. For facilities licensed by the Department of Public Health under the Nursing Home Care Act as Skilled Nursing facilities or Intermediate Care facilities, the rates taking effect on July 1, 1998 shall include an increase of 3% plus $1.10 per resident-day, as defined by the Department. For facilities licensed by the Department of Public Health under the Nursing Home Care Act as Intermediate Care Facilities for the Developmentally Disabled or Long Term Care for Under Age 22 facilities, the rates taking effect on January 1, 2006 shall include an increase of 3%.

For facilities licensed by the Department of Public Health under the Nursing Home Care Act as Intermediate Care for the Developmentally Disabled facilities or Long Term Care for Under Age 22 facilities, the rates taking effect on July 1, 1999 shall include an increase of 1.6% plus $3.00 per resident-day, as defined by the Department. For facilities licensed by the Department of Public Health under the Nursing Home Care Act as Skilled Nursing facilities or Intermediate Care facilities, the rates taking effect on July 1, 1999 shall include an increase of 1.6% and, for services provided on or after October 1, 1999, shall be increased by $4.00 per resident-day, as defined by the Department.

For facilities licensed by the Department of Public Health under the Nursing Home Care Act as Intermediate Care for the Developmentally Disabled facilities or Long Term Care for Under Age 22 facilities, the rates taking effect on July 1, 2000 shall include an increase of 2.5% per resident-day, as defined by the Department. For facilities licensed by the Department of Public Health under the Nursing Home Care Act as Skilled Nursing facilities or Intermediate Care facilities, the rates taking effect on July 1, 2000 shall include an increase of 2.5% per resident-day, as defined by the Department.

For facilities licensed by the Department of Public Health under the Nursing Home Care Act as skilled nursing facilities or intermediate care facilities, a new payment methodology must be implemented for the nursing component of the rate effective July 1, 2003. The Department of Public Aid (now Healthcare and Family Services) shall develop the new payment methodology using the Minimum Data Set (MDS) as the instrument to collect information concerning nursing home resident condition necessary to compute the rate. The Department shall develop the new payment methodology to meet the unique needs of Illinois nursing home residents while remaining subject to the appropriations provided by the General Assembly. A transition period from the payment methodology in effect on June 30, 2003 to the payment methodology in effect on July 1, 2003 shall be provided for a period not exceeding 3 years and 184 days after implementation of the new payment methodology as follows:

(A) For a facility that would receive a lower nursing component rate per patient day under the new system than the facility received effective on the date immediately preceding the date that the Department implements the new payment methodology, the nursing component rate per patient day for the facility shall be held at the level in effect on the date immediately preceding the date that the Department implements the new payment methodology until a higher nursing component rate of reimbursement is achieved by that facility.

(B) For a facility that would receive a higher nursing component rate per patient day under the payment methodology in effect on July 1, 2003 than the facility received effective on the date immediately preceding the date that the Department implements the new payment methodology, the nursing component rate per patient day for the facility shall be adjusted.

(C) Notwithstanding paragraphs (A) and (B), the nursing component rate per patient day for the facility shall be adjusted subject to appropriations provided by the General Assembly.

For facilities licensed by the Department of Public Health under the Nursing Home Care Act as Intermediate Care for the Developmentally Disabled facilities or Long Term Care for Under Age 22 facilities, the rates taking effect on March 1, 2001 shall include a statewide increase of 7.85%, as defined by the Department.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, for facilities licensed by the Department of Public Health under the Nursing Home Care Act as skilled nursing facilities or intermediate care facilities, the numerator of the ratio used by the Department of Healthcare and Family Services to compute the rate payable under this Section using the Minimum Data Set (MDS) methodology shall incorporate the following annual amounts as the additional funds appropriated to the Department specifically to pay for rates based on the MDS nursing component methodology in excess of the funding in effect on December 31, 2006:

(i) For rates taking effect January 1, 2007, $60,000,000.

(ii) For rates taking effect January 1, 2008, $110,000,000.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, for facilities licensed by the Department of Public Health under the Nursing Home Care Act as skilled nursing facilities or intermediate care facilities, the support component of the rates taking effect on January 1, 2008 shall be computed using the most recent cost reports on file with the Department of Healthcare and Family Services no later than April 1, 2005, updated for inflation to January 1, 2006.

For facilities licensed by the Department of Public Health under the Nursing Home Care Act as Intermediate Care for the Developmentally Disabled facilities or Long Term Care for Under Age 22 facilities, the rates taking effect on April 1, 2002 shall include a statewide increase of 2.0%, as defined by the Department. This increase terminates on July 1, 2002; beginning July 1, 2002 these rates are reduced to the level of the rates in effect on March 31, 2002, as defined by the Department.

For facilities licensed by the Department of Public Health under the Nursing Home Care Act as skilled nursing facilities or intermediate care facilities, the rates taking effect on July 1, 2001 shall be computed using the most recent cost reports on file with the Department of Public Aid no later than April 1, 2000, updated for inflation to January 1, 2001. For rates effective July 1, 2001 only, rates shall be the greater of the rate computed for July 1, 2001 or the rate effective on June 30, 2001.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, for facilities licensed by the Department of Public Health under the Nursing Home Care Act as skilled nursing facilities or intermediate care facilities, the Illinois Department shall determine by rule the rates taking effect on July 1, 2002, which shall be 5.9% less than the rates in effect on June 30, 2002.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, for facilities licensed by the Department of Public Health under the Nursing Home Care Act as skilled nursing facilities or intermediate care facilities, if the payment methodologies required under Section 5A-12 and the waiver granted under 42 CFR 433.68 are approved by the United States Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, the rates taking effect on July 1, 2004 shall be 3.0% greater than the rates in effect on June 30, 2004. These rates shall take effect only upon approval and implementation of the payment methodologies required under Section 5A-12.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section, for facilities licensed by the Department of Public Health under the Nursing Home Care Act as skilled nursing facilities or intermediate care facilities, the rates taking effect on January 1, 2005 shall be 3% more than the rates in effect on December 31, 2004.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section, for facilities licensed by the Department of Public Health under the Nursing Home Care Act as intermediate care facilities that are federally defined as Institutions for Mental Disease, a socio-development component rate equal to 6.6% of the facility's nursing component rate as of January 1, 2006 shall be established and paid effective July 1, 2006. The socio-development component of the rate shall be increased by a factor of 2.53 on the first day of the month that begins at least 45 days after the effective date of this amendatory Act of the 95th General Assembly. The Illinois Department may by rule adjust these socio-development component rates, but in no case may such rates be diminished.

For facilities licensed by the Department of Public Health under the Nursing Home Care Act as Intermediate Care for the Developmentally Disabled facilities or as long-term care facilities for residents under 22 years of age, the rates taking effect on July 1, 2003 shall include a statewide increase of 4%, as defined by the Department.

For facilities licensed by the Department of Public Health under the Nursing Home Care Act as Intermediate Care for the Developmentally Disabled facilities or Long Term Care for Under Age 22 facilities, the rates taking effect on the first day of the month that begins at least 45 days after the effective date of this amendatory Act of the 95th General Assembly shall include a statewide increase of 2.5%, as defined by the Department.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, for facilities licensed by the Department of Public Health under the Nursing Home Care Act as skilled nursing facilities or intermediate care facilities, effective January 1, 2005, facility rates shall be increased by the difference between (i) a facility's per diem property, liability, and malpractice insurance costs as reported in the cost report filed with the Department of Public Aid and used to establish rates effective July 1, 2001 and (ii) those same costs as reported in the facility's 2002 cost report. These costs shall be passed through to the facility without caps or limitations, except for adjustments required under normal auditing procedures.

Rates established effective each July 1 shall govern payment for services rendered throughout that fiscal year, except that rates established on July 1, 1996 shall be increased by 6.8% for services provided on or after January 1, 1997. Such rates will be based upon the rates calculated for the year beginning July 1, 1990, and for subsequent years thereafter until June 30, 2001 shall be based on the facility cost reports for the facility fiscal year ending at any point in time during the previous calendar year, updated to the midpoint of the rate year. The cost report shall be on file with the Department no later than April 1 of the current rate year. Should the cost report not be on file by April 1, the Department shall base the rate on the latest cost report filed by each skilled care facility and intermediate care facility, updated to the midpoint of the current rate year. In determining rates for services rendered on and after July 1, 1985, fixed time shall not be computed at less than zero. The Department shall not make any alterations of regulations which would reduce any component of the Medicaid rate to a level below what that component would have been utilizing in the rate effective on July 1, 1984.

(2) Shall take into account the actual costs incurred by facilities in providing services for recipients of skilled nursing and intermediate care services under the medical assistance program.

(3) Shall take into account the medical and psycho-social characteristics and needs of the patients.

(4) Shall take into account the actual costs incurred by facilities in meeting licensing and certification standards imposed and prescribed by the State of Illinois, any of its political subdivisions or municipalities and by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services pursuant to Title XIX of the Social Security Act.

The Department of Healthcare and Family Services shall develop precise standards for payments to reimburse nursing facilities for any utilization of appropriate rehabilitative personnel for the provision of rehabilitative services which is authorized by federal regulations, including reimbursement for services provided by qualified therapists or qualified assistants, and which is in accordance with accepted professional practices. Reimbursement also may be made for utilization of other supportive personnel under appropriate supervision.

(Source: P.A. 94-48, eff. 7-1-05; 94-85, eff. 6-28-05; 94-697, eff. 11-21-05; 94-838, eff. 6-6-06; 94-964, eff. 6-28-06; 95-12, eff. 7-2-07.)

(305 ILCS 5/5A-8) (from Ch. 23, par. 5A-8)

Sec. 5A-8. Hospital Provider Fund.

(a) There is created in the State Treasury the Hospital Provider Fund. Interest earned by the Fund shall be credited to the Fund. The Fund shall not be used to replace any moneys appropriated to the Medicaid program by the General Assembly.

(b) The Fund is created for the purpose of receiving moneys in accordance with Section 5A-6 and disbursing moneys only for the following purposes, notwithstanding any other provision of law:

(1) For making payments to hospitals as required under Articles V, VI, and XIV of this Code and under the Children's Health Insurance Program Act.

(2) For the reimbursement of moneys collected by the Illinois Department from hospitals or hospital providers through error or mistake in performing the activities authorized under this Article and Article V of this Code.

(3) For payment of administrative expenses incurred by the Illinois Department or its agent in performing the activities authorized by this Article.

(4) For payments of any amounts which are reimbursable to the federal government for payments from this Fund which are required to be paid by State warrant.

(5) For making transfers, as those transfers are authorized in the proceedings authorizing debt under the Short Term Borrowing Act, but transfers made under this paragraph (5) shall not exceed the principal amount of debt issued in anticipation of the receipt by the State of moneys to be deposited into the Fund.

(6) For making transfers to any other fund in the State treasury, but transfers made under this paragraph (6) shall not exceed the amount transferred previously from that other fund into the Hospital Provider Fund.

(7) For State fiscal years 2004 and 2005 for making transfers to the Health and Human Services Medicaid Trust Fund, including 20% of the moneys received from hospital providers under Section 5A-4 and transferred into the Hospital Provider Fund under Section 5A-6. For State fiscal year 2006 for making transfers to the Health and Human Services Medicaid Trust Fund of up to $130,000,000 per year of the moneys received from hospital providers under Section 5A-4 and transferred into the Hospital Provider Fund under Section 5A-6. Transfers under this paragraph shall be made within 7 days after the payments have been received pursuant to the schedule of payments provided in subsection (a) of Section 5A-4.

(7.5) For State fiscal year years 2007 and 2008 for making transfers of the moneys received from hospital providers under Section 5A-4 and transferred into the Hospital Provider Fund under Section 5A-6 to the designated funds not exceeding the following amounts in that any State fiscal year:

Health and Human Services

Medicaid Trust Fund................. $20,000,000

Long-Term Care Provider Fund............ $30,000,000

General Revenue Fund................... $80,000,000.

Transfers under this paragraph shall be made within 7 days after the payments have been received pursuant to the schedule of payments provided in subsection (a) of Section 5A-4.

(7.8) For State fiscal year 2008, for making transfers of the moneys received from hospital providers under Section 5A-4 and transferred into the Hospital Provider Fund under Section 5A-6 to the designated funds not exceeding the following amounts in that State fiscal year:

Health and Human Services

Medicaid Trust Fund..................$40,000,000

Long-Term Care Provider Fund..............$60,000,000

General Revenue Fund...................$160,000,000.

Transfers under this paragraph shall be made within 7 days after the payments have been received pursuant to the schedule of payments provided in subsection (a) of Section 5A-4.

(8) For making refunds to hospital providers pursuant to Section 5A-10.

Disbursements from the Fund, other than transfers authorized under paragraphs (5) and (6) of this subsection, shall be by warrants drawn by the State Comptroller upon receipt of vouchers duly executed and certified by the Illinois Department.

(c) The Fund shall consist of the following:

(1) All moneys collected or received by the Illinois Department from the hospital provider assessment imposed by this Article.

(2) All federal matching funds received by the Illinois Department as a result of expenditures made by the Illinois Department that are attributable to moneys deposited in the Fund.

(3) Any interest or penalty levied in conjunction with the administration of this Article.

(4) Moneys transferred from another fund in the State treasury.

(5) All other moneys received for the Fund from any other source, including interest earned thereon.

(d) (Blank).

(Source: P.A. 93-659, eff. 2-3-04; 94-242, eff. 7-18-05; 94-839, eff. 6-6-06.)

(305 ILCS 5/5B-8) (from Ch. 23, par. 5B-8)

Sec. 5B-8. Long-Term Care Provider Fund.

(a) There is created in the State Treasury the Long-Term Care Provider Fund. Interest earned by the Fund shall be credited to the Fund. The Fund shall not be used to replace any moneys appropriated to the Medicaid program by the General Assembly.

(b) The Fund is created for the purpose of receiving and disbursing moneys in accordance with this Article. Disbursements from the Fund shall be made only as follows:

(1) For payments to skilled or intermediate nursing facilities, including county nursing facilities but excluding State-operated facilities, under Title XIX of the Social Security Act and Article V of this Code.

(2) For the reimbursement of moneys collected by the Illinois Department through error or mistake, and for making required payments under Section 5-4.38(a)(1) if there are no moneys available for such payments in the Medicaid Long Term Care Provider Participation Fee Trust Fund.

(3) For payment of administrative expenses incurred by the Illinois Department or its agent in performing the activities authorized by this Article.

(3.5) For reimbursement of expenses incurred by long-term care facilities, and payment of administrative expenses incurred by the Department of Public Health, in relation to the conduct and analysis of background checks for identified offenders under the Nursing Home Care Act.

(4) For payments of any amounts that are reimbursable to the federal government for payments from this Fund that are required to be paid by State warrant.

(5) For making transfers to the General Obligation Bond Retirement and Interest Fund, as those transfers are authorized in the proceedings authorizing debt under the Short Term Borrowing Act, but transfers made under this paragraph (5) shall not exceed the principal amount of debt issued in anticipation of the receipt by the State of moneys to be deposited into the Fund.

Disbursements from the Fund, other than transfers to the General Obligation Bond Retirement and Interest Fund, shall be by warrants drawn by the State Comptroller upon receipt of vouchers duly executed and certified by the Illinois Department.

(c) The Fund shall consist of the following:

(1) All moneys collected or received by the Illinois Department from the long-term care provider assessment imposed by this Article.

(2) All federal matching funds received by the Illinois Department as a result of expenditures made by the Illinois Department that are attributable to moneys deposited in the Fund.

(3) Any interest or penalty levied in conjunction with the administration of this Article.

(4) Any balance in the Medicaid Long Term Care Provider Participation Fee Fund in the State Treasury. The balance shall be transferred to the Fund upon certification by the Illinois Department to the State Comptroller that all of the disbursements required by Section 5-4.31(b) of this Code have been made.

(5) All other monies received for the Fund from any other source, including interest earned thereon.

(Source: P.A. 89-626, eff. 8-9-96.)

(305 ILCS 5/5C-2) (from Ch. 23, par. 5C-2)

Sec. 5C-2. Assessment; no local authorization to tax.

(a) For the privilege of engaging in the occupation of developmentally disabled care provider, an assessment is imposed upon each developmentally disabled care provider in an amount equal to 6%, or the maximum allowed under federal regulation, whichever is less, of its adjusted gross developmentally disabled care revenue for the prior State fiscal year. Notwithstanding any provision of any other Act to the contrary, this assessment shall be construed as a tax, but may not be added to the charges of an individual's nursing home care that is paid for in whole, or in part, by a federal, State, or combined federal-state medical care program, except those individuals receiving Medicare Part B benefits solely.

(b) Nothing in this amendatory Act of 1995 shall be construed to authorize any home rule unit or other unit of local government to license for revenue or impose a tax or assessment upon a developmentally disabled care provider or the occupation of developmentally disabled care provider, or a tax or assessment measured by the income or earnings of a developmentally disabled care provider.

(Source: P.A. 88-88; 89-21, eff. 7-1-95.)

(305 ILCS 5/12-10.7)

Sec. 12-10.7. The Health and Human Services Medicaid Trust Fund.

(a) The Health and Human Services Medicaid Trust Fund shall consist of (i) moneys appropriated or transferred into the Fund, pursuant to statute, (ii) federal financial participation moneys received pursuant to expenditures from the Fund, and (iii) the interest earned on moneys in the Fund.

(b) Subject to appropriation, the moneys in the Fund shall be used by a State agency for such purposes as that agency may, by the appropriation language, be directed.

(c) In addition to any other transfers that may be provided for by law, on July 1, 2007, or as soon thereafter as practical, the State Comptroller shall direct and the State Treasurer shall transfer the sum of $3,500,000 from the Health and Human Services Medicaid Trust Fund to the Human Services Priority Capital Program Fund.

(Source: P.A. 93-841, eff. 7-30-04.)

(305 ILCS 5/12-10.8 new)

Sec. 12-10.8. Mental health contracts. Subject to appropriations available for these purposes, including, without limitation, the FY08 appropriations to the Department for federally defined Institutions for Mental Disease, the Department of Healthcare and Family Services shall enter into a contract for $1,000,000 with the provider of community mental health services that has more than 700 beds at over 30 service locations in multiple counties for purposes of supporting the implementation of time-limited resident review and rapid reintegration targeted to residents of federally defined Institutions for Mental Disease.

Section 5-30. The Illinois Affordable Housing Act is amended by changing Section 8 as follows:

(310 ILCS 65/8) (from Ch. 67 1/2, par. 1258)

Sec. 8. Uses of Trust Fund.

(a) Subject to annual appropriation to the Funding Agent and subject to the prior dedication, allocation, transfer and use of Trust Fund Moneys as provided in Sections 8(b), 8(c) and 9 of this Act, the Trust Fund may be used to make grants, mortgages, or other loans to acquire, construct, rehabilitate, develop, operate, insure, and retain affordable single-family and multi-family housing in this State for low-income and very low-income households. The majority of monies appropriated to the Trust Fund in any given year are to be used for affordable housing for very low-income households. For the fiscal years 2007 and 2008 year beginning July 1, 2006 only, the Department of Human Services is authorized to receive appropriations and spend moneys from the Illinois Affordable Housing Trust Fund for the purpose of developing and coordinating public and private resources targeted to meet the affordable housing needs of low-income, very low-income, and special needs households in the State of Illinois.

(b) For each fiscal year commencing with fiscal year 1994, the Program Administrator shall certify from time to time to the Funding Agent, the Comptroller and the State Treasurer amounts, up to an aggregate in any fiscal year of $10,000,000, of Trust Fund Moneys expected to be used or pledged by the Program Administrator during the fiscal year for the purposes and uses specified in Sections 8(c) and 9 of this Act. Subject to annual appropriation, upon receipt of such certification, the Funding Agent and the Comptroller shall dedicate and the State Treasurer shall transfer not less often than monthly to the Program Administrator or its designated payee, without requisition or further request therefor, all amounts accumulated in the Trust Fund within the State Treasury and not already transferred to the Loan Commitment Account prior to the Funding Agent's receipt of such certification, until the Program Administrator has received the aggregate amount certified by the Program Administrator, to be used solely for the purposes and uses authorized and provided in Sections 8(c) and 9 of this Act. Neither the Comptroller nor the Treasurer shall transfer, dedicate or allocate any of the Trust Fund Moneys transferred or certified for transfer by the Program Administrator as provided above to any other fund, nor shall the Governor authorize any such transfer, dedication or allocation, nor shall any of the Trust Fund Moneys so dedicated, allocated or transferred be used, temporarily or otherwise, for interfund borrowing, or be otherwise used or appropriated, except as expressly authorized and provided in Sections 8(c) and 9 of this Act for the purposes and subject to the priorities, limitations and conditions provided for therein until such obligations, uses and dedications as therein provided, have been satisfied.

(c) Notwithstanding Section 5(b) of this Act, any Trust Fund Moneys transferred to the Program Administrator pursuant to Section 8(b) of this Act, or otherwise obtained, paid to or held by or for the Program Administrator, or pledged pursuant to resolution of the Program Administrator, for Affordable Housing Program Trust Fund Bonds or Notes under the Illinois Housing Development Act, and all proceeds, payments and receipts from investments or use of such moneys, including any residual or additional funds or moneys generated or obtained in connection with any of the foregoing, may be held, pledged, applied or dedicated by the Program Administrator as follows:

(1) as required by the terms of any pledge of or resolution of the Program Administrator authorized under Section 9 of this Act in connection with Affordable Housing Program Trust Fund Bonds or Notes issued pursuant to the Illinois Housing Development Act;

(2) to or for costs of issuance and administration and the payments of any principal, interest, premium or other amounts or expenses incurred or accrued in connection with Affordable Housing Program Trust Fund Bonds or Notes, including rate protection contracts and credit support arrangements pertaining thereto, and, provided such expenses, fees and charges are obligations, whether recourse or nonrecourse, and whether financed with or paid from the proceeds of Affordable Housing Program Trust Fund Bonds or Notes, of the developers, mortgagors or other users, the Program Administrator's expenses and servicing, administration and origination fees and charges in connection with any loans, mortgages, or developments funded or financed or expected to be funded or financed, in whole or in part, from the issuance of Affordable Housing Program Trust Fund Bonds or Notes;

(3) to or for costs of issuance and administration and the payments of principal, interest, premium, loan fees, and other amounts or other obligations of the Program Administrator, including rate protection contracts and credit support arrangements pertaining thereto, for loans, commercial paper or other notes or bonds issued by the Program Administrator pursuant to the Illinois Housing Development Act, provided that the proceeds of such loans, commercial paper or other notes or bonds are paid or expended in connection with, or refund or repay, loans, commercial paper or other notes or bonds issued or made in connection with bridge loans or loans for the construction, renovation, redevelopment, restructuring, reorganization of Affordable Housing and related expenses, including development costs, technical assistance, or other amounts to construct, preserve, improve, renovate, rehabilitate, refinance, or assist Affordable Housing, including financially troubled Affordable Housing, permanent or other financing for which has been funded or financed or is expected to be funded or financed in whole or in part by the Program Administrator through the issuance of or use of proceeds from Affordable Housing Program Trust Fund Bonds or Notes;

(4) to or for direct expenditures or reimbursement for development costs, technical assistance, or other amounts to construct, preserve, improve, renovate, rehabilitate, refinance, or assist Affordable Housing, including financially troubled Affordable Housing, permanent or other financing for which has been funded or financed or is expected to be funded or financed in whole or in part by the Program Administrator through the issuance of or use of proceeds from Affordable Housing Program Trust Fund Bonds or Notes; and

(5) for deposit into any residual, sinking, reserve or revolving fund or pool established by the Program Administrator, whether or not pledged to secure Affordable Housing Program Trust Fund Bonds or Notes, to support or be utilized for the issuance, redemption, or payment of the principal, interest, premium or other amounts payable on or with respect to any existing, additional or future Affordable Housing Program Trust Fund Bonds or Notes, or to or for any other expenditure authorized by this Section 8(c).

(d) All or a portion of the Trust Fund Moneys on deposit or to be deposited in the Trust Fund not already certified for transfer or transferred to the Program Administrator pursuant to Section 8(b) of this Act may be used to secure the repayment of Affordable Housing Program Trust Fund Bonds or Notes, or otherwise to supplement or support Affordable Housing funded or financed or intended to be funded or financed, in whole or in part, by Affordable Housing Program Trust Fund Bonds or Notes.

(e) Assisted housing may include housing for special needs populations such as the homeless, single-parent families, the elderly, or the physically and mentally disabled. The Trust Fund shall be used to implement a demonstration congregate housing project for any such special needs population.

(f) Grants from the Trust Fund may include, but are not limited to, rental assistance and security deposit subsidies for low and very low-income households.

(g) The Trust Fund may be used to pay actual and reasonable costs for Commission members to attend Commission meetings, and any litigation costs and expenses, including legal fees, incurred by the Program Administrator in any litigation related to this Act or its action as Program Administrator.

(h) The Trust Fund may be used to make grants for (1) the provision of technical assistance, (2) outreach, and (3) building an organization's capacity to develop affordable housing projects.

(i) Amounts on deposit in the Trust Fund may be used to reimburse the Program Administrator and the Funding Agent for costs incurred in the performance of their duties under this Act, excluding costs and fees of the Program Administrator associated with the Program Escrow to the extent withheld pursuant to paragraph (8) of subsection (b) of Section 5.

(Source: P.A. 94-839, eff. 6-6-06.)

Section 5-40. The Reviewing Court Alternative Dispute Resolution Act is amended by changing Section 10 as follows:

(710 ILCS 40/10)

Sec. 10. Reviewing Court Alternative Dispute Resolution Fund. The Reviewing Court Alternative Dispute Resolution Fund is created as a special fund in the State Treasury. The Supreme Court may designate an amount to be included in the filing fees collected by the clerks of the Appellate Court for the funding of alternative dispute resolution programs in the reviewing courts. The portion of the filing fees designated for alternative dispute resolution programs in the reviewing courts shall be remitted within one month after receipt to the State Treasurer for deposit in the Reviewing Court Alternative Dispute Resolution Fund. All money in the Reviewing Court Alternative Dispute Resolution Fund shall be maintained in separate accounts for each Appellate Court district that has established approved alternative dispute resolution programs pursuant to Supreme Court rule and used, subject to appropriation, by the Supreme Court solely for the purpose of funding alternative dispute resolution programs in the reviewing courts. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, the Reviewing Court Alternative Dispute Resolution Fund may be used for any other purpose authorized by the Supreme Court.

(Source: P.A. 93-801, eff. 7-22-04.)

Section 5-45. The Pretrial Services Act is amended by changing Section 33 as follows:

(725 ILCS 185/33) (from Ch. 38, par. 333)

Sec. 33. The Supreme Court shall pay from funds appropriated to it for this purpose 100% of all approved costs for pretrial services, including pretrial services officers, necessary support personnel, travel costs reasonably related to the delivery of pretrial services, space costs, equipment, telecommunications, postage, commodities, printing and contractual services. Costs shall be reimbursed monthly, based on a plan and budget approved by the Supreme Court. No department may be reimbursed for costs which exceed or are not provided for in the approved plan and budget. The For State fiscal years 2004, 2005, and 2006, and 2007 only, the Mandatory Arbitration Fund may be used to reimburse approved costs for pretrial services.

(Source: P.A. 93-25, eff. 6-20-03; 93-839, eff. 7-30-04; 94-91, eff. 7-1-05; 94-839, eff. 6-6-06; revised 8-3-06.)

Section 5-50. The Probation and Probation Officers Act is amended by changing Sections 15 and 15.1 as follows:

(730 ILCS 110/15) (from Ch. 38, par. 204-7)

Sec. 15. (1) The Supreme Court of Illinois may establish a Division of Probation Services whose purpose shall be the development, establishment, promulgation, and enforcement of uniform standards for probation services in this State, and to otherwise carry out the intent of this Act. The Division may:

(a) establish qualifications for chief probation officers and other probation and court services personnel as to hiring, promotion, and training.

(b) make available, on a timely basis, lists of those applicants whose qualifications meet the regulations referred to herein, including on said lists all candidates found qualified.

(c) establish a means of verifying the conditions for reimbursement under this Act and develop criteria for approved costs for reimbursement.

(d) develop standards and approve employee compensation schedules for probation and court services departments.

(e) employ sufficient personnel in the Division to carry out the functions of the Division.

(f) establish a system of training and establish standards for personnel orientation and training.

(g) develop standards for a system of record keeping for cases and programs, gather statistics, establish a system of uniform forms, and develop research for planning of Probation Services.

(h) develop standards to assure adequate support personnel, office space, equipment and supplies, travel expenses, and other essential items necessary for Probation and Court Services Departments to carry out their duties.

(i) review and approve annual plans submitted by Probation and Court Services Departments.

(j) monitor and evaluate all programs operated by Probation and Court Services Departments, and may include in the program evaluation criteria such factors as the percentage of Probation sentences for felons convicted of Probationable offenses.

(k) seek the cooperation of local and State government and private agencies to improve the quality of probation and court services.

(l) where appropriate, establish programs and corresponding standards designed to generally improve the quality of probation and court services and reduce the rate of adult or juvenile offenders committed to the Department of Corrections.

(m) establish such other standards and regulations and do all acts necessary to carry out the intent and purposes of this Act.

The Division shall establish a model list of structured intermediate sanctions that may be imposed by a probation agency for violations of terms and conditions of a sentence of probation, conditional discharge, or supervision.

The State of Illinois shall provide for the costs of personnel, travel, equipment, telecommunications, postage, commodities, printing, space, contractual services and other related costs necessary to carry out the intent of this Act.

(2) (a) The chief judge of each circuit shall provide full-time probation services for all counties within the circuit, in a manner consistent with the annual probation plan, the standards, policies, and regulations established by the Supreme Court. A probation district of two or more counties within a circuit may be created for the purposes of providing full-time probation services. Every county or group of counties within a circuit shall maintain a probation department which shall be under the authority of the Chief Judge of the circuit or some other judge designated by the Chief Judge. The Chief Judge, through the Probation and Court Services Department shall submit annual plans to the Division for probation and related services.

(b) The Chief Judge of each circuit shall appoint the Chief Probation Officer and all other probation officers for his or her circuit from lists of qualified applicants supplied by the Supreme Court. Candidates for chief managing officer and other probation officer positions must apply with both the Chief Judge of the circuit and the Supreme Court.

(3) A Probation and Court Service Department shall apply to the Supreme Court for funds for basic services, and may apply for funds for new and expanded programs or Individualized Services and Programs. Costs shall be reimbursed monthly based on a plan and budget approved by the Supreme Court. No Department may be reimbursed for costs which exceed or are not provided for in the approved annual plan and budget. After the effective date of this amendatory Act of 1985, each county must provide basic services in accordance with the annual plan and standards created by the division. No department may receive funds for new or expanded programs or individualized services and programs unless they are in compliance with standards as enumerated in paragraph (h) of subsection (1) of this Section, the annual plan, and standards for basic services.

(4) The Division shall reimburse the county or counties for probation services as follows:

(a) 100% of the salary of all chief managing officers designated as such by the Chief Judge and the division.

(b) 100% of the salary for all probation officer and supervisor positions approved for reimbursement by the division after April 1, 1984, to meet workload standards and to implement intensive sanction and probation supervision programs and other basic services as defined in this Act.

(c) 100% of the salary for all secure detention personnel and non-secure group home personnel approved for reimbursement after December 1, 1990. For all such positions approved for reimbursement before December 1, 1990, the counties shall be reimbursed $1,250 per month beginning July 1, 1995, and an additional $250 per month beginning each July 1st thereafter until the positions receive 100% salary reimbursement. Allocation of such positions will be based on comparative need considering capacity, staff/resident ratio, physical plant and program.

(d) $1,000 per month for salaries for the remaining probation officer positions engaged in basic services and new or expanded services. All such positions shall be approved by the division in accordance with this Act and division standards.

(e) 100% of the travel expenses in accordance with Division standards for all Probation positions approved under paragraph (b) of subsection 4 of this Section.

(f) If the amount of funds reimbursed to the county under paragraphs (a) through (e) of subsection 4 of this Section on an annual basis is less than the amount the county had received during the 12 month period immediately prior to the effective date of this amendatory Act of 1985, then the Division shall reimburse the amount of the difference to the county. The effect of paragraph (b) of subsection 7 of this Section shall be considered in implementing this supplemental reimbursement provision.

(5) The Division shall provide funds beginning on April 1, 1987 for the counties to provide Individualized Services and Programs as provided in Section 16 of this Act.

(6) A Probation and Court Services Department in order to be eligible for the reimbursement must submit to the Supreme Court an application containing such information and in such a form and by such dates as the Supreme Court may require. Departments to be eligible for funding must satisfy the following conditions:

(a) The Department shall have on file with the Supreme Court an annual Probation plan for continuing, improved, and new Probation and Court Services Programs approved by the Supreme Court or its designee. This plan shall indicate the manner in which Probation and Court Services will be delivered and improved, consistent with the minimum standards and regulations for Probation and Court Services, as established by the Supreme Court. In counties with more than one Probation and Court Services Department eligible to receive funds, all Departments within that county must submit plans which are approved by the Supreme Court.

(b) The annual probation plan shall seek to generally improve the quality of probation services and to reduce the commitment of adult offenders to the Department of Corrections and to reduce the commitment of juvenile offenders to the Department of Juvenile Justice and shall require, when appropriate, coordination with the Department of Corrections, the Department of Juvenile Justice, and the Department of Children and Family Services in the development and use of community resources, information systems, case review and permanency planning systems to avoid the duplication of services.

(c) The Department shall be in compliance with standards developed by the Supreme Court for basic, new and expanded services, training, personnel hiring and promotion.

(d) The Department shall in its annual plan indicate the manner in which it will support the rights of crime victims and in which manner it will implement Article I, Section 8.1 of the Illinois Constitution and in what manner it will coordinate crime victims' support services with other criminal justice agencies within its jurisdiction, including but not limited to, the State's Attorney, the Sheriff and any municipal police department.

(7) No statement shall be verified by the Supreme Court or its designee or vouchered by the Comptroller unless each of the following conditions have been met:

(a) The probation officer is a full-time employee appointed by the Chief Judge to provide probation services.

(b) The probation officer, in order to be eligible for State reimbursement, is receiving a salary of at least $17,000 per year.

(c) The probation officer is appointed or was reappointed in accordance with minimum qualifications or criteria established by the Supreme Court; however, all probation officers appointed prior to January 1, 1978, shall be exempted from the minimum requirements established by the Supreme Court. Payments shall be made to counties employing these exempted probation officers as long as they are employed in the position held on the effective date of this amendatory Act of 1985. Promotions shall be governed by minimum qualifications established by the Supreme Court.

(d) The Department has an established compensation schedule approved by the Supreme Court. The compensation schedule shall include salary ranges with necessary increments to compensate each employee. The increments shall, within the salary ranges, be based on such factors as bona fide occupational qualifications, performance, and length of service. Each position in the Department shall be placed on the compensation schedule according to job duties and responsibilities of such position. The policy and procedures of the compensation schedule shall be made available to each employee.

(8) In order to obtain full reimbursement of all approved costs, each Department must continue to employ at least the same number of probation officers and probation managers as were authorized for employment for the fiscal year which includes January 1, 1985. This number shall be designated as the base amount of the Department. No positions approved by the Division under paragraph (b) of subsection 4 will be included in the base amount. In the event that the Department employs fewer Probation officers and Probation managers than the base amount for a period of 90 days, funding received by the Department under subsection 4 of this Section may be reduced on a monthly basis by the amount of the current salaries of any positions below the base amount.

(9) Before the 15th day of each month, the treasurer of any county which has a Probation and Court Services Department, or the treasurer of the most populous county, in the case of a Probation or Court Services Department funded by more than one county, shall submit an itemized statement of all approved costs incurred in the delivery of Basic Probation and Court Services under this Act to the Supreme Court. The treasurer may also submit an itemized statement of all approved costs incurred in the delivery of new and expanded Probation and Court Services as well as Individualized Services and Programs. The Supreme Court or its designee shall verify compliance with this Section and shall examine and audit the monthly statement and, upon finding them to be correct, shall forward them to the Comptroller for payment to the county treasurer. In the case of payment to a treasurer of a county which is the most populous of counties sharing the salary and expenses of a Probation and Court Services Department, the treasurer shall divide the money between the counties in a manner that reflects each county's share of the cost incurred by the Department.

(10) The county treasurer must certify that funds received under this Section shall be used solely to maintain and improve Probation and Court Services. The county or circuit shall remain in compliance with all standards, policies and regulations established by the Supreme Court. If at any time the Supreme Court determines that a county or circuit is not in compliance, the Supreme Court shall immediately notify the Chief Judge, county board chairman and the Director of Court Services Chief Probation Officer. If after 90 days of written notice the noncompliance still exists, the Supreme Court shall be required to reduce the amount of monthly reimbursement by 10%. An additional 10% reduction of monthly reimbursement shall occur for each consecutive month of noncompliance. Except as provided in subsection 5 of Section 15, funding to counties shall commence on April 1, 1986. Funds received under this Act shall be used to provide for Probation Department expenses including those required under Section 13 of this Act. The For State fiscal years 2004, 2005, 2006, and 2007 only, the Mandatory Arbitration Fund may be used to provide for Probation Department expenses, including those required under Section 13 of this Act.

(11) The respective counties shall be responsible for capital and space costs, fringe benefits, clerical costs, equipment, telecommunications, postage, commodities and printing.

(12) For purposes of this Act only, probation officers shall be considered peace officers. In the exercise of their official duties, probation officers, sheriffs, and police officers may, anywhere within the State, arrest any probationer who is in violation of any of the conditions of his or her probation, conditional discharge, or supervision, and it shall be the duty of the officer making the arrest to take the probationer before the Court having jurisdiction over the probationer for further order.

(Source: P.A. 93-25, eff. 6-20-03; 93-576, eff. 1-1-04; 93-839, eff. 7-30-04; 94-91, eff. 7-1-05; 94-696, eff. 6-1-06; 94-839, eff. 6-6-06.)

(730 ILCS 110/15.1) (from Ch. 38, par. 204-7.1)

Sec. 15.1. Probation and Court Services Fund.

(a) The county treasurer in each county shall establish a probation and court services fund consisting of fees collected pursuant to subsection (i) of Section 5-6-3 and subsection (i) of Section 5-6-3.1 of the Unified Code of Corrections, subsection (10) of Section 5-615 and subsection (5) of Section 5-715 of the Juvenile Court Act of 1987, and paragraph 14.3 of subsection (b) of Section 110-10 of the Code of Criminal Procedure of 1963. The county treasurer shall disburse monies from the fund only at the direction of the chief judge of the circuit court in such circuit where the county is located. The county treasurer of each county shall, on or before January 10 of each year, submit an annual report to the Supreme Court.

(b) Monies in the probation and court services fund shall be appropriated by the county board to be used within the county or jurisdiction where collected in accordance with policies and guidelines approved by the Supreme Court for the costs of operating the probation and court services department or departments; however, except as provided in subparagraph (g), monies in the probation and court services fund shall not be used for the payment of salaries of probation and court services personnel.

(c) Monies expended from the probation and court services fund shall be used to supplement, not supplant, county appropriations for probation and court services.

(d) Interest earned on monies deposited in a probation and court services fund may be used by the county for its ordinary and contingent expenditures.

(e) The county board may appropriate moneys from the probation and court services fund, upon the direction of the chief judge, to support programs that are part of the continuum of juvenile delinquency intervention programs which are or may be developed within the county. The grants from the probation and court services fund shall be for no more than one year and may be used for any expenses attributable to the program including administration and oversight of the program by the probation department.

(f) The county board may appropriate moneys from the probation and court services fund, upon the direction of the chief judge, to support practices endorsed or required under the Sex Offender Management Board Act, including but not limited to sex offender evaluation, treatment, and monitoring programs that are or may be developed within the county.

(g) For the State Fiscal Years 2005, 2006, and 2007 only, the Administrative Office of the Illinois Courts may permit a county or circuit to use its probation and court services fund for the payment of salaries of probation officers and other court services personnel whose salaries are reimbursed under this Act if the State's FY2005, FY2006, or FY2007 appropriation to the Supreme Court for reimbursement to counties for probation salaries and services is less than the amount appropriated to the Supreme Court for these purposes for State Fiscal Year 2004. The Administrative Office of the Illinois Courts shall take into account each county's or circuit's probation fee collections and expenditures when apportioning the total reimbursement for each county or circuit.

(h) The Administrative Office of the Illinois Courts may permit a county or circuit to use its probation and court services fund for the payment of salaries of probation officers and other court services personnel whose salaries are reimbursed under this Act in any State fiscal year that the appropriation for reimbursement to counties for probation salaries and services is less than the amount appropriated to the Supreme Court for these purposes for State Fiscal Year 2002. The Administrative Office of the Illinois Courts shall take into account each county's or circuit's probation fee collections and expenditures when appropriating the total reimbursement for each county or circuit. Any amount appropriated to the Supreme Court in any State fiscal year for the purpose of reimbursing Cook County for the salaries and operations of the Cook County Juvenile Temporary Detention Center shall not be counted in the total appropriation to the Supreme Court in that State fiscal year for reimbursement to counties for probation salaries and services, for the purposes of this paragraph (h).

(Source: P.A. 93-616, eff. 1-1-04; 93-839, eff. 7-30-04; 94-91, eff. 7-1-05; 94-839, eff. 6-6-06.)

Section 5-55. The Code of Civil Procedure is amended by changing Section 2-1009A as follows:

(735 ILCS 5/2-1009A) (from Ch. 110, par. 2-1009A)

Sec. 2-1009A. Filing Fees. In each county authorized by the Supreme Court to utilize mandatory arbitration, the clerk of the circuit court shall charge and collect, in addition to any other fees, an arbitration fee of $8, except in counties with 3,000,000 or more inhabitants the fee shall be $10, at the time of filing the first pleading, paper or other appearance filed by each party in all civil cases, but no additional fee shall be required if more than one party is represented in a single pleading, paper or other appearance. Arbitration fees received by the clerk of the circuit court pursuant to this Section shall be remitted within one month after receipt to the State Treasurer for deposit into the Mandatory Arbitration Fund, a special fund in the State treasury for the purpose of funding mandatory arbitration programs and such other alternative dispute resolution programs as may be authorized by circuit court rule for operation in counties that have implemented mandatory arbitration, with a separate account being maintained for each county. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section to the contrary, and for State fiscal years 2004, 2005, 2006, and 2007 only, the Mandatory Arbitration Fund may be used for any other purpose authorized by the Supreme Court.

(Source: P.A. 93-25, eff. 6-20-03; 93-839, eff. 7-30-04; 94-91, eff. 7-1-05; 94-839, eff. 6-6-06.)

Section 5-60. The Residential Real Property Disclosure Act is amended by adding Section 80 as follows:

(765 ILCS 77/80 new)

Sec. 80. Predatory Lending Database Program Fund. The Predatory Lending Database Program Fund is created as a special fund in the State treasury. Subject to appropriation, moneys in the Fund shall be appropriated to the Illinois Housing Development Authority for the purpose of making grants for HUD-certified counseling agencies participating in the Predatory Lending Database Program to assist with implementation and development of the Predatory Lending Database Program.

Section 5-65. The Business Corporation Act of 1983 is amended by changing Sections 15.90 and 16.05 as follows:

(805 ILCS 5/15.90) (from Ch. 32, par. 15.90)

Sec. 15.90. Statute of limitations.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Section and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any other Section of this Act, no domestic corporation or foreign corporation shall be obligated to pay any annual franchise tax, fee, or penalty or interest thereon imposed under this Act, nor shall any administrative or judicial sanction (including dissolution) be imposed or enforced nor access to the courts of this State be denied based upon nonpayment thereof more than 7 years after the date of filing the annual report with respect to the period during which the obligation for the tax, fee, penalty or interest arose, unless (1) within that 7 year period the Secretary of State sends a written notice to the corporation to the effect that (A) administrative or judicial action to dissolve the corporation or revoke its certificate of authority for nonpayment of a tax, fee, penalty or interest has been commenced; or (B) the corporation has submitted a report but has failed to pay a tax, fee, penalty or interest required to be paid therewith; or (C) a report with respect to an event or action giving rise to an obligation to pay a tax, fee, penalty or interest is required but has not been filed, or has been filed and is in error or incomplete; or (2) the annual report by the corporation was filed with fraudulent intent to evade taxes payable under this Act. A corporation nonetheless shall be required to pay all taxes that would have been payable during the most recent 7 year period due to a previously unreported increase in paid-in capital that occurred prior to that 7 year period and interest and penalties thereon for that period, except that, from February 1, 2008 through March 15, 2008, with respect to any corporation that participates in the Franchise Tax and License Fee Amnesty Act of 2007, the corporation shall be only required to pay all taxes that would have been payable during the most recent 4 year period due to a previously unreported increase in paid-in capital that occurred prior to that 7 year period.

(b) If within 2 years following a change in control of a corporation the corporation voluntarily pays in good faith all known obligations of the corporation imposed by this Article 15 with respect to reports that were required to have been filed since the beginning of the 7 year period ending on the effective date of the change in control, no action shall be taken to enforce or collect obligations of that corporation imposed by this Article 15 with respect to reports that were required to have been filed prior to that 7 year period regardless of whether the limitation period set forth in subsection (a) is otherwise applicable. For purposes of this subsection (b), a change in control means a transaction, or a series of transactions consummated within a period of 180 consecutive days, as a result of which a person which owned less than 10% of the shares having the power to elect directors of the corporation acquires shares such that the person becomes the holder of 80% or more of the shares having such power. For purposes of this subsection (b) a person means any natural person, corporation, partnership, trust or other entity together with all other persons controlled by, controlling or under common control with such person.

(c) Except as otherwise provided in this Section and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any other Section of this Act, no foreign corporation that has not previously obtained a certificate of authority under this Act shall, upon voluntary application for a certificate of authority filed with the Secretary of State prior to January 1, 2001, be obligated to pay any tax, fee, penalty, or interest imposed under this Act, nor shall any administrative or judicial sanction be imposed or enforced based upon nonpayment thereof with respect to a period during which the obligation arose that is prior to January 1, 1993 unless (1) prior to receipt of the application for a certificate of authority the Secretary of State had sent written notice to the corporation regarding its failure to obtain a certificate of authority, (2) the corporation had submitted an application for a certificate of authority previously but had failed to pay any tax, fee, penalty or interest to be paid therewith, or (3) the application for a certificate of authority was submitted by the corporation with fraudulent intent to evade taxes payable under this Act. A corporation nonetheless shall be required to pay all taxes and fees due under this Act that would have been payable since January 1, 1993 as a result of commencing the transaction of its business in this State and interest thereon for that period.

(Source: P.A. 95-233, eff. 8-16-07.)

(805 ILCS 5/16.05) (from Ch. 32, par. 16.05)

Sec. 16.05. Penalties and interest imposed upon corporations.

(a) Each corporation, domestic or foreign, that fails or refuses to file any annual report or report of cumulative changes in paid-in capital and pay any franchise tax due pursuant to the report prior to the first day of its anniversary month or, in the case of a corporation which has established an extended filing month, the extended filing month of the corporation shall pay a penalty of 10% of the amount of any delinquent franchise tax due for the report. From February 1, 2008 through March 15, 2008, no No penalty shall be imposed with respect to any amount of delinquent franchise tax paid pursuant to the Franchise Tax and License Fee Amnesty Act of 2007.

(b) Each corporation, domestic or foreign, that fails or refuses to file a report of issuance of shares or increase in paid-in capital within the time prescribed by this Act is subject to a penalty on any obligation occurring prior to January 1, 1991, and interest on those obligations on or after January 1, 1991, for each calendar month or part of month that it is delinquent in the amount of 2% 1% of the amount of license fees and franchise taxes provided by this Act to be paid on account of the issuance of shares or increase in paid-in capital. From February 1, 2008 through March 15, 2008, no No penalty shall be imposed, or interest charged, with respect to any amount of delinquent license fees and franchise taxes paid pursuant to the Franchise Tax and License Fee Amnesty Act of 2007.

(c) Each corporation, domestic or foreign, that fails or refuses to file a report of cumulative changes in paid-in capital or report following merger within the time prescribed by this Act is subject to interest on or after January 1, 1992, for each calendar month or part of month that it is delinquent, in the amount of 2% 1% of the amount of franchise taxes provided by this Act to be paid on account of the issuance of shares or increase in paid-in capital disclosed on the report of cumulative changes in paid-in capital or report following merger, or $1, whichever is greater. From February 1, 2008 through March 15, 2008, no No interest shall be charged with respect to any amount of delinquent franchise tax paid pursuant to the Franchise Tax and License Fee Amnesty Act of 2007.

(d) If the annual franchise tax, or the supplemental annual franchise tax for any 12-month period commencing July 1, 1968, or July 1 of any subsequent year through June 30, 1983, assessed in accordance with this Act, is not paid by July 31, it is delinquent, and there is added a penalty prior to January 1, 1991, and interest on and after January 1, 1991, of 2% 1% for each month or part of month that it is delinquent commencing with the month of August, or $1, whichever is greater. From February 1, 2008 through March 15, 2008, no No penalty shall be imposed, or interest charged, with respect to any amount of delinquent franchise taxes paid pursuant to the Franchise Tax and License Fee Amnesty Act of 2007.

(e) If the supplemental annual franchise tax assessed in accordance with the provisions of this Act for the 12-month period commencing July 1, 1967, is not paid by September 30, 1967, it is delinquent, and there is added a penalty prior to January 1, 1991, and interest on and after January 1, 1991, of 2% 1% for each month or part of month that it is delinquent commencing with the month of October, 1967. From February 1, 2008 through March 15, 2008, no No penalty shall be imposed, or interest charged, with respect to any amount of delinquent franchise taxes paid pursuant to the Franchise Tax and License Fee Amnesty Act of 2007.

(f) If any annual franchise tax for any period beginning on or after July 1, 1983, is not paid by the time period herein prescribed, it is delinquent and there is added a penalty prior to January 1, 1991, and interest on and after January 1, 1991, of 2% 1% for each month or part of a month that it is delinquent commencing with the anniversary month or in the case of a corporation that has established an extended filing month, the extended filing month, or $1, whichever is greater. From February 1, 2008 through March 15, 2008, no No penalty shall be imposed, or interest charged, with respect to any amount of delinquent franchise taxes paid pursuant to the Franchise Tax and License Fee Amnesty Act of 2007.

(g) Any corporation, domestic or foreign, failing to pay the prescribed fee for assumed corporate name renewal when due and payable shall be given notice of nonpayment by the Secretary of State by regular mail; and if the fee together with a penalty fee of $5 is not paid within 90 days after the notice is mailed, the right to use the assumed name shall cease.

(h) Any corporation which (i) puts forth any sign or advertisement, assuming any name other than that by which it is incorporated or otherwise authorized by law to act or (ii) violates Section 3.25, shall be guilty of a Class C misdemeanor and shall be deemed guilty of an additional offense for each day it shall continue to so offend.

(i) Each corporation, domestic or foreign, that fails or refuses (1) to file in the office of the recorder within the time prescribed by this Act any document required by this Act to be so filed, or (2) to answer truthfully and fully within the time prescribed by this Act interrogatories propounded by the Secretary of State in accordance with this Act, or (3) to perform any other act required by this Act to be performed by the corporation, is guilty of a Class C misdemeanor.

(j) Each corporation that fails or refuses to file articles of revocation of dissolution within the time prescribed by this Act is subject to a penalty for each calendar month or part of the month that it is delinquent in the amount of $50.

(Source: P.A. 95-233, eff. 8-16-07.)

Section 5-70. The Franchise Tax and License Fee Amnesty Act of 2007 is amended by changing Section 5-10 and by adding Section 5-6 as follows:

(805 ILCS 8/5-6 new)

Sec. 5-6. The Franchise Tax and License Fee Amnesty Administration Fund. The Franchise Tax and License Fee Amnesty Administration Fund is created as a special fund in the State treasury. The Fund shall consist of any fund transfers, fees, or moneys from other sources received for the purpose of funding the administration of this Act. All moneys in the Franchise Tax and License Fee Amnesty Administration Fund shall be used, subject to appropriation, by the Secretary for any costs associated with the administration of this Act.

(805 ILCS 8/5-10)

Sec. 5-10. Amnesty program. The Secretary shall establish an amnesty program for all taxpayers owing any franchise tax or license fee imposed by Article XV of the Business Corporation Act of 1983. The amnesty program shall be for a period from February 1, 2008 through March 15, 2008. The amnesty program shall provide that, upon payment by a taxpayer of all franchise taxes and license fees due from that taxpayer to the State of Illinois for any taxable period, the Secretary shall abate and not seek to collect any interest or penalties that may be applicable, and the Secretary shall not seek civil or criminal prosecution for any taxpayer for the period of time for which amnesty has been granted to the taxpayer. Failure to pay all taxes due to the State for a taxable period shall not invalidate any amnesty granted under this Act with respect to the taxes paid pursuant to the amnesty program. Amnesty shall be granted only if all amnesty conditions are satisfied by the taxpayer. Amnesty shall not be granted to taxpayers who are a party to any criminal investigation or to any civil or criminal litigation that is pending in any circuit court or appellate court or the Supreme Court of this State for nonpayment, delinquency, or fraud in relation to any franchise tax or license fee imposed by Article XV of the Business Corporation Act of 1983. Voluntary payments made under this Act shall be made by cash, check, guaranteed remittance, or ACH debit. The Secretary shall adopt rules as necessary to implement the provisions of this Act. Except as otherwise provided in this Section, all money collected under this Act that would otherwise be deposited into the General Revenue Fund shall be deposited into the General Revenue Fund. Two percent of all money collected under this Act shall be deposited by the State Treasurer into the Franchise Tax and License Fee Amnesty Administration Department of Business Services Special Operations Fund and, subject to appropriation, shall be used by the Secretary to cover costs associated with the administration of this Act.

(Source: P.A. 95-233, eff. 8-16-07.)

ARTICLE 99. EFFECTIVE DATE.

Section 99-99. Effective date. This Act takes effect upon becoming law.